DE LA SALLE LIPA COLLEGE STUDENT HANDBOOK

PREFACE

The College started publishing a Student Handbook in school-year 1993 – 1994.

Since then, numerous changes have been introduced in succeeding editions to
make school policies and procedures more responsive to the needs of the school
community and the challenges of the times.

In case of necessary revisions, however, adjustments would be simply inserted in

future editions. Revisions would come from suggestions solicited from the
different offices and groups in the institution, including the student sector.
Nevertheless, each member of the community is encouraged to provide suggestions
towards the improvement of the handbook’s contents and its implementation.

The policies and procedures contained in this handbook are not intended to limit
individual freedom and aspiration. Instead, each provision seeks to guide a
member of the school community towards the better performance of his or her
role as a Doer, Learner, Sharer/Server and Leader. While the handbook is
admittedly not perfect, it is expected that all sectors at De La Salle Lipa will do their
part in the common objective of building a positive working and learning
environment.

1
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. Introduction................................................................................. 3-8

II. Statement of Inclusion........................................................9-10

III. Statement of Commitment ................................................. 11

IV. Office of the College Registrar ........................................ 12-54

V. Interim Academic Policies............................................... 55-68

VI. Institutional Norms......................................................... 69-73

VII. Student Services ............................................................ 74-108

VIII. Learning Resource Center ............................................ 109-124

IX. Student Government ............................................................. 125-128

X. Student Publications ............................................................... 129-131

XI. Office of Research and Innovation ...........................................132-136

XII. National Service Training Program .......................................... 137-140

XIII. Language Learning Center ........................................................141-142

XIV. Guidelines on College Retreat ........................................................143

XV. Community Involvement Office ..................................................... 144

XVI. Calamity Drills ........................................................................ 145-149

XVII. College of Law Academic Policies ............................................ 150-161

XVIII. Institutional Safety, Security and Emergency Services Office…..162-220

XIX. Graduate Program ...................................................................221-241

XX. Definition of Terms................................................................. 242-247

XXI. Appendices ............................................................................. 248-313

2
 SECTION I
INTRODUCTION

I. Vision and Mission

Inspired by our faith in

God, by our Catholic
traditions, and by the
charism of
St. John Baptist de La
Salle, educational
innovator
par excellence,

we, together and by

association, are
committed to give
quality human
and Christian education to all,

building a society
founded on equity
and justice and on
sustainable
and inclusive development.

3
Strategic Priority Areas of De La Salle Lipa

1. Purposeful Education

Lasallian education with social innovation integration that aims to

equip students with the knowledge, skills, values, and dispositions
needed to create positive social change and make meaningful
contributions to society and succeed in a rapidly changing world.

1. Sense of Lasallian Mission

Attaining personal and emotional attachment and commitment to

the institution, its values, principles, and goals, that will be
achieved by a match between these institutional values and those
of the stakeholders. Thus, the need for understanding, living, and
sharing the Lasallian Spirituality, Identity, and Mission (L-SIM).

2. Growth of De La Salle Lipa

A continuous progress, improvement, development, innovation,

and advancement of De La Salle Lipa expressed through
enrollment growth supported by physical and infrastructure
growth leading to financial growth and sustainability.

3. Stakeholder Engagement and Customer Experience

Cultivating honest dialogues necessary to enrich the knowledge

and lived experience of being in DLSL as well as finding new
possibilities in the pedagogy of accompaniment, that are aimed to
reaffirm the possibility of each stakeholder. It is a relationship that
puts significance in "going with," and "next to (alongside)" in
autonomy and ongoing care to ensure that the people, processes,
platforms, and resources are focused to deliver the desired
learning and service experiences.

4
 HISTORY OF DE LA SALLE LIPA

From the first day of classes on June 6, 1962, the humble beginnings of De
La Salle Lipa blossomed into a golden masterpiece honed from the
exemplary leadership of the Brothers to the adaptive skills of the educators
and the flexible mindset of the students.

In 1962, De La Salle Lipa was built on a 5.9-hectare lot along the Lipa City
National Highway. In January of that year, construction of the three one-
story wings of classrooms, a gymnasium-auditorium, and the Brothers’ house
began. During its first year of operations, DLSL served as the Boys’
Department of the Maryknoll Sisters’ Our Lady of the Rosary Academy
(OLRA), with 221 students admitted from the first to fourth year. Three
Brothers and seven lay teachers composed the first teaching force of the
school. Br. Henry Virgil, FSC was the first Director and Principal. In its
second year of operations, the school obtained a temporary permit bearing
the name La Salle High School. During its fourth-year operations, the school
population increased rapidly. In 1967, DLSL opened the grade school
department with Br. Vernon Mabile FSC as the Principal.

In the SY 1982-1983, DLSL received its first High School PAASCU

accreditation. The College Department began with an enrollment of 130
students in 1985. Because of the institution's rapid growth in the '90s, the
need for a school president became necessary. DLSL alumnus Br. Narciso
"Jun" Erguiza Jr. FSC was appointed as the first-ever President of the
institution in 1993.

5
Br. Jun reorganized the administrative structure where the major academic
and service departments became known as units. Strategic directions were
drafted and implemented, emphasizing the college's pivotal role in the
community.

Br. Rafael "Rafe" S. Donato FSC, succeeded and led De La Salle Lipa on a
massive physical plant development program that completely transformed
the school. The grade school and high school units were integrated into the
Unified School, and a graduate program, Master in Management Technology,
was offered. During the time of Br. Rafe S. Donato FSC as president, the
school offered programs that are responsive to the needs of the community
and the industry.

Br. Manuel "Mawel" Pajarillo FSC, was installed as the 3rd President of
DLSL on 15 May 2003. Under Br. Mawel's term, the Grade school and the
High school levels of the Unified School (renamed later as the Integrated
School) received their Level 2 "clean" re-accreditation status for five years
from PAASCU. The College, in its turn, submitted applications for the
PAASCU accreditation of its several programs. Thus, Business Management
and Education were granted Level 1 accreditation status in 2005, while the
rest had their preliminary visit the year after.

In response to the changing needs of education, while keeping with the

Lasallian tradition of excellence, the school ventured into massive
improvements of facilities and information technology. The wireless internet
connectivity improved the quality of academic and non-academic services.
To be fully guided in its operations, the school changed the seal, revised the
Mission-Vision Statement, reorganized the structure, and changed some of
the nomenclatures in SY 2005-2006. The school launched the Book Mobile
Reading Program (BMRP) in the same school year. It was a bus converted
into a moving library to reach out and assist the children with reading
difficulties in nearby communities.

6
From SY 2010 to 2016, Br. Joaquin “Kenneth” S. Martinez FSC became the
4th President of De La Salle Lipa. During his time, physical renovation and
maintenance of existing structures and landscaping significantly improved.
The school sustained a carefully planned physical development of its learning
spaces with a zoning scheme for the institution designating academic,
institutional, athletic, and open spaces.

During his term, the school opened its classrooms to the first batch of Senior
High School students, two years ahead of the mandated implementation.
Also, FAAP and PAASCU granted Level 3 accreditation to the Integrated
School and the following College programs: Communication, Psychology,
Biology, Mathematics, Elementary Education, Secondary Education,
Business Administration, Entrepreneurship, and Accountancy. DLSL
Integrated School became the first in the region's category to gain
recognition.

From August 2016 to July 2022, Br. Dante Jose R. Amisola FSC served as
the 5th President of De La Salle Lipa. To date, DLSL is standing on a 16-
hectare lot with twenty-six buildings and infrastructures. Br. Dante embarked
on a crusade to introduce and raise awareness about his vision for the
institution through the four new strategic directions, or the 4S - Social
Innovation in Quality Education, Social Inclusion, Sustainable Futures, and
Stakeholders’ Engagement. In the early months of his term, DLSL adopted
the 14 UN Sustainable Development Goals approach to align its initiatives
and action plans in order to achieve the school's strategic goals. In his
leadership, DLSL began the ‘Reimagine Education’ campaign that addresses
the 21st century teaching and learning.

In his first two years as President, he implemented changes in the curricula

and pedagogy to meet the needs of the changing educational landscape. He
spearheaded various initiatives and changes in school and management
policies. Expansions and developments in infrastructures were notable.

7
One of the highlights of his term was when he opened the campus and
converted the Sports Center into what was termed as DLSL Welcome
Shelters that served as the temporary home of almost 400 displaced
Batangueños when Taal Volcano erupted last January 12, 2020. DLSL lived
up to its vision to be an institution that has an impact on society, focused on
developing young people's minds, hearts, and souls.

De La Salle Lipa continued its mission of providing quality and Christian

education through Borderfree Education, the “School of the Future,”
empowering students to take ownership of their learning process. It
integrates Academics, Campus Life, and Campus Services with online
support from faculty, staff, and other shared services personnel offering
Education-on-Demand during the height of the COVID-19 pandemic in
2020.

Br. Edmundo “Dodo” L. Fernandez, FSC, took office as the 6th president
of DLSL, starting SY 2022-2023. Continuing the legacy of his predecessors,
Br. Dodo sets out to pursue more innovative measures to strengthen
DLSL’s trademark of quality education. One of his goals is to continue
integrating technology into the school’s operations by building on the digital
campus initiatives that began several years back. Furthermore, his term
adopts the shared services direction of De La Salle Philippines, which aims
to promote effectiveness and efficiency. Br. Dodo serves as President of La
Salle Green Hills and De La Salle - College of St. Benilde.

8
 SECTION II
STATEMENT OF INCLUSION

De La Salle Lipa recognizes and respects individual differences by providing an

inclusive learning and working environment. Within such a setting, the school
continues its initiatives to promote safety, security, and equity among its
stakeholders. Likewise, the school affirms its commitment to: Respect and
honor the diversity and dignity of all individuals as guided by Catholic social
teachings, notably the LAUDATO Si, an urgent call to tackle the current
ecological crisis by making a paradigm shift that will allow all human beings to
live sustainably in dignity.

Offer a human and Christian education to all, regardless of social or economic

class, age, gender, sexual orientation, religion, background or abilities, and ethnic
affiliations;

Build a society founded on equity and justice by treating everyone with respect;

Embrace equal employment opportunities by providing Lasallian Partners

(personnel) with a work environment free from discrimination and harassment;

Place safety and security in high regard, these being emphasized as fundamental
rights of every stakeholder in the United Nations Sustainable Development
Goals;

Ensure that students and employees have access to inclusive education by

providing them learning programs and working spaces that cater to their diverse
needs, and (or always) doing so in ways that are respectful, accepting, responsive,
and supportive; and,

Being attentive to: a) allotting enough space for the differently abled – ramps,
stair chairs, Braille elevator signage, parking, and spacious access gates and
handrails; b) giving parents and guardians access within campus to assist their
children whenever needed, and c) training the school’s security team to assist the
differently abled especially during disasters or calamities, and prioritizing them
in case of evacuation.

9
These and other considerations serve as important measures as the school
continues to embrace a safe and inclusive environment for all personnel,
students, and other stakeholders. The school shall continue to improve and
provide not just the necessary facilities but also the appropriate learning and
working environment that creates a truly inclusive culture. To fulfill these goals,
the school looks towards forging more open communication channels to better
understand everyone’s needs.

10
 SECTION III
STATEMENT OF COMMITMENT

We, the colleges of De La Salle Lipa, recognize our role in providing our
youth with excellent opportunities for growth and holistic development.

We believe in the power of a collective vision and dynamism of ideas and

actions.

Inspired by St. John Baptist De La Salle and guided by core Christian values,
we pledge our full commitment to the fulfillment of the institution’s Vision-
Mission:

Inspired by our faith in God, by our Catholic traditions, and by the charism
of St. John Baptist de La Salle, educational innovator par excellence, we,
together and by association, are committed to give quality human and
Christian education to all, building a society founded on equity and justice
and on sustainable and inclusive development.

11
 SECTION IV
OFFICE OF THE COLLEGE REGISTRAR

The Office of the College Registrar (OCR) executes and communicates operational
policies and procedures prescribed by De La Salle Lipa, Commission on Higher
Education (CHED), Technical Education and Skills Development Authority
(TESDA), other government and non-government agencies to the Lasallian
community. The office oversees and attends to issues and concerns of local and
international students in the areas of admission and registration, enrollment,
retention, and graduation through the Lasallian tradition of service and excellence.
The following regulations apply to all local and international students, who are
enrolled in the undergraduate and graduate level of this school. Students are
required to conform with the guidelines and procedures stated in this section.
They should familiarize themselves with these guidelines and procedures.
Ignorance of any provision does not excuse any student from being sanctioned
for non-compliance.

1. Program Offerings

College of Business, Economics, Accountancy and Management

(CBEAM)

Graduate Program
Master in Management Technology (MMT)
Master in Business Administration (MBA)

Degree Programs
Bachelor of Science in Accountancy (BSA)
BS in Business Administration
major in Marketing Management (BSBAMM)
major in Financial Management (BSBAFM)
major in Business Economics (BSBABE)
Bachelor of Science in Legal Management (BSLM)
Bachelor of Science in Management Technology (BSMT)
Bachelor of Science in Entrepreneurship (BSEntrep)
Bachelor of Science in Accounting Information Systems (BSAIS) Bachelor of
Science in Real Estate Management (BSREM)

12
College of International Hospitality and Tourism Management
(CIHTM)

Degree Programs
Bachelor of Science in Hospitality Management (BSHM)
Bachelor of Science in Tourism Management (BSTM)

Certificate Programs
Certificate in Cookery NCII (Certificate in Culinary Arts - CCA)

College of Education, Arts and Sciences (CEAS) Degree Programs

Bachelor of Elementary Education (BEED)
Bachelor of Elementary Education
major in Special Needs Education (BSNED)
Bachelor of Secondary Education
major in English (BSE-E)
major in Mathematics (BSE-M)
major in Social Studies (BSE-SS)
major in Filipino (BSE-F)
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics (BSM)
Bachelor of Science in Psychology (BSPsyc)
Bachelor of Arts in Communication (ABComm)
Bachelor of Multi Media Arts (BMMA)
Bachelor of Science in Biology (BSBio)

College of Information Technology and Engineering (CITE)

Degree Programs
Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering (BSCpE)
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science (BSCS)
Bachelor of Science in Electronics Engineering (BSECE)
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology (BSIT)
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering (BSIE)
Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering (BSEE)
Bachelor of Science in Information Systems (BSIS)
Bachelor of Science in Architecture (BSArchi)
Bachelor of Science in Entertainment and Multimedia Computing
(BSEMC)
with Specialization in Digital Animation
with Specialization in Game Development
College of Nursing (CON)
Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)

13
College of Law
Juris Doctor (JD)

2. Enrollment Requirements, Policies and Procedures

2.1. Classification of Students
Students enrolled at DLSL are classified as follows:
⮚ New
⮚ Old (Regular/Irregular)
⮚ Transferee
⮚ International

2.1.1. New Students

New students are admitted based on the results of the entrance
examination and evaluation conducted by the Admissions
Committee.

2.1.2. Old Students

Old students are admitted based on the grades received from
the previous semester. Policies on readmission or non-
readmission of old students are contained in this handbook.

2.1.3. Transfer Students

Transfer students are admitted based on the records presented
and evaluation conducted by the Admissions Committee.
Crediting of subjects is being conducted by the Academic
Adviser, the Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge,

Department Chairs, Deans, and the College Registrar based on

the following guidelines set by the institution:

2.1.3.1 Subjects taken from other schools may be credited,

provided that the number of units to be credited should
not exceed 20% of the total number of units required
in the program at De La Salle Lipa.
2.1.3.2 Minor subjects taken from the previous school
attended will be given credit provided that those
subjects are similar with the course descriptions and
number of units of the subjects being offered at DLSL.
2.1.3.3 If the subjects have different number of units, they are
given credit only if they carry more than the prescribed
number of units at De La Salle Lipa.
2.1.3.4 Major subjects are not given credit.

14
 2.1.3.5 Subjects taken from other schools will be credited on
the first year of studies at De La Salle Lipa. No other
course taken from other schools may be credited
subsequent to the approval of the credited subjects.
2.1.3.6 For the College of Nursing, transfer students may be
accepted until Level II (Second Year Level) only.
2.1.3.6.1. Major and minor subjects taken from
the previous school attended will be
given credit provided that:
2.1.3.6.1.1 the course descriptions are the same.
2.1.3.6.1.2 the required number of units, pre
requisites, and co-requisites are the
same for laboratories, lecture and
RLE; and 2.1.3.6.1.3 there are no
grades below 2.75 for both major and
minor subjects.

2.1.3.7 A maximum of 40% of the number of units taken may

be credited for transfer students from other La Salle
schools, based on the DLSL curriculum. The
Program Chairs have the discretion on the courses to
be credited subject to existing policies and
procedures.

2.1.4. International Students

2.1.4.1. Bridge/Prospective Regular Students
2.1.4.1.1. Assessment
2.1.4.1.1.1. International students (foreign/dual)
citizens/Filipino students born abroad)
shall secure an application form from the
Institutional Admissions and Testing
Office (IATO). As part of admission, they
are also required to submit a copy of the
results of a valid International English
Language Testing System (IELTS)
Academic Test or Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL).
2.1.4.1.1.2. Upon endorsement of the IATO Manager,
international students shall have an initial
screening/ interview with the Director of
Linkages and International Relations
(LIRD)with regard to legal documentary
requirements for study (i.e., visa, special
study permits, alien certificate of
registration).

15
 2.1.4.1.1.3. Upon endorsement of the LIRD
Director, students shall be evaluated by
the Chair of the Languages and
Literature Learning Area of the College of
Education, Arts and Sciences (CEAS).
Students shall accomplish an
application form from the Language
Learning Center (LLC) and shall be
scheduled for the necessary language
proficiency tests.

Students will be exempted from taking

the LLC English Language Proficiency
Test if they attain the following
international language proficiency test
scores:

IELTS- 7.5 (Over-all Band Score) and

6.0 (Individual Band Score - based on
particular needs of the students’ target
degree program)

TOEFL – 60 (Total Score) and 30

(Section Score - based on particular needs
of the students’ target degree program).
Exempted students may enroll in
regular English courses.

2.1.4.1.1.4. Students shall pay the corresponding

testing fee at the Cashier’s Office (under
the depository account of the LLC) or in
the provided payment channels.
2.1.4.1.1.5. On the scheduled date of exam, students
should present a copy of the receipt to
the LLC Coordinator or Faculty In-
Charge as permit to take the
examination/s.
2.1.4.1.1.6. Oral and written exams, both in English
and Filipino or either of the two shall be
administered to determine the eligibility of
the student for enrollment in degree and
certificate programs.

2.1.4.1.1.7. Students should pass the

necessary exams (test scores for English
and Filipino languages should reach 80%)
as requirement for enrollment in regular
classes.

16
 A. For English Language
Proficiency Test
Should students fail in the test, they
will not be allowed to take the College
Admissions Test as a requirement for
enrollment in degree and certificate
programs. Accordingly, students shall
be required to undergo an LLC Bridge
Program in English. Its duration and
focus shall be based on the student’s test
score (refer to the table below).

Levels Exam Program Duration

Score Focus
(%)

Beginner/Pri 50 – 59 Basic 4-5 months 80 – 100

mary (1) (Grammar, hours/month
Writing,
Speaking and
Reading)

Intermediate 60 – 69 Intensified 3 months 60 – 80

(2) (Grammar, hours/month
Writing,
Speaking and
Reading)

Advanced (3) 70 – 79 Advanced 2 months 40 – 60

(Grammar, hours/month
Writing,
Speaking and
Reading)

17
 ▪ The student shall be required to enroll the
following subjects in LLC under the Bridging
Program depending on the assessment made:
English for Foreign Students 1A (Speech and
Conversation)
▪ English for Foreign Students 1B (Reading and
Writing with Grammar Skills)

▪ English Plus (Intensive Grammar and Bridging

Course of all English Skills)

B. For Filipino Language Proficiency Test

• Should students fail in the Filipino Language
Proficiency Test, but passed the
LLC English Language Proficiency Test, they will
still be allowed to take the College Admissions
Test administered by the IATO. However, the
students, upon admission, shall be advised by the
Registrar’s Office not to enroll courses which are
taught in Filipino (i.e. Konfili, Disifil, Masipag).

• Accordingly, students shall be required

to enroll the following non-credit
subjects in LLC under the Bridging
Program in Filipino Language for one
semester. Its duration may be
simultaneous with their mainstream
college enrollment and its focus shall
be based on the students’ test score
(refer to the table below).

18
 ▪ Basic Filipino (Speech and
Conversation, Reading and Writing
with Grammar Skills)
FiliOne preparation (for the Konfili
course in college)

Levels Exam Program Duration

Score Focus
(%)

Beginner/Pri 50 – 59 Basic 4-5 months 80 – 100

mary (1) (Grammar, hours/month
Writing,
Speaking
and
Reading)

Intermediate 60 – 69 Intensified 3 months 60 – 80

(2) (Grammar, hours/month
Writing,
Speaking
and
Reading)

Advanced 70 – 79 Advanced 2 months 40 – 60

(3) (Grammar, hours/month
Writing,
Speaking
and
Reading)

2.1.4.1.1.8. Students who are having a hard time

understanding the Filipino language
may opt to take tutorial classes in
Readphi and Liferiz following the
process set by the Office of the
Registrar.

19
 2.1.4.1.1.9. Should students fail in both exams, they
shall be required to undergo both
English and Filipino Bridging Programs
in LLC for two semesters (one
semester for each language program).
Students should have a minimum of
one semester and maximum of two
semesters residency at the LLC before
joining regular classes.

2.1.4.1.2. Enrollment in LLC

2.1.4.1.2.1. Based on the assessment, the LLC

Coordinator will then prepare a costing,
program and scheduling proposal for
the student.
2.1.4.1.2.2. After approval of the CEAS Dean and
LLA Chair, the student will be issued
with a payment slip indicating the
subject code, schedule and fee.
2.1.4.1.2.3. The student will then proceed to the
Cashier and pay to the account of LLC.
2.1.4.1.2.4. Payment of fees is subject to the
following conditions:

• (One-month program duration)

A week before classes start, the enrollee must
settle
the full payment (100%) of the total assessed
fees.
• (Two-month program duration)
A week before classes start, the enrollee must
pay the required minimum amount of at least
75% of the total assessed fees. The remaining
balance (25%) must be settled after 15 days
from the initial payment made. Failure to
comply with the payment due date will incur a
penalty of P200.00 per succeeding week until all
fees are duly settled.

20
 • (Three-to-five-month program duration)
A week before classes start, the enrollee
must pay the required minimum amount
of at least 50% of the total assessed fees.
The remaining balance (50%) may be
settled in two equal monthly payments as
scheduled in the assessment fee.
• Intervention program students

Students must pay according to their

chosen Plan as stipulated in their
Contract.

2.1.4.1.2.5 The student will then submit a copy of the

receipt to the LLC Coordinator or Faculty In-
Charge. He/she will then be issued with an
admit pass/enrollment slip to be shown to the
subject teacher.
2.1.4.1.2.6 Enrolled students should comply with the legal
documentary requirements set by the LIRD
Office upon enrollment in LLC. Non-
submission of requirements within the deadline
indicated will mean cancellation of enrollment.
2.1.4.1.2.7 Refund of tuition and fees paid is subject to the
following guidelines:
• (One-month program duration)
Before the actual start of classes, the student
may refund 100% of the fees paid except for
the testing fee.

• (Two-to-five-month program duration)

The student may refund 50% of the whole
assessed program fees before the middle of the
program duration. However, fees will be
nonrefundable after half of the program
duration commences. Hence, the student shall
be obliged to settle all the remaining fees as
stipulated in his/her assessment form.

21
 • Intervention program for students

The tutorial fee for the quarter should be

duly settled upon cancellation of the
tutorial services. Fees shall be non-
refundable once the student has already
started with his/her classes within the
given period of tutorial.

2.1.4.1.3. Conduct of Class

2.1.4.1.3.1. There should be one-on-one teaching-learning

session with each concerned student. If this is
not possible, a maximum of three students may
serve the purpose. For English Proficiency
Program for local students – a maximum of six
students is allowed per batch/class.

2.1.4.1.3.2. The Chair of Languages and Literature Learning

Area will recommend the teacher, with prior
consultation to the coordinator, for final
approval of the CEAS Dean. Language tutors
from the LLC and part-time faculty members
of the Languages and Literature Learning Area
may also be allowed to handle classes provided
their schedule will not be in conflict with the
students’..

2.1.4.1.3.3. Classes must be conducted within the confines

of De La Salle Lipa.
2.1.4.1.3.4. Sit-in/observation classes may be allowed
subject to existing school guidelines.
2.1.4.1.3.5. Enrollees are required to sign in the attendance
sheet every time they attend a session.
2.1.4.1.3.6. Midterm and final term assessment
by the Chair, senior LLC tutors and senior
faculty members of the Languages and
Literature Learning Area should be conducted
for the enrolled students.

22
2.1.4.1.4. Fees
Current rates of the LLC, copies of which are available at
the LLC, will be applied for each student. Students will also
be assessed with LIRD administrative fee, copies of which
are available at the LIRD Office, to cover the cost of
processing their immigration documents and monitoring.

2.1.4.1.5. Program Completion

2.1.4.1.5.1. Students shall be issued with a certificate and

descriptive evaluation upon completion of their
program.

2.1.4.1.5.2. For English Bridging Program

2.1.4.1.5.2.1. A certificate of completion should be
obtained by the students in the English
Bridging Program to make them eligible
to take the College Admissions Test.

2.1.4.1.5.2.2. Should students fail, for any reason, in the

English Bridging Program, they shall be
advised to undergo another English
Bridging Program in LLC.

2.1.4.1.5.3. For Filipino Bridging Program

2.1.4.1.5.3.1. For students enrolled in the Filipino
Bridging Program, they should obtain a
passing (P) mark for them to be eligible
to enroll courses in Filipino in the
mainstream. Students may opt to enroll
for a regular class or special tutorial class
offered by the college in the succeeding
semesters.
2.1.4.1.5.3.2. Should students fail, for any reason, in
the Filipino Bridging Program, they
shall be advised to take a tutorial
program in Filipino under LLC
simultaneous with the regular classes
that they will enroll during the semester.

23
2.2. Enrollment Requirements
Applicants should submit the following documents to the Registrar’s Office:

2.2.1. For High School Graduates

2.2.1.1. Notice of Admission (NOA)
2.2.1.2. High School Report Card (original)
2.2.1.3. Enrollment Information Sheet (with attached 2x2 ID
Picture)
2.2.1.4. NSO/PSA Authenticated Birth Certificate (original)

2.2.2. For Transferees

2.2.2.1. Notice of Admission (NOA)
2.2.2.2. Honorable Dismissal
2.2.2.3. Transcript of Records/Certificate of Grades
2.2.2.4. Enrollment Information Sheet (with attached 2x2 ID
Picture)
2.2.2.5. NSO/PSA Authenticated Birth Certificate (original)
2.2.3. For International Students
2.2.3.1. Notice of Admission (NOA)
2.2.3.2. Scholastic Record Authenticated by the Embassy in the
applicant’s country of origin (Red Ribbon)
2.2.3.3. Photocopy of Passport (present the original for validation
purposes)
2.2.3.4. Photocopy of Student Visa or Special Study Permit
(present the original for validation purposes).
2.2.3.5. Enrollment Information Sheet (with attached 2x2 ID
Picture)
2.2.3.6. Authenticated Birth Certificate (Red Ribbon)
2.2.3.7. Approved NSTP Exemption Form

2.2.4. Additional Requirements for Scholarship Applicants

2.2.4.1. Notice Of Scholarship Acceptance (NOSA)

2.3. Enrollment for New Students

2.3.1. Pre-Enrollment Process
2.2.3.1. Upon receipt of NOA,
• Proceed or submit via email to the Admissions
Office, one signed copy of Notice of Admission
(NOA) and Official Receipt (OR) of Reservation
Fee. Reservation fee is non-refundable.

24
 • Proceed to Registrar’s Office, Records Section,
present Official Receipt of reservation fee to
secure an Enrollment Information Sheet (EIS)
Form and submit original copies of enrollment
requirements for issuance of Student Number.
2.2.3.2. Upon issuance of Student Number and verification
of enrollment documents, wait for the Official
DLSL email account to be sent to the registered
email address prior to the date of the scheduled
enrollment.
Note: Official DLSL email account will be used to
access the DLSL MyDCampus portal. This is
where announcements will be posted/published.
2.2.3.3. Schedule of enrollment per program is published
via official DLSL social media account
2.2.3.4. Your reservation will be deleted once enrollment fees were
not paid during enrollment period:
reserved slots will be given to other
applicants afterwards.

2.3.2. Enrollment Process

FEBRES, CHED, FSLE and privately-funded scholars
including CA and MA will proceed to the Lamp Office prior
to enrollment.

2.3.2.1. Access the enrollment Assessment Form (AF)

through the MyDCampus portal using
your official DLSL email address.
2.3.2.2 Pay the Enrollment fee based on the chosen
payment plan.
Note: Payment through Dragonpay - within 24 hours after successful
payment. Payment through other channels - 2- 3 working days upon
receipt or bank report.
2.3.2.3 Once payment is posted, you may access your
Certificate of Registration (COR) icon at
MyDCampus Portal as a proof that you are
officially enrolled at DLSL.
2.3.2.4. Proceed to the ISSESO designated area for ID picture
taking.

2.4. Enrollment Process for Transferees

2.4.1. Pre-Enrollment Process
2.4.1.1 Upon receipt of NOA,
• Proceed or submit via email to the Admissions

25
 Office, one signed copy of Notice of Admission
(NOA) and Official Receipt (OR) of Reservation
Fee. Reservation fee is non-refundable.
• Proceed to Registrar’s Office, Records Section,
present OR to secure Enrollment Information
Sheet (EIS) Form and submit original copies of
enrollment requirements/transfer credentials for
issuance of Student Number.
2.4.1.2. Upon issuance of Student Number and verification
of enrollment documents, wait for the Official
DLSL email account to be sent to the registered
email address prior to the date of the scheduled
enrollment.

Note: Official DLSL email account will be used to access

the DLSL MyDCampus portal. This is where
announcements will be posted/published.

2.4.2. Enrollment Process

2.4.2.1. Proceed to Registrar to secure Course Crediting

Form
2.4.2.2. Accomplish the Course Crediting Form and
Enrollment Form in coordination with the
Program Chair or Academic Adviser.
2.4.2.3. Submit to the Registrar’s Office the approved
Course Crediting Form, Program of Study,
and Enrollment Form for encoding to the system.
2.4.2.4. On the date of enrollment, access the
enrollment Assessment Form (AF)
through the MyDCampus portal using
your official DLSL email address.
2.4.2.5 Pay the Enrollment fee based on the
chosen payment plan.
Note: Payment through Dragonpay - within 24 hours
after successful payment. Payment through other
channels - 2- 3 working days upon receipt or bank
report.

26
 2.4.2.6 Once payment is posted, you may access your
Certificate of Registration (COR) icon at
MyDCampus Portal as a proof that you are
officially enrolled at DLSL.
2.4.2.7 Proceed to the ISSESO designated area for ID
picture taking.

2.5. Enrollment Process for Returnees

2.5.1. Proceed to the Verification In-Charge of Registrar Office or email
[email protected] and present the approved LOA
Form for verification and endorsement to the Enrollment and
Evaluation In-Charge for the encoding of the subjects to be
enrolled.
2.5.1.1. If the student was not able to process LOA, the following
procedure should be done:
• Secure Re-Admission approval on previous academic
status to the Verification In-Charge of Registrar Office
or email [email protected]
• Solicit the approval of the re-admission to the respective
College Dean/Program Chair
• Submit the approved Re-Admission to the Verification
In- Charge at the Office of the Registrar with the
approved Course Crediting Form, Program of Study,
and Enrollment Form for encoding to the system.
2.5.2.2. On the date of enrollment, access the
enrollment Assessment Form (AF) through
the MyDCampus portal using your official
DLSL email address.
2.5.2.3 Pay the Enrollment fee based on the chosen
payment plan.
Note: Payment through Dragonpay - within 24 hours after
successful payment. Payment through other channels - 2- 3 working
days upon receipt or bank report.
2.5.2.4 Once payment is posted, you may access your
Certificate of Registration (COR) icon at
MyDCampus Portal as a proof that you are
officially enrolled at DLSL.
2.5.2.5 Proceed to the ISSESO designated area for
ID validation.

27
2.6. Enrollment Process for Old Students

2.6.1 Pre-Enrollment Process

2.6.1.1. During the scheduled pre-enrollment, accomplish Pre-
Enrollment Form sent via LMS Canvas.
2.6.1.2. Accomplish the Form by enlisting all the subjects to be
enrolled based on the appropriate curriculum.
2.6.1.3. For Irregular students, coordinate with the Academic
Adviser to secure approval of the subjects to be enrolled.
2.6.1.4. All students are required to pre-enroll for the next semester
subject to the existing policy on pre-enrollment.
2.6.1.5. Generally, enrollment by proxy is not allowed. The student
being pre-enrolled by his proxy shall be responsible for any
adverse consequence such as being enrolled in wrong
subjects, inconvenient schedule, and other concerns that
may result from this circumstance.

2.6.2 Enrollment Process for Old Students

2.6.2.1. On the date of enrollment, access the enrollment
Assessment Form (AF) through the MyDCampus portal
using your official DLSL email address.
2.6.2.2. Pay the Enrollment fee based on the chosen
payment plan.
Note: Payment through Dragonpay - within 24 hours after
successful payment. Payment through other channels - 2- 3 working
days upon receipt or bank report.

2.6.2.3. Once payment is posted, you may access your

Certificate of Registration (COR) icon at
MyDCampus Portal as a proof that you are
officially enrolled at DLSL.
2.6.2.4. Proceed to the ISSESO designated area for ID validation.

2.7 Enrollment of Students with failures during the previous

Semester
2.7.1. Students with failures whose pre-enrolled subjects will
not be affected by those failures, will not be required to
re-process pre-enrollment forms.
2.7.2. Students with failures whose pre-enrolled subjects need
to be adjusted due to those failures should seek the
approval of Program Chairs/Academic Advisers for the
new list of subjects.

28
 2.7.3. Secure a signed Enrollment Form from the Program
Chairs/Academic Advisers for submission to the
Registrar for encoding to the system.
2.7.4. On the date of enrollment, access the enrollment
Assessment Form (AF) through the MyDCampus portal
using your official DLSL email address.
2.7.5. Pay the Enrollment fee based on the chosen payment
plan.
Note: Payment through Dragonpay - within 24 hours after
successful payment. Payment through other channels - 2- 3 working
days upon receipt or bank report.
2.7.6 Once payment is posted, you may access your Certificate
of Registration (COR) icon at MyDCampus Portal as a
proof that you are officially enrolled at DLSL.

2.7.7. Proceed to the ISSESO designated area for ID validation.

2.8. Enrollment Reminders for Old Students

2.8.1. Students should be cleared from all the concerned offices. Students with
pending obligation from any of the concerned offices will not be allowed to
enroll.

2.8.2. Foreign students should renew their student visa or Special

Study Permit as required and in coordination with the LIRD;
a photocopy of the student visa or Special Study Permit
should be submitted to the Office of the Registrar.
2.8.3. Enrollment of subjects with pre-requisites - During
enrollment, incomplete and blank grades are treated by the
system as 0.00 or failed. Thus, students are not allowed to
enroll the subsequent subjects. They will only be allowed to
enroll the subsequent subject after processing the changing
and/or completing their grades based on the existing policies
and procedures of the institution.
2.8.4. Subjects enrolled and passed without the necessary
prerequisite/s will not be given credit as a result, students will
have to repeat the subject. The enrolled subject without
prerequisite will be given a grade of 0.00 or Failed.
2.8.5. Students are not allowed to enroll subjects beyond the
allowable maximum number of units in his/her curriculum.
The total number of units shall be in accordance with the
curricular program the student is enrolled in.

29
 2.8.6. The maximum allowable units for graduating students is 21
units for the last two semesters of their curricula; however, if
the maximum allowable units in their curricula is higher than
21 units, the maximum units in their curricula will be used as
the maximum allowable units instead of 21.
2.8.7. Students may only be considered as candidate for graduation
if properly endorsed by their Academic Advisers through the
issuance of Eligibility for Graduation and if they qualify in the
final evaluation conducted by the Enrollment and Evaluation
In Charge. Application for graduation and graduation checklist
will be the basis for the approval or disapproval of the request
for overload.
2.8.8. Provisions from the Manual of Regulations for Private
Schools for excess load of graduating students will be
followed as hereunder quoted: "A graduating student may be
permitted, upon the discretion of the school, an additional
subject load of not more than six (6) academic units in excess
of the normal load specified by the school for the semester
he/she is enrolling”.

2.8.9. A student is considered enrolled in all subjects that appear on

the assessment issued by the Office of the Registrar. Students
who have attended classes on sections where they are not
officially enrolled in will not be given credit. They will be dealt
with accordingly.
2.8.10. Assessments of the students will be deleted if the students
were not able to pay two weeks after the start of the classes.
2.8.11. Assessments of students who were able to encode subjects
during the pre-enrollment period but were already dismissed
will be deleted.

2.9. Adjustment Period for Adding, Dropping and Changing of Subjects

2.9.1. Special adjustments will be given for meritorious reasons only

within the first two weeks of the regular semester or the first two
days of classes during term break.
2.9.2. Students may still drop subjects before the midterm examination.
Those who failed to officially drop the enrolled subjects within
the allowable dropping period and had stopped attending classes
will be given a grade of 0.00 for the subjects.
2.9.3. Adding/Dropping/Changing Form, issued by the Office of the
Registrar is not valid without the signature/approval of the
Academic Adviser and Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge.

30
 2.9.4. Students who dropped subjects two weeks after the start of
classes will be charged appropriately. The dropped subject will
appear in the students’ Transcript of Records with a grade of
DRP while subjects dropped during the allowable dropping
period or during the first two weeks of classes for regular
semesters and within two days during term break will not be
recorded in the students’ Transcript of Records.
2.9.5. Procedures in Adding, Dropping and Changing of Subjects:
2.9.5.1. Students will secure two copies of Adding, Dropping
and Changing Form from the Office of
the Registrar.
2.9.5.2. The form will be signed by the student and parent and
will be approved by their Subject Teachers and
Academic Advisers.
2.9.5.3. The accomplished form will be submitted to the
Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge who will
encode. the request at the eWiz SMS.
2.9.5.4. A copy of the approved form signed by the Enrollment
and Evaluation In-Charge and printed copy of the
transaction in eWiz will be given to the student for safe
keeping and future reference.
2.9.5.5. The LMS In-Charge will update the Canvas accordingly.
2.9.5.6. Students may still apply for cancellation of enrollment for
meritorious reasons only within the first two weeks of the
regular semester or the first two days of classes during term
break and/or before the midterm examination. Following
are the charges for the cancellation of enrollment based on
the Accounting Office’s existing guidelines and as stated in
the CHED
Memorandum:
• Within the first week of classes, a student will
be charged 10% of all fees.
• Within second week, students will be charged
20% of all fees.
After the second week of classes or before the midterm
examination a student may be charged of all fees whether
the student has attended classes or not.
2.10. Tutorial Classes
These are subjects that are not offered during a specific semester,
which may be requested by graduating students only.

31
 2.10.1. Students requesting for tutorial class will proceed to the
Academic Adviser/Program Chair for evaluation using the
Request for Tutorial/Special Class Form. The Academic
Adviser/Program Chair will evaluate the students’ academic
records to determine students’ eligibility for graduation. If upon
evaluation, the student may qualify to graduate, the Academic
Adviser/Program Chair will issue endorsement for tutorial
classes.
2.10.2. Students will submit related signed Forms to the Enrollment and
Evaluation In-Charge (EEIC) who will assess their academic
status. The EEIC will sign the Form if the student qualifies to be
a candidate for graduation.
2.10.3. Students will officially process the application by securing the
approval of the proper authorities. The Deans will assign the
faculty member who will handle the requested tutorial class. The
signatories to the request for tutorial are the following: Parent,
Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge, Academic Adviser,
Program Chair, the College Dean, Faculty, College Registrar, and
the Institutional Registrar.
2.10.4. The form will be forwarded to the HRD for the rate of the faculty
and to the Accounting Office for the computation of fees.
2.10.5. Students should pay in full the computed tutorial fee
2.10.6. Students will submit the approved tutorial form to the
Registrar’s Office for final approval and official enrollment.
2.10.7. Faculty should not start conducting classes in the absence of the
approved Tutorial Form.
2.10.8. The LMS In-charge will update the Canvas
accordingly.

2.11. Special Classes

These are subjects that are not offered during a specific semester and
are requested by students.
2.11.1. The representative of the students applying for special class should
see their respective Program Chair regarding their intention to
apply for such. The representative of the students will be called
the Special Class Coordinator (SCC).
2.11.2. The students should be advised by the SCC to process the
“Parent’s Consent Form” to be signed by their parents and
Academic Adviser.
2.11.3. The SCC will officially process the application. The approval of
the Program Chair and the Dean will be solicited.
2.11.4. The Dean will identify the faculty member who will handle the
subject including the schedule of classes.

32
 2.11.5. The SCC will submit the accomplished Special Class Form to the
Academic Services Director for the approval of faculty loading.
2.11.6. The SCC should submit the approved form to the College
Registrar for endorsement to the Accounting Office for the
final computation of fees.
Note:
Payment for Special Class will be included in the tuition to be paid before
Midterm and Final Exam.
2.11.7. The approved form will be forwarded to the Enrollment and
Evaluation In-Charge for the official enrollment of students.
2.11.8. Students enrolled in a Special Class are not allowed to drop from
the class, however for highly meritorious cases, students
enrolled in a Special Class may be allowed to drop from the
class subject to full payment as computed.

2.12. Class Reporting

2.12.1. The secretaries of the academic Deans shall provide all faculty
members with the class lists at the start of classes. Faculty
shouldcheck the completeness of the list vis-à-vis the enrolled
students in the Canvas Learning Management System (LMS).
They should secure copies of the Temporary Class List from the
Deans’ secretaries from time to time until the merging and
dissolution of classes have been finalized and processed. If there
are discrepancies, the faculty member should:
• Advise the students who are not enlisted in their class list
or not enrolled in the Canvas to proceed to the Office of
the Registrar to officially process the enrollment.
• Prohibit students from joining the class unless they are
officially enrolled both in the Ewiz SMS and the Canvas
LMS.
• Secure Temporary Class List and Permanent Class List.
2.12.2. Faculty members are required to secure copies of Permanent
Official Class Lists from their college secretaries, 45 days after the
start of classes during regular semesters and a week after the start
of classes during the term break to verify accuracy and
completeness of listed students in eWiz and the Canvas based on
actual attendees.
2.12.3. Class lists should be 100% accurate vis-à-vis actual attendees and
students enlisted in the Canvas LMS students to prevent
problems during the online submission of grades.
Discrepancy/ies in the list would cause significant effect in the
Registrar’s processes and in the eWiz System.

33
 2.12.4. Students are not allowed to attend classes that are not in the list
or Canvas LMS. Violators will be dealt with accordingly.
2.12.5. Faculty members should not accommodate special arrangements
from students and co-faculty regarding sectioning.

2.13. Shifting

2.13.1. Students shifting to BS Nursing are admitted based on the

College Admissions and College of Nursing’s procedures and
guidelines and based on the Office of the Registrar’s policy on
crediting of subjects.
2.13.2. Students shifting to Certificate in Culinary Arts are admitted
based on the Registrar’s Office procedures and guidelines as well
as the ICA Department and the Admissions policies. They will be
enrolled as freshman students.

2.13.3. Students shifting to other programs are admitted based on the

Registrar’s Office procedures and guidelines as well as the
Colleges and Admissions policies.
2.13.4 Shifting process:
2.13.4.1. The student who intends to shift from one program to
another should write a letter of request addressed to
the Department Chair.
2.13.4.2. The Department Chair should evaluate the request
and endorse it to the Dean if there is an available slot.
2.13.4.3. The Dean approves the request and endorses the letter
to the Registrar’s Office.
2.13.4.4. The Enrollment and Evaluation Staff validates the
availability of slot, processes the request accordingly
and issues the Course Crediting Form.
2.13.4.5 The Course Crediting Form will be accomplished in
coordination with their respective Academic
Advisers/Program Chairs. The student’s Transcript
of Records (TOR) will be submitted for the official
processing of the shifting of program. The request
should be approved by the respective Program Chair,
Dean and the Registrars.

2.14. Student’s Leave of Absence

A Leave of Absence (LOA) is a privilege granted by the school to a
student who decides to temporarily stop schooling.

34
 2.14.1. Guidelines on Student’s Leave of Absence:
2.14.1.1. Accumulated LOAs may be for a maximum of two
semesters only during the student’s entire stay at the
college.
2.14.1.2. The LOA must be approved by the Academic Adviser,
the respective Program Chair, the Dean, and the
Registrar.
2.14.1.3. Any absence not formally approved shall be considered
as an absence without leave, and may serve as a
ground for refusal of readmission to DLSL.
2.14.1.4. The period for filing of applications for LOA is before
the start of the semester.

2.14.2. Procedure for Re-admission:

2.14.2.2. Present the approved LOA Form.
2.14.2.3. Present appropriate/legal documents if there is a
prolonged discontinuance of studies.

2.15. Cross-Enrollment

DLSL does not allow its students to cross-enroll subjects in other

schools. However, the school accepts cross enrollees provided they
submit the Certificate of Cross Enrollment from their School
Registrar and other DLSL requirements for enrollment. Applicants
must secure the approval of the Institutional Admissions and Testing
Officer and the Registrar before they will be allowed to enroll. Cross
enrollees will be given Temporary Identification Cards.

2.16. Term Break Enrollment

2.16.1. The Office of the Registrar sets the schedule of term break classes
and specifies dates of pre-enrollment and enrollment of students.
2.16.2. During pre-enrollment, students will access the MyDCampus
portal to view term break assessment form.
2.16.3. Students may request for subjects to be offered during the term
break. They should visit the Office of the Registrar to process
their request for Tutorial or Special Class. Tutorial Class will be
allowed for graduating students only
2.16.4. Students with failed subjects may also request for
term break special class. A minimum of 25 students
per subject is required for a class to be opened.

35
2.17. Practicum/ OJT
2.17.1. Subject Teachers are required to check if the students are already
enrolled in the Canvas and eWiz. Only officially enrolled students
will be deployed for their Practicum/OJT.

2.18. Graduation
Candidates for graduation are advised to comply strictly with
the deadlines indicated in the schedule of activities
posted at the LMS Canvas. Graduation is not
automatic, students who are about to complete the
academic requirements of their programs need to
apply to graduate.

2.18.1. Schedule of Activities

2.18.1.1. Third Week of November- Online application for
graduation

2.18.1.2. The whole month of March is evaluation period for all

graduating students at the Office of the Registrar.

The Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge will:

• Provide students with the approved graduation checklist.
• Confirm eligibility to graduate and inform them of their
pending subjects.
• Advise them regarding enrollment of overload, pre-
requisites, and request for Tutorial and Special Classes.

2.18.1.3. November or as the case may be, is the scheduled

picture taking of all graduating students to be facilitated by
the Student Services.

2.18.1.4. The third week of April to 2nd week of May is the

scheduled re-evaluation of the status of the candidates for
graduation based on the previous evaluation. Subjects
taken and passed during the first semester and the
currently-enrolled subjects during the last semester will be
counter checked.
• Duly qualified candidates for graduation
will be confirmed by the Enrollment and
Evaluation In- Charge and the Grades
Verification In-charge.

36
2.18.1.5. The third Week of June is the distribution of all
deliberation forms to the respective colleges.
2.18.1.6. Second week of July
2.18.1.6.1. Departmental Deliberation of
graduating students to be conducted
by the respective Program Chairs and
the colleges.
2.18.1.6.2. Submission of the result of the initial
deliberation by the Deans to the Office
of the Registrar
2.18.1.6.3. Consolidation of the initial deliberation
results submitted by the Deans of the
Colleges and finalization of the list of
candidates for graduation by the
Grades and Verification In-charge at
the OR.

2.18.1.6.4. Presentation of the result of initial

deliberation to the VCAR Council
by the Institutional Registrar.

2.18.1.6.5. Posting of the initial list of

candidates for graduation based on
college deliberation via the Canvas
LMS.

2.18.1.7. Candidates for graduation are given up to the last week

of April to inform the Registrar of any change or
correction in their names appearing in the list of
Candidates for Graduation. For special cases whereby
corrections have not been made prior to graduation,
graduates are provided a grace period of two months
from receipt of Diploma and a copy of Transcript of
Records for error corrections. However, this request
will be submitted to CHED for information and
correction of record, please be informed that
appropriate fees will be collected.

2.18.1.8. Baccalaureate Mass & Recognition Day are

commonly scheduled a week before the Graduation
Day.

37
 2.18.2. Students enrolled during term break who are expecting to finish
their academic requirements should:

2.18.2.1. Visit their Academic Advisers/Program Chair for the

re-evaluation of their academic records.
2.18.2.2. Proceed to the Office of the Registrar for the re-
evaluation which will start on the first week of term
break classes. Upon evaluation and confirmation that
the student might be able to finish all the academic
requirements by term break, the Grades and
Verification In-Charge will then process the
application for Special Order Number of the
respective students.
2.18.2.3. Inform the Office of the Registrar if they will attend
the graduation during the next year’s graduation so
that their name can be included in the program.
2.18.2.4. Those who were not able to graduate due to failure/s
need to file again their application for graduation for
the following semester.

2.18.3. Students who are expecting to finish their academic requirements

by the first semester should:
2.18.3.1. Visit their Academic Advisers/Program Chairs and
Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge at the Office of
the Registrar for the evaluation of their academic
records and confirmation of eligibility to graduate.

3. Policies, Guidelines and Procedures

3.1. Processing of Clearance
3.1.1. Schedules for the processing of clearance of students with
accountabilities are posted at the Office of the Registrar’s DLSL
website. Students without accountabilities may access the student
portal at MyDCampus anytime during the scheduled clearance
and viewing of grades. Accessibility of the students with
accountabilities from the Accounting, Registrar and Students
Services will be blocked by the system. Access will be allowed
only upon settlement of their accountabilities to concerned
office/s.

38
3.2. Online Viewing/Printing of Grades and Checking of
Maximum Failure

3.2.1. The schedule for online viewing of grades is posted at

the Canvas. The summary of all grades taken at DLSL
may be viewed during the said period @MyDCampus
portal.
3.2.2. Parents may also access their sons/daughters’ grades using their
sons/daughters’ accounts in the MyDCampus portal during
the scheduled online viewing of grades using their
son’s/daughter’s user accounts.
3.2.3. Students who have incurred the maximum allowable units of
failures based on the Retention and Academic Dismissal
policies are automatically dismissed and will not be allowed to
enroll.
3.2.4. Dismissed students who have processed their pre-enrollment
and were able to pay their tuition should process cancellation
of their enrollment.
3.2.5. If based on the evaluation, there are dismissed students who
were able to enroll, they will be required to cancel their
enrollment and to process request for transfer instead.

3.3. Completion of Grades

3.3.1. Incomplete grades of students can only be completed by the
faculty member by accomplishing the Grade Completion
Form. It should be done after the students had satisfied the
requirements set by the faculty.
3.3.2. Grade Completion Form will be given only to the faculty
members who would be requesting for completion of grades.
3.3.3. The Grade Completion Form must be signed by the Faculty,
Department Chair and the College Dean. The approved Grade
Completion Form will be submitted to the Office of the
Registrar for the appropriate adjustment in the system.
3.3.4. Deadline for the submission of requests for Completion of
Grade to the Office of the Registrar is two weeks after the
issuance of grades to all students.
3.3.5. Student’s grade shall automatically become 0.00 or
failed if the subject teacher fails to submit the
Grade Completion Form within two weeks.

3.4. Change of Grades

3.4.1. Change of grades will only be accommodated if approved and
endorsed by the College Academic Council.

39
 3.4.2. The Deadline for the submission of request for the change of grade to
the Office of the Registrar is two weeks after the issuance of grades to
all students.

3.5. Change of Personal Information

Personal information stored in the Student Management System may be
changed depending on certain circumstances. The following are common cases
where change of personal information may be done:

⮚ Change of Name
⮚ Correction of Name
⮚ Change of Citizenship
⮚ Change of Civil Status
⮚ Change of Address

3.5.1. Documentary support - A request for change of personal information

must be accompanied by the following:
TYPE OF
REQUEST DOCUMENTARY SUPPORT

Change of ▪ Affidavit* of Change of Name;

Name ▪ Marriage Contract (if change is due to marriage)
or Court Order (if change is due to other reasons,
such as adoption)

Correction ▪ Affidavit* of Change of Name (executed by student

of Name if of legal age or by parent on-record at DLSL)
▪ Joint Affidavit* of two disinterested
parties ▪ Passport*
▪ PSA copy of Birth Certificate or
Alien Certificate of Registration
▪ Photocopy of Passport (Original to be presented
for authentication)

Change of ▪ Affidavit* of Change of Citizenship;

Citizenship ▪ Certified True Copy of Passport
(original to be presented for authentication)

40
 Change of ▪ Certified True Copy of Marriage
Civil Status Contract (if change is due to marriage)
▪ Certified True Copy of Death
Certificate (if change is due to death of
spouse)

Change of • Certified True Copy of Court Order

Address (if change is due to annulment, legal
separation, etc.)
Proof of Billing
▪ Affidavit* of Change of Address
• (for undergraduate students,
executed by parent/guardian on-record
at DLSL)

Note: An affidavit may be executed only by a person of legal age and should be duly
notarized. For an affidavit executed outside the Philippines, the same must be authenticated
by the Philippine embassy/consulate in the country where the affidavit was executed.

3.5.2. Procedures to Change Personal Information

3.5.2.1. Change of personal information may be requested following
these processes:

3.5.2.1.1. Accomplish two copies of the Request for Change

of Information available at the Records Section at
the Office of the Registrar.

3.5.2.1.2. Submit the accomplished Request for Change of Information,

together with the required documentary support to the
Records Section at the Office of the Registrar.

3.6. Verification of Records

The Office of the Registrar offers free academic verification service to

companies. This will ensure that the documents submitted by the
graduates/students are genuine and accurate. To avail of this service, the
requesting party shall follow the procedures below:
3.6.1. Send company profile and email address at
[email protected] or [email protected]

41
 3.6.2. Send a letter of request for verification of academic information,
stating the following:
• the complete name (used while in school) of the
student/graduate; and
• the purpose of the verification.
3.6.3. The letter must be duly signed by the Human Resources
Manager/Director or its equivalent (for employment verification)
and by the Dean/Registrar/Admissions Officer or its equivalent
(for academic verification).
3.6.4. Attach a copy of the documents to be verified/authenticated.

3.6.5. Attach a signed letter of consent of the applicant

authorizing DLSL to Release Records.

3.6.6. Send this via e-mail at verification.college@ dlsl.edu.ph or

[email protected]; mail or send it via courier
to:
The Registrar
De La Salle Lipa
1962 J.P. Laurel, National Highway
Lipa City, Batangas

3.7. Transfer to Another Institution

A Transfer Credential is being given to students who will transfer to

another institution. The “Transfer Credential” (formerly referred to as
“Honorable Dismissal”) is a document certifying that a student has no
pending accountabilities with the school and is eligible for transfer to
another educational institution. As such, the Transfer Credential is a
permanent termination of studies at De La Salle Lipa.
3.7.1. Procedure for the Release of Transfer Credential
3.7.1.1. A Certificate of Transfer Credential should be
requested from the Registrar as soon as the student
decides to discontinue his/her studies. A pre-
requisite for the issuance of the Certificate of
Transfer Credential is an accomplished Clearance
Form, which indicates that the student has no
pending obligation from the offices concerned. No
records shall be provided to any student whose
accounts have not been settled and whose
enrollment requirements have not been completely
submitted.

42
 3.7.1.2. An original Transcript of Records (TOR) will be sent
through post or courier to the school to which the
student transferred. Unofficial transcripts may be
hand delivered and are issued for evaluation
purposes only.
3.7.1.3. Transfer Credentials and TOR requests must be filed
at the Office of the Registrar at least five working
days prior to the desired issuance date.

3.8. Certifications and Documents

The Office of the Registrar issues various types of Certifications and

documents. These include:
3.8.1. Certificate Enrollment
3.8.2. Units Earned
3.8.3. Candidacy for Graduation/Academic Completion/Graduation with
Honors
3.8.4. Cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA)
3.8.5. Dean's List
3.8.6. Grades
3.8.7. English as a medium of instruction
3.8.8. Ranking
a. Procedures in Requesting Certifications, TOR, Diploma and other
documents:
(1) Send an email to [email protected]. An autoresponder
message will be received by the requestor bearing the link for
document request (DRMS) as follows:
COLLEGE REGISTRAR ONLINE DOCUMENT REQUEST FORM

NOTES:

• Please request for a Certificate of Registration or Semestral Grades if the

purpose is for scholarship/financial assistance. No Certified True Copy (CTC)
will be issued, an original copy will be provided instead.
o For Certified True Copy (CTC) of TOR and Diploma request, kindly
send to this email the fully-captured clear scanned copies in pdf
format and indicate the number of copies to be authenticated (Php
15/page) and the purpose of such a request.
• To request a second copy of Diploma, kindly send to this email the copy of
Affidavit of Loss for the lost diploma; for damaged Diploma, kindly surrender
the damaged copy at the Records Section to process your request.

43
o For CAV/Red Ribbon/Apostille request, kindly send to this email a
clear scanned copy of your Diploma (processing is up to CHED only)
and indicate the country you are applying to.
o For Nursing Documents request – send an email
to [email protected],
cc: [email protected] and [email protected].
o For Good Moral Certificate request – send an email to college-
[email protected].
o For ID request – send an email to [email protected].
o Please expect a 10-14 working days processing period upon payment.
You will be informed via email once documents are available for
release/pick up at the Records Section.

(2) Requested documents will no be released for students WITH

ACCOUNTABILITIES.
(3) If the student or the requestor cannot personally request and claim the
document, his/her representative should present an authorization
letter together with the requestor's Valid ID with signature and a
Valid ID of the Representative

3.8.9. Transcript of Records

The Transcript of Records (TOR) is an inventory of the subjects
taken and grades earned by a student throughout his/her stay in
De La Salle Lipa, including all courses taken from other schools
for transferees. The TOR may be issued as requested, regardless
of frequency and number of copies. The document is available
after five working days from the date of the submission of the
request.

3.8.10 Diploma/Certificate
The Diploma is the legal document that certifies the completion
of a degree program. Registrar, College Dean and School
President sign the Diploma. The counterpart of the Diploma for
non-degree programs (certificate programs) is the Certificate,
which is signed by the following; Registrar, College Dean and
School President.

44
 3.8.10.1. Diploma names
3.8.10.1.1 A graduate’s name that appears on the
diploma must be a legal name.
3.8.10.1.2 Suffixes such as Sr., Jr., III, etc., may be
used if included in the PSA Authenticated
Birth Certificate
3.8.10.1.3 Hyphenated maiden-married last names may
be used; provided the students submit a
letter of request. The Office of the Registrar
should have pertinent documents to verify
the names. A name changes request form
accompanied by Marriage Contract will be
required if name change in the Registrar’s
records has not been processed since the
marriage. In all cases, verification will be
based on the information in the Registrar’s
Office student’s file and not on the
information provided verbally.
3.8.10.1.4 Neither titles nor degrees previously earned
will be included as part of a graduate’s name
on a diploma. However, if the
student/graduate would want to have their
titles or previously earned degrees be
included as part of his/her graduate name, a
request for such should be filed to be verified
and for approval by the VCA Council.
3.8.10.2. Diploma Replacement
3.8.10.2.1. In case of loss of the ORIGINAL DIPLOMA, a
duly-notarized Affidavit of Loss must be
submitted; and
3.8.10.2.2. In case of damaged ORIGINAL DIPLOMA, the
same must be surrendered to the Office of the
Registrar for appropriate disposition.

3.9. Release of Information

3.9.1 Students' Individual File - All individual students’ files are kept
at the Office of the Registrar. Information about a student may
be obtained from the Registrar under special circumstances only.
3.9.2 Release of Information on Students to Third Parties
3.9.2.1. Confidential Nature of Student Records – Student
educational records shall be kept confidential, with
respect to the requests made by all persons other than
the appropriate school officials.

45
 3.9.2.2. Release of Information to Investigators – Information
may be released when a written consent was received by
the Registrar from a student who is subject of a
governmental or employment investigation. Information
requested by such investigator from records of such
students may be released through the authorized
Registrar’s staff. Information may be released to a third
party subject to the following conditions:

3.9.2.2.1. with the student’s consent.

3.9.2.2.2. on the presentation of a court order, or otherwise
under compulsion of law.
3.9.2.2.3. in accordance with the requirements of professional
licensing or certification bodies;
3.9.2.2.4. to other educational institutions;
3.9.2.2.5. pursuant to an investigation of possible
misrepresentation concerning individual references,
attendance, performance, status within, or completion
of an academic program at DLSL or at another
academic institution;and,
3.9.2.2.6. in compassionate or emergency situations, as
determined by the Registrar and the Data Privacy
Officer.

3.9.2.3. Disclosure of Information Without Consent.

The Registrar may make the following “Directory Information”
available to the public and requesting companies, unless the
student notifies the Registrar in writing by the end of the first
week of the semester that such information is not to be made
available:
3.9.2.3.1. Graduates’ names, addresses, e-mail addresses &
contact numbers
3.9.2.3.2. Program of Study
3.9.2.3.3. Dates of Enrollment/Graduation
3.9.2.3.4. Degrees, diplomas or certificates received 3.9.2.3.5.
Students’ honors and awards

46
 3.9.2.4. Student Addresses and Telephone Numbers. The Registrar’s
Office will not release addresses or telephone number of
students to persons not officially connected with the institution.
There may be an exception in cases of emergencies. Requests
under claimed emergencies will be referred to the ISSESO
and/or Data Privacy Officer for the purpose of making a
judgment as to whether, under the circumstances, such
information should be released.
3.9.2.5. Faculty Review of Student Academic Record Individual. Faculty
members may review academic records of their students with
the student’s consent, except that such consent shall not be
necessary for faculty members who serve as advisers and other
administrative officers or counselors of the college in the
discharge of their official functions.
3.9.2.6. Research Involving Student Records
The Office of the Registrar recognizes research by students,
faculty, and administrative staff as a fundamental component of
its overall mission. Occasionally such research involves the data
that are to be extracted from students’ records, which are
essentially confidential. Approval to conduct of such research
must first be obtained from the Registrar who has jurisdiction of
the records to be utilized. In such instances, the Registrar shall
make every effort to ensure the anonymity of identifying
information contained in the records to be utilized.

3.10. Students’ Access to his/her Own Academic Records

3.10.1. Student Review of Records - A student may make a written request to
review an educational record kept at the Office of the Registrar. Upon
receipt of such request, the Records Custodian will make the
arrangement necessary to accommodate the request for review.
3.10.2. The students have the right to examine and file a request for
photocopies of their own records kept at the Office of the Registrar.
A student does not have the right to examine and make copies of
documents submitted in confidence such as confidential letters of
reference or evaluation.
3.10.3. Academic records on students contain application for admission, Form
137a, Birth Certificates and permanent record (containing all grades
duly recorded), addresses of students, and other relevant information
contained in the Application Form. The above records are maintained
and kept at the Office of the Registrar.
3.10.4. An individual student shall be accorded the right to correct or
amend, upon reasonable request, an inaccurate record.

47
 3.10.5. Information contained in the student’s educational record file shall
not be disclosed or used for other than the authorized institutional
purposes without his/her written consent, unless required by law.

4. Other Services

4.1. Change of Classroom - The Office of the Registrar entertains requests for change
of classrooms by faculty members and for some special cases, by the students.
To request for a change of room, the following procedures should be followed:

4.1.1. Secure a copy of the Request for Change of Classroom or email the
Class Scheduling In-charge
4.1.2. Accomplish the form to be signed by the respective administrators
4.1.3. Submit the accomplished form to the Office of the Registrar. The
request will be processed and will be approved subject to the
availability of facilities.

Notes:

a. Changing of room assignment without the approval of the

concerned administrators is strictly prohibited.

4.2. Change of Schedule - The Office of the Registrar also accommodates request
for change of schedule of classes as requested by faculty members and for some
special cases, as requested by the students. To request for change of schedule,
the following procedures should be followed:
4.2.1. Secure a copy of the Request for Change of Schedule Form at the
Office of the Registrar.
4.2.2. Accomplish the form and have it signed by the respective
administrators. Return the accomplished form to the Office of the
Registrar.
4.2.3. Approved and/or disapproved copies of the request form will be
given to the Attendance Office and the Colleges for
reference.

48
Notes:
The request will be processed and will be approved, if students will not be affected and if there are
available facilities.

Changing of schedule without the approval of the concerned administrators is strictly

prohibited.

The schedules found in the Ewiz SMS as generated via the Reporting Services are
official schedule and room assignments to be followed by the Faculty and students.

Faculty schedules will be monitored by the Attendance Clerks in coordination with the
Office of the Registrar.

Reports on discrepancies on the faculty loading will be submitted by the Attendance

Clerk to the Vice Chancellor for Academics and to the Registrar.

5. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQs)

5.1 During the scheduled online and viewing of grades, can I access my
grades at home?

Yes, you may access your grades at the Student Portal @ MyDcampus
portal if you have no pending accountabilities from the concerned offices.

5.2. What will I do if I cannot view my grades though I made several attempts
by clicking the “show grades” tab?

Your computer does not allow pop-up. You need to check the application
to turn off the pop-up blocker in your application software. If you are in an
internet café or in a computer shop, please ask the assistance of the technical
person to allow pop-ups.

5.3 Can I still view my grades even if I have financial obligation and/or
unsettled accounts or liabilities from other offices.

No, the system will block your access to online viewing of grades. You will
only be given access to view your grades upon settlement of your
obligations from the concerned offices.

5.4 I noticed a discrepancy in my grades that are displayed. What shall I do?

You need to visit the Grades/Verification In-Charge at the Office of the

Registrar or email [email protected] to inquire.

49
5.5 What offices are holding my clearance that will prevent me from viewing
my grades and enrollment online?

Access to online viewing of grades and enrollment of students with

accountabilities in the following offices will be blocked by the system,
hence the printed copy of student’s grades will not be released:

5.5.1. Student Services

5.5.2. Office of the College Registrar
5.5.3. Accounting Office
5.5.4. Dean’s Office

5.6 I am an old student, do I need to pre-enroll for the next semester? What
happens if I will not be able to pre-enroll on time?

Yes, all students are required to pre-enroll for the next semester. Pre-
enrollment means reservation of slots for your subjects. Students who
will not pre-enroll on the scheduled date of pre-enrollment cannot enroll
on the scheduled date of enrollment. If you did not process pre-
enrollment, chances are, the section where you want to join may no
longer be available.

5.7 What will I do to process my pre-enrollment for the next semester?

You need to accomplish your Pre-Enrollment Form sent via Canvas

Inbox.

5.8 Can I process my pre-enrollment even without the approved Pre-

Enrollment Form?

Yes, but you have to have your pre-enrollment form approved by your
Academic Adviser prior to your enrollment. The approved pre-enrollment
form will be the basis of the Registrar’s Enrollment Staff in issuing the AF.
The list of subjects in your approved pre-enrollment form should be the
same subjects reflected in your AF.

5.9 What is the effect of a “hold” status on my online enrollment?

If you are on “hold” status due to accountabilities from other offices, your
online enrollment will be blocked by the system, same is true with those
who are not yet cleared from the Accounting Office. You need to see the
concerned office personnel to settle your obligations.

50
5.10 What is priority enrollment?

It is the enrollment process applicable only to students without any failed

grades; students who are cleared from accountabilities in the following
offices - Student Services, Office of the Registrar, & Accounting Office.

5.11 I received failing grade/s in my subject/s last semester, how can I get
copies of my Assessment Form?

Students with failing grades will not be allowed to view their AF if their
previously approved PEF were not yet re-evaluated and approved by their
Academic Advisers. The adviser will determine if they need to adjust their
subjects due to pre-requisite concern or if there is no need to change
subjects. This re-approved PEF will be presented to the assigned
Enrollment Staff who will assist the students in their enrollment.

5.12 Who are the persons in-charge for my queries/concerns regarding my

pre-enrollment & enrollment and where can I see them?

The Office of the Registrar handles queries regarding enrollment. You

may visit the Help Desk at the Office of the Registrar (OR) during office
hours or email [email protected]. You may also discuss
your concern with the Enrollment and Evaluation Team at the Office of
the Registrar.

5.13 There is a discrepancy in the list of subjects that I enrolled and in the
tuition and other fees printed in my Assessment Form. What shall I do?

Visit the Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge or email

[email protected] for appropriate adjustment.

5.14 What shall I do if my year level in the printed AF is not correct?

Visit the Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge at the Office of the

Registrar or email [email protected] evaluation and
possible adjustment of your year level in the Ewiz.

5.15 My name is not correctly encoded. How and where will I request for
correction of my name?

Visit the Records Section at the Office of the Registrar for evaluation and
clarification. Appropriate updating in the system will be made upon
presentation of required documents.

5.16 My academic curriculum indicates that I should take 27 units. But the AF
has lesser academic units. Why is this happening?

51
 It is possible that the system applied the deloading of subjects. If you have
failures in the previous semesters and you have accumulated 15 units or
more but not exceeded the maximum unit for dismissal, then the policy
for deloading was applied to you i.e. allowable load based on the students’
prescribed academic load minus the deloaded.

Students who do not have failed units on the previous semester will not
be deloaded the next semester. If students are still being deloaded by the
system, they should visit the Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge for
the adjustment of maximum units to be enrolled.

5.17 Why can’t I enroll more than what is allowed by the system?

The system blocks enrollment of additional courses because you have

reached the maximum allowable units based on your curriculum. If you
are a graduating student, please visit the Enrollment and Evaluation In-
Charge at the Office of the Registrar to request for load clearance.

Only graduating students are allowed to carry an additional of six (6)

units overload as per CHED Memorandum.

5.18 Where can I see the prescribed academic load of students per year level?
Where can I get them? Is it downloadable?

You can see your prescribed academic load in your curriculum

prospectus at the MyDcampus portal.

5.19 What will happen if I enrolled a course without taking first the pre-
requisites?

Courses taken out of sequence will not be credited. These will be

automatically dropped from your enrollment during the term without any
refund.

5.20 When can I be charged for late payment of my tuition fees?

You may pay your tuition fees as soon as you have your Assessment
Form (AF). Payment without charge will be up to the last day of
enrollment.

5.21 What is the effect of not paying my tuition fees on time?

If students failed to pay their tuition fee two weeks after the start of the
classes, their assessments will be deleted automatically.
52
5.22 Where else can I pay my tuition fees?

You can pay your tuition online via DragonPay or over the counter at
the following accredited banks: RCBC Savings Bank, China Bank
Savings, Bank of the Philippine Islands, Chinabank (SM Lipa Branch
only), PNB Savings and SM Bills Payment. Payment will be credited to
your account two to three days after the actual payment to banks.

5.23. All sections that I intend to enroll are closed. What should I do?

You can choose other courses with available sections. If you really need
the course to be offered as indicated in your curriculum, you could
petition for the opening of a Special Class. You may visit the Office of the
Registrar on the first week of classes to request for a Special Class.

If you are a graduating student, you may also request for the offering of a
Tutorial Class of that subject.

5.24 How can we request for a Special Class?

If you really need to enroll the subject, you may request for a Special Class.
A Special Class is the offering of a subject that is not regularly offered
during the current semester. For term break, the minimum class size is 25.
Students however are advised not to enlist in a special class if prerequisite
subjects have not yet been taken and passed. The maximum load based on
the curriculum should also be considered in approving the request of the
students. Students should select from their prospective classmates who
will be their Special Class Coordinator or SCC. The coordinator will
process the request and will secure approval from the Department Chair,
Dean, FRD, and Office of the Registrar.

5.25 If I am enrolled in a Special Class, can I drop the subject?

No, the student is not allowed to drop the Special Class. Once the student
signed the Special Class Request, this makes the request a binding
agreement between the school and the student to finish the course
requirements and to pay for the fees as computed by the FRD Manager.

5.26 The system allows me to join a particular section, but the teacher does
not allow me to join in a course that has the same course code. How did
that happen and then what will I do next?

53
 Perhaps you are a student enrolled in a program with PRC Board
Licensure Examination. Your college only allows students like you to join
in programs with PRC Board Licensure Examinations also. Please visit
the Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge at the Office of the Registrar
to make the necessary adjustment on your enrolled subject. Students
enrolled in programs without PRC Board Licensure Examinations are,
however, advised not to enroll in programs with PRC Board Licensure
Examinations.

5.27 Why can’t I find the equivalent subject that I am planning to enroll? I
asked my Adviser/Program Chair and they told me that the course has
a similar description with what I need to enroll.

The course may not be offered or if it is so, the equivalent has not been
applied yet. Visit the Enrollment and Evaluation In-Charge at the Office
of the Registrar to inquire.

54
 SECTION V
INTERIM ACADEMIC POLICIES

BORDERFREE CLASSROOM 2.0++ shall implement hybrid learning modality.

Hybrid is a model that is a combination of in-person/face-to-face and online
engagements. Student-centered and independent learning shall be conducted, for the
in-person and online engagements, respectively.

I. Class Schedules

All college and graduate program courses shall be offered through

traditional scheduling, that is, the courses will be taken by students
throughout the semester or in an 18-week period.

II. Hours Allotment for the Online and In-person Engagements

Type of Course Allocation of Credit Hours

In-person/ Face-to-face Online

Lecture 2/3 of the total credit hours 1/3 of the total credit hours

Laboratory Actual no. of credit hours None

For the lecture component: For the lecture component:

2/3 of the total credit hours 1/3 of the total credit hours
Lecture and
Laboratory
For the laboratory For the laboratory
component: actual no. of component: None
credit hours

Research (Lecture) 2/3 of the total credit hours 1/3 of the total credit hours

55
 Research
Actual no. of credit hours None
(Laboratory)

OJT/Practicum Actual no. of credit hours

Related Learning
Actual no. of credit hours
Experience

I. Components of Online and In-person Engagements

For lecture classes:

III. Hybrid Learning Engagement Cycle

The hybrid learning engagement cycle involves both online and in-person
engagements of the students and faculty. The three (3) phases of the hybrid
learning engagement cycle are: (1) before in-person class, (2) during in-
person class, and (3) after in-person class.

56
 (1) Before In-person Class

This refers to the learners' engagement with the materials via

Academic Live Course (ALC) from which they learn. Correspondingly,
this educational experience highlights the cognitive and teaching presence
reflected in the modules.

Involved in this phase are activities such as, but not limited to, students’
independent learning and module engagement in pages, supplemental
readings, watching of videos, reading of slides/pdf materials, and practice
exercises/drills.

(1) During In-person Class

This refers to the learner's engagement by interacting, arguing,

discussing, and reflecting with other learners in pairs or teams to
question existing theories/concepts, construct knowledge, and solve
a problem for meaningful learning.

Crucial during in-person classes is the presence of a teacher serving as a

guide, a facilitator, and a co-creator of learning. Accordingly, this
educational experience reflects the teaching, cognitive, and social presence
in the series of interactions. Anchored on the Student-centered learning
(SCL) principles of OBE, the suggested flow of learning during in-person
classes follows the DLSL-U model:

1. ENGAGEMENT: Draw students’ attention by engaging them with

a challenging situation, activating their prior knowledge, and
identifying possible misconceptions.

2. EXPLORATION: Level-up students’ learning to make sense of a

concept through process skills such as observing,
inquiring/questioning, conducting research, hypothesizing, testing
predictions, and communicating with peers to generate new ideas.

3. EXPLANATION: Strengthen students’ explanation of their

conceptual understanding and correct their misconceptions by
providing interactive presentations.

4. ELABORATION
Learn from each other by sharing information and ideas on applying
the new knowledge, concepts, and skills to other disciplines. It is an
opportunity for the teacher to do the ESV integration.
57
 5. EVALUATION
Unify the lesson by encouraging students to assess their understanding
through self-assessments, key takeaways, and reflections on their
learning.

(3) After In-person Class

This refers to the learner and teacher engagement and interaction

through feedback or performance of graded assessments. Thus, teaching,
cognitive, and social presence are highly evident. This phase is done online.

In this phase, teachers provide feedback and guide the students via:

● Consultation: Students may consult individually or as a whole class

regarding an academic-related concern. Consultations may be done
via email or Google meet. For each lecture class, there is a scheduled
time for consultation.
● Online synchronous classes: These are for online assessments and
discussions/lectures about topics that need clarification or
reinforcement for lecture classes. Online synchronous classes may be
conducted during the online consultation schedule if the need arises
and/or upon request of the students or faculty.
● Module Engagement
● Practice Exercises/Drills
● Assessments: Graded Tasks (GTs) and major assessments (MA1,
MA2, MA3), one of which is CAPSTONE, may be scheduled after
synchronous class.

V. Modules

Generally, there are six (6) modules in the Academic Live Course (ALC). Each
module contains learning materials such as but not limited to, Powerpoint
presentations, pdf, videos, practice sets, and drills. Modules covering a certain
assessment (GT or major assessment) will be accessed by the students at the start of
the period (in terms of week/s) when these modules are expected to be finished by
the students.

58
For instance, suppose below is a set-up for a particular course:

S A M P L E O N L Y

Here, students are expected to finish Modules 1 and 2 by Weeks 3 and 5,

respectively. However, the faculty will already allow access for Modules 1
and 2 as early as the start of Week 1 until Week 5 for students’
independent learning. Since GT1 is scheduled to be taken by Week 5,
GT1 can only be accessed by Week 5. MA1 is scheduled to be taken in
Week 6 and will only be accessible to students by Week 6 unless MA1 is
a CAPSTONE assessment.

At the start of Week 7, Modules 3 and 4 will be accessible to students.

GT2 will be accessible to students by Week 8 and MA2 will be available
to students for access by Week 12.

At the start of Week 13, Modules 5 and 6 will be available for access to
students for their independent learning. By Week 17, GT3 will be available
for students to take. Students will be taking MA3 in Week 18.

59
Remarks:
Weeks 6, 12, and 18 are the specific Assessment Week schedule for MA1,
MA2, and MA3, respectively.

VI. Assessment

It is the process of gathering and collecting information from multiple sources

to have an understanding of what students know, understand, and can do
with their knowledge as a result of their educational experiences.

Forms of Assessment:
(1) Graded Tasks (GTs)
(2) Major Assessments (MA1, MA2, MA3)
*CAPSTONE Assessment is one of the major assessments

(1) Graded Task (GT)

It is a form of assessment that evaluates students’ learning of certain
topics in the modules.

Guide for Implementation (GTs):

1. There are three (3) Graded Tasks (GTs).
2. There will only be one (1) attempt per GT.
3. GTs may be administered either through in-person or
asynchronously.
4. Students should submit/take the GT on the due date.

5. Scores obtained in GTs are part of the grade computation.

6. Total score of the three (3) GTs equals 20 points.

60
(2) Major Assessment (MA)

It is a form of assessment that evaluates students’ learning and acquired

cognitive skills such as remembering, understanding, analyzing, applying,
evaluating, and creating at the end of a certain lesson cycle. This focuses
on the outcome of the learning experience and is graded, recorded, and
included in the grade computation.

A major assessment can either be an objective assessment, product, or

performance.

CAPSTONE Assessment

It is one of the major assessments which is an authentic assessment with

30-point allotment. It is an activity that promotes a social innovation
mindset as it focuses on addressing real-world problems in an
innovative way.

Guide for Implementation (MAs):

1. There are three (3) major assessments (MA1, MA2, MA3), one of
which is the CAPSTONE assessment.
2. There will be only one (1) attempt for each major assessment.
3. Students should submit or take the major assessments (MA1, MA2,
MA3) on the specific week schedule.
4. Major assessments may be administered via in-person or online
(synchronous or asynchronous). The faculty administers the
assessment.
5. The table below outlines the mode of administration of the major
assessments (MA1, MA2, MA3):

61
 6. Scores obtained in the major assessments are part of the grade
computation.
7. Total score of the two (2) major assessments equals 50 points.
CAPSTONE assessment has a point allocation of 30 points.

VII. Timing of Assessments

There is a specific assessment week for the access and

administration of the major assessments (MA1, MA2, MA3).
Specifically, we have the following week schedule for the
administration of major assessments:

● Week 6 — Major Assessment 1 (MA1)

● Week 12 — Major Assessment 2 (MA2)
● Week 18 — Major Assessment 3 (MA3)
The date or period when the graded tasks (GTs) will be
administered or completed is identified by the faculty. The dates or
periods of the assessments must be posted at the homepage of the
Academic Live Course (ALC) under Announcements.

VIII. Make – up Class

Make-up classes or arrangement on re-scheduling of missed in-person
engagements of the faculty shall be conducted based on the following: (see
table)

Remarks:
1. If the faculty will not be able to engage in in-person classes as
scheduled, prior information and approval from his/her immediate
head must be obtained.
2. Students must likewise be properly informed of the adjustments in
in-person or classes through an official announcement via Canvas
or email.

62
IX. Special Assessment

A. Graded Tasks (GTs)

For students who missed to accomplish/take graded tasks on the
“until date”, they have the option to process an excuse slip from
the Student Discipline and Formation Office (SDFO). The
excuse slip from the SDFO must be presented to the faculty for
students to be allowed to take/complete the missed GT/s. Non-
submission of the excuse slip will mean that the student will not
be given an opportunity to take a missed GT. Hence, a score of
zero (0) in a graded task (GT) will be accumulated by the student.

B. Major Assessments (MAs)

If a student missed to take or complete a major assessment
(MA1, MA2, MA3) in the “until date”, the student has the
option to process a request for special assessment. If a student
decides not to take a special assessment then his/her score for a
missed major assessment will be zero (0). If a student decides to
take a special assessment then the following guidelines shall be
implemented:
63
 1. A student must apply for a special assessment through an online
form.

2. The Office of the Dean prompts the concerned faculty about the
application for special assessment. The faculty then provides
feedback as to whether or not the student may be allowed to take
the special assessment. The Dean evaluates the application in
consultation with the faculty based on the table below:

3. The Office of the Dean provides feedback to the student (cc: faculty) regarding
the status (approved/disapproved) of the application for special assessment. The
feedback/notice to students contains the following:

● The student must coordinate with the faculty regarding the schedule for
special assessment.
● Special assessment fee (if any) has to be settled within five (5) days upon
receipt of the notice regarding the status of the special assessment
application. (Gcash QR code will be provided.)
● The proof of payment of the special assessment fee must be sent by the
student to the following:
CBEAM & CON: [email protected] 64
 CEAS: [email protected]
CIHTM: [email protected]
CITE: [email protected]
● In case of the student’s failure to send the proof of payment within five (5)
days upon receipt of notice, the Office of the Dean shall include him/her
in the list with accountabilities to be forwarded to the FRD.

Processing Period:

X. Grading Scheme
Students’ final course grade and its equivalent letter grade shall be
based on the sum of scores (total score) of all graded tasks and major/
CAPSTONE assessments transmuted by 60%. Below are the bases
of the computation of the final course grade:

1. The total scores in the graded tasks, major examinations, and CAPSTONE
assessment at the end of the semester should be final and shall be the bases
of the Final Course Grade.
2. Middleware transmutes the total score of all assessments on 60% base and
assigns equivalent numeric and letter grade.

65
 3. The Canvas grade is transmuted to 60% base which will then be assigned a
grade point equivalent and letter grade using the following table:

XI. Attendance
1. Prompt and regular attendance in all in-person/face-to-face class meetings
is required of all students.
2. A student must attend at least 80% of in-person/face-to-face meetings in a
given course to earn corresponding unit credits.
3. Attendance is counted from the first regular class, regardless of the time
allotment. First regular class refers to the first meeting of the class where
topics/lessons are taken up.
4. For a student who is a late enrollee, his/her attendance is counted on the
date of his/her official enrollment.
5. A student who incurs an absence due to a valid reason has to process the
Certificate of Excused Absence (CEA) at the Student Discipline and
Formation Office (SDFO). Guidelines on the application of CEA (℅
SDFO) shall apply. The CEA must be presented/submitted to the faculty
within three (3) days upon return to class/es.
6. Please refer to the table below for the details of the allowable unexcused
absences.

66
*Referral by the faculty to the Guidance Office will be done via the College Guidance Office’s
Student Engagement Monitoring System (SEMS).

7. Excused absence is excluded in the counting of accumulated absences.

8. Once a student incurs unexcused absence beyond the allowable no. of

unexcused absences indicated in the table, he/she shall automatically
receive a grade of 0.00.

9. Special consideration may be given to students due to valid reason/s

such as but not limited to certified prolonged illness, upon approval by
the Dean.

10. A student is considered tardy if he/she comes to class beyond 15

minutes of the official start of class. If a student accumulates three (3)
tardiness, it is equivalent to one (1) in-person/face-to-face session of
absence.
67
XII. Dropping of Courses

The following provisions shall be applied relative to dropping of courses:

1. A course (s) dropped during the first two weeks of classes for
regular semester (and within two days during term break) will
not be recorded as dropped (DRP) in the student’s Transcript
of Records.

2. A course (s) dropped after the 2nd week of classes for regular
semester (and after two days during term break) will be
recorded as dropped (DRP) in the student’s Transcript of
Records.

3. Students who dropped a course(s) two weeks after the start of

classes will be charged accordingly.

XIII. Late Enrollment

Late enrollment can be accommodated within two weeks after the start of
classes.

The provisions of the De La Salle Lipa College Student Handbook not included in this document
shall be applicable in regard to policies, guidelines, and issuances not specifically treated or stated in
the Academic Policies in line with the Hybrid Learning Modality for SY 2022 – 2023.

68
 SECTION VI
INSTITUTIONAL NORMS

Every college student of De La Salle Lipa is expected to be a model of Christian

maturity at all times. Students should show respect to proper authority, the
rights of fellow students, and the good name of the institution. To achieve this
and maintain order as well as for the school to be conducive to learning as it
promotes the common good, the students are expected to adhere to the
following norms:

1. Uniforms
Students are required to wear the prescribed college uniform at all times,
except on activity day and wash days. Irregular students who have a
scheduled class during their activity day are required to wear their school
uniform.

1.1. The college uniform for men: Flesh/off white polo-barong with DLSL
customized fabric and school name embroidered at the left chest area
of the barong and embroidered school logo on the left collar. Plain
white undershirt or sando (properly tucked-in), black leather shoes
with a matching pair of black socks and formal black pants.
1.2. The college uniform for women: Flesh/off white blouse with DLSL
customized fabric, with pleats in front and at the back and with
embroidered school logo on the left collar, and battle green slacks, and
black leather belt with formal closed black leather shoes. In addition,
female students are discouraged from wearing tight-fitting uniforms.
White or flesh brassiere is required.
1.3. The P.E. uniform: White shirt with black sleeves and with the DLSL
logo at the upper left portion of the shirt, paired with black jogging
pants with green lining on both sides and the DLSL logo and name of
school at the left thigh.

All students are allowed to wear their PE uniform for the whole day
provided that they have a scheduled PE class on the same day. Students
who wear their PE uniform without their scheduled PE class will be
sanctioned under Category 1 C1.4 of the Student Handbook.
However, students are not allowed to change into civilian clothes
except if their PE schedule falls on Wednesday or Saturday. If they opt
to change, they can only change into their school uniform or plain
white shirt. Students are still required to be in their corporate attire if
it is the last Friday of the month. They can only change into their PE
uniforms during their PE class.
69
1.4. Other college uniforms: In cases when students are required to wear a
uniform other than what is described in items 1.1 and 1.2, they should
coordinate with their respective colleges.
1.5. Students are required to be in business attire every last Friday of the
month, otherwise known as "Corporate Attire Day". The Discipline
Office, in coordination with the Student Activities Office and the
Student Government provides the following guidelines on corporate
attire:
1.5.1. For Male Students:
1.5.1.1. Long sleeved polo with necktie (Note: caricatures,
animes, and offensive and vulgar designs are not
allowed for neckties)
1.5.1.2. Polo barong
1.5.1.3. Tailored suits (Americana)
1.5.1.4. Barong (jusi, piña, etc.)
1.5.1.5. Formal pants in khaki or any dark color
1.5.1.6. Black, brown or any formal leather shoes
1.5.1.7. Black, brown or any dark-colored socks
1.5.2. For Female Students
1.5.2.1 Long sleeved polo with collar
1.5.2.2 Three-quarter sleeved polo with collar
1.5.2.3 Short sleeved polo with long sleeves blazer
1.5.2.4 Long sleeved blazer with inserts
1.5.2.5 Formal pants in slack cut
1.5.2.6 Corporate skirts (knee level, 1-4 inches slit)
1.5.2.7 Black, brown, white or any plain colored leather
shoes and sandals (with heels)
1.5.2.8 Wearing of socks is optional

*Non-compliance with the previously- stated guidelines for

corporate attire may result in being held liable for violation
of the discipline policy under Category 1.4
1.6. Other Guidelines:
1.6.1. On washdays and activity days, students are free to choose the
clothes they wear but they should adhere to the conventions of
decency and good grooming. Prohibited inside the campus are:
sandos, plunging neckline, halter tops, cycling shorts, women’s
pants, dress or skirt which are more than two inches above the
knee, walking shorts, athletic shorts (except during P.E. classes
and game practices of varsity team members), leggings or
tights, tattered jeans (except scratched jeans), rubber and leather
slippers, sleeveless shirts, mini-skirts, see thru, hanging and off-
shoulder blouses and other revealing attire. Cross-dressing is
prohibited. If the students opt to wear sandals, they are required
to wear socks. Students are allowed to wear sandals, provided
that they have back- straps. 70
 1.6.2. Long hair, bold hair colors and earrings are not allowed for male
students. Tattoos are prohibited.
1.6.3. Students are required to be in appropriate attire whenever they
enter the campus, whether they will attend classes or not. They
are also required to be in appropriate attire when attending
school activities outside the campus. Students may not wear the
prescribed uniform but are expected to be decent and in good
grooming while attending online class
1.6.4. Students are also required to be in complete school uniform,
while attending regular, tutorial, make-up, or special classes.
2. Conduct
2.1. Students are expected to cooperate in ordinary classroom procedures.
2.2. Everyone is expected to observe the “Keep Right Policy” in walking
along stairs and other pathways.
2.3. Students are prohibited to sit on stairways.
2.4. Boisterous conduct, whistling, shouting, or any action that may distract
other students from ongoing classes or activities should be avoided.
This also includes refraining from any behavior that may disrupt the
conduct of online classes.
2.5. Blackboards, chalkboard markers, TVs and other facilities inside the
classroom are to be used only for instructional purposes and other
approved activities to be held inside the classroom.
2.6. Feet should be kept off furniture and walls.
2.7. Equipment should be handled with reasonable care and properly stored
after use.
2.8. Everyone is expected to observe the “Clean as You Go Policy”, the
“Bring Your Own Utensils" and other school advocacies in all areas
within the campus premises.
2.9. Respect must be shown to all visitors in school.
2.10. All college students should behave ethically toward one another, on
campus or on any of the official online platforms of the school. No
unfavorable remarks should be made other than with the intention to
correct and should be done in the presence of the person concerned.
2.11. Students should not go to a teacher's residence to submit
requirements. All official transactions with teachers and
administrators should be done in school or through any of the official
online platforms of the school (DLSL email, Canvas, etc.)
2.12. Students should not participate in any external activities as
representatives of the college or any student organization without
written authorization from the Student Services Director.
2.13. Healthy interaction with members of the same and opposite sex is
encouraged by the college administration. However, scandalous
gestures and acts, or those which show malice toward the educational
community, shall not be tolerated in the campus.

71
 2.14. Scandalous public display of intimacy at any place in the campus, or
outside the campus while still in school uniform or during any official
school functions is strictly prohibited.
2.15. Politeness and etiquette are to be strictly observed in dealing with
faculty members, administrative officials, security guards, and all
other school personnel.
2.16. Students are not allowed to join fraternities or organizations which
are not recognized by the school whether outside or inside the campus.
Hazing or initiations of any kind are not allowed. Students threatened
with hazing or initiations have the obligation to report such threats to
the school authorities. The college is not responsible for the actions of
students who, on their own and without regard to school policies, and
despite awareness of possible grave punitive sanctions, engage in such
activities.
2.17. Students may use the campus or official online facilities for business
meetings and for social and cultural activities provided that proper
approvals have been secured. However, the school has the right to
deny the use of facilities to those who are unable or unwilling to abide
by school rules and regulations. Proper care of facilities is expected.
Students who misuse, destroy or defile school properties will be
required to pay for or replace the damaged property.
2.18. If a student gets married during the semester, a copy of the marriage
contract, duly signed by the officiating priest or minister, must be
presented to the Student Services Director.
2.19. Students must also conform to the standards of proper etiquette in
online settings, taking to mind the principles of responsible digital
citizenship. As such, students should refrain from behaviors and
activities which are unbecoming of a Lasallian (such as cyberbullying,
violation of the Data Privacy Act, among others.)

3. Communication
3.1. Students should always read the daily bulletin, directives, schedules,
calendar of activities and information which are duly signed by the
office heads concerned.
3.2. All recognized clubs/organizations’ directives, messages and
information are posted/written on the bulletin boards or school’s
official online platform provided for them.
3.3. All student mails addressed to the college may be claimed at the Office
of Student Activities. The list of students with letters is regularly
posted on the bulletin board of the said office.
3.4. All individual files for each student enrolled in the college are kept in
the Registrar’s Office and may be obtained from the Registrar under
special circumstances.

72
3.5. The following school-related matters are decided by the following
offices:
3.5.1. Academics – Vice Chancellor for Academics
3.5.2. Administrative – Office of the Vice President for Administration
3.5.3 Research and Innovation - Office of the Vice Chancellor for
Research and Innovation
3.5.4 Lasallian Mission - Office of the Vice President for Mission
3.5.5 Advancement - Office of the Vice President for Advancement

73
 SECTION VII
STUDENT SERVICES

1. Student Discipline and Formation Office

STUDENT DISCIPLINE AND FORMATION POLICIES AND

PROCEDURES

I. Vision and Mission

Vision
A distinct student services unit pre-eminent in character building and
providing relevant, holistic, sustainable, and inclusive values and
discipline formation programs.

Mission
Committed to promote students’ welfare, wellness and well-being and
transform them into graduates who possess Lasallian values and good
citizens with a sense of responsibility, respect for human rights and
dignity, and concern for the community.

II. College Student Discipline Formation

De La Salle Lipa, as a Catholic school guided by its patron, St. John
Baptist De La Salle, is committed to providing sustainable, holistic, and
quality education by developing and strengthening the intellectual,
personal, social, and moral character of an individual, as well as one’s
ethical and spiritual values.
The DLSL College Student Discipline Formation Office (SDFO), as a
distinct student services unit and an academic support entity to the college
community (including the College of Law and post-graduate programs),
utilizes an integrated set of interactive services that provides teachers,
learners, and parents with information, tools and resources to support and
enhance the implementation of discipline policies, programs and services
and to fulfill its commitment to provide humane and Christian education,
a positive school climate and an environment conducive to learning. It is
also committed to its mission to produce graduates with values, skills,
behaviors, and attitudes necessary for good citizenship. SDFO fosters an
educational process that encourages reasoned discourse, intellectual
honesty, openness to constructive change, harmonious relationships,
respect for the rights of all individuals, and self-discipline.

III. College Student Discipline and Formation Philosophy

The Student Discipline and Formation Office inculcates a discipline
philosophy that acknowledges students’ rights and responsibilities. This
philosophy has a perspective centered in clearly defined policies and
74
procedures that nurture faith and love of God and develop students into
good citizens who are responsive to the needs of others and are respectful
and protective of their own and other’s dignities and rights. These policies
are diligently communicated and implemented to the college community
(including the College of Law and post-graduate programs) with
consistency, prudence, empathy, fairness, and justice.

A. College Students’ Rights Concerning Discipline Formation

1. College students of De La Salle Lipa have the right to pursue
their education in an environment that is safe, secure, and
conducive to learning.
2. They have the right to participate in a free exchange of ideas,
practice the rights of freedom of speech, expression, and petition
provided that they do maintain proper decorum, and do not
interfere with the rights of others, or with the effective operation
of the institution or violate any school policies and procedures.
3. They have the right to participate in all student engagement and
activities of De La Salle Lipa, free from any form of
discrimination, including harassment, on the basis of race, color,
nationality or ethnic origin, religion, sex, disability, age, sexual
orientation, gender identity, or expression.
4. College students have the right to personal privacy consistent
with the discipline formation policies and existing legislation.
5. They have the right to reasonable access to statements of
policies, procedures, and guidelines of the school. Students
subject to disciplinary action arising from non- compliance with
discipline formation policies and other school rules and
regulations shall be assured a fundamentally fair process.

B. College Students’ Responsibilities Concerning Discipline

Formation
1. College students have the responsibility to act consistently with
the values of a true Lasallian and to acquaint themselves with
and comply with the published Student Discipline Formation
Policies and Procedures as well as other rules and regulations of
the school.
2. Thus, every student is responsible for contributing to making the
DLSL community safe, respectful, and inclusive. Students must
refrain from conduct that threatens or endangers the health,
safety, well-being, or dignity of any person.
3. A student should respect the rights and property of others,
including those of other students, the faculty, school, school
administrators, and other members of the La Salle community.
4. Each student should also recognize that student actions reflect
not only upon the individuals involved but upon the entire La
Salle community as well.
75
 5. A student has the responsibility to behave in accordance with the
goal of helping maintain the learning environment of the
institution.

C. Preventive and Restorative Student Discipline Formation

The Student Discipline and Formation Office employs a range of
methods and strategies to prevent relationship-damaging incidents
from happening and to resolve them if they do happen.

C.1. Preventive Student Discipline Formation

Values education and awareness programs are facilitated to the
students through policy orientation, seminars, and modular
webinars as reminders for relative existing discipline policies
and procedures. The SDFO also engages in collaborative
activities with students, parents, teachers, organizations, and
other offices in facilitating preventive discipline formation.

C.1.1 College Student Discipline and Formation Policies and

Procedures Orientation, Campaigns, Seminars and Webinars
Orientations, seminars, webinars, and campaigns aim to
give concise and accurate information on the behavior
expected of DLSL students and to lay the foundation for
their life on campus. Such activities also boost student
confidence, belongingness, and help students adapt to their
roles and responsibilities as a student and as a citizen.

C.1.2 Student Conference and Consultation

Student Discipline and Formation Officers engage with
individual college students in open and light discussions to
guide and encourage them in learning critical thinking skills,
analyzing situations, solving problems, and making
appropriate decisions on actions to take for specific
situations.

As college students, they are reminded that they already

have the authority and responsibility to grow in maturity and
to develop their character as independent- minded adults.
They are, however, encouraged to seek support from other
members of the community as this can be greatly beneficial
to one’s personal development.

C.1.3 Parent Conference and Consultation

Collaborative partnerships with parents are designed as

76
 additional aids in promoting values and creating connections
among the students, their families, and the school. This
partnership enables students to see better and emulate
healthy family relationships that promote inclusion and
encourage students to be responsible, responsive,
compassionate, and empathetic to the beliefs, feelings, and
needs of all.

C.1.4 Student Recognition for Exemplary Good Behavior

Student recognition for appropriate behavior is a formal and
powerful way of engaging, motivating, and evaluating
student progress. Recognition is given based on the
student’s growth in self-discipline, contribution to the class
and the community, and observance of school policies.

C.1.5 Mediation
Mediation is a formative measure which focuses on empathy
and in rectifying any mistake or harm between the parties
involved. It relies on flexible and person-centered
approaches whereby students are empowered to resolve
their disputes and settle conflicts and problems in a humble
and peaceful manner.

C.2. Restorative Student Discipline Formation

Restorative approaches enable those who have been harmed to
convey the impact of the harm to those responsible, and for those
responsible to acknowledge their mistakes and take steps to make
them right through orderly and reflective actions. The Four Phases of
Values Reorientation Programs are facilitated.

Four Phases of Values Reorientation Program as a restorative

approach in addressing inappropriate behavior:
C.2.1 Phase 1 Guidance Intervention
Guidance Intervention is a referral system for one-on-one
counseling sessions between students and their respective
guidance counselors. It focuses on a student’s social, emotional,
and psychological well-being and encourages the student to
reflect and arrive at realizations for committed undesirable
behavior. The Guidance Intervention may be scheduled before
and after the deliberation of the case for the duration of the
different phases of the values reorientation programs they are
undergoing under the SDFO.
C.2.2 Phase 2. SDFO Values Reorientation Workshop
The Values Reorientation Workshop aims to equip students with
the ability to self-regulate, monitor and manage their own
emotions, thoughts, and behaviors. It is a workshop program
77
 where students learn the techniques and principles to understand
better and modify themselves. In this workshop, students
participate in group sessions which can help them become
mindful, responsible, resilient, morally upright, and reflective
thinkers.
● Participants will undergo 4 to 6 hours of in-person workshop
and participate in different activities such as watching values
formation videos, games, or listening and engaging to an invited
speaker’s discussions on character building or reflective sharing
in relation to a committed misbehavior.
● Participants will be asked to submit written reflections and /
or evaluation at the end of the activity.

C.2.3-Phase 3(SDFO Community Service)

The SDFO Community Service is a non-paying service
performed by a student or a group of students for their own
benefits, their community, or the institution as a corrective
measure for certain acts that are considered a major disregard for
the school’s discipline policies.
The program is designed to provide participants positive and
insightful experiences and to encourage changing themselves
and society for the better. It invites participants to reflect on the
positive differences they can contribute to those in need of
service and to internalize such realizations for a more solidified
view of self and purpose.
Suggested Activities for SDFO Community Service
Phase 3A. Home Based Community Service is for grave
disciplinary offenses in which the presence of the offender in the
campus will pose danger to other members of the school
community. the following may be done (following the required
number of hours given by the deliberating body for the student’s
community service rendering:
Home Based Community Equivalent Hours
Service (GCS)
Blood donation through 1 donation is equivalent to 9
Philippine Red Cross. hours of Community Service
Joining a clean-up activity Minimum of 3 Hours
within the barangay or own
village.
Serving in the Parish by Minimum of 3 hours and
cleaning the chapel / church maximum of 6 hours per day
and other services
recommended by the Parish
coordinator or priest.

78
 Phase 3B. SDFO General Community Service (CS) – are
community services that may be performed by students within
the campus in coordination with the other school offices,
departments, or organizations.
Campus-Based Community Service Equivalent Hours
(CBCS)
Assisting the Maintenance personnel in
cleaning areas in the campus or other Based on the hours
services recommended by the Shared imposed by the
Services Department. Director of Student
Assisting the Community Involvement Services, Discipline
Office in organizing relief operation Panel or Discipline
donations and other CI services Board
recommended by the CIO.

C.2.4 Phase 4. Lasallian Spiritual Formation

Lasallian Spiritual Formation refers to meaningful and relevant
activities like liturgical celebrations, devotional practices, faith
sharing, and spiritual accompaniment. In collaboration with the
Institutional Lasallian Formation Office (ILFO), the participants
will need to perform any three (3) of the following activities and
a one on-one spiritual accompaniment with an Institutional
Lasallian Formation Officer after which they will be asked to
write a reflection for each activity.
● Attending Spiritual accompaniment with the Campus
Minister
● Attending a retreat or recollection.
● Attending liturgical / mass celebrations (Student’s option)
● Attending Bible sharing or Bible group study
● Serving/ assisting in liturgical celebrations or novenas.
● Assisting ILFO Personnel in facilitation of retreats /
recollections
● Other spiritual interventions suggested by ILFO
For non-Catholic students, the Discipline Board can decide
on alternative or equivalent activities appropriate for the
concerned student’s denomination or beliefs.

D. Digital Citizenship

Digital citizenship is the continuously developing norm of

appropriate, responsible, and empowered technology use. Educating
students and adults on the appropriate and responsible use of
technology ensures that they demonstrate appropriate behavior when
interacting with other people through digital technology in

79
line with the Lasallian values and good citizenship. Good digital
citizenship engages students and shows them how to connect with
one another, empathize with each other, and create lasting
relationships through digital tools.

Nine (9) Elements of Digital Citizenship

1. Digital Access
Full digital engagement in community and society is described as
digital access. It will help, provide, and increase the access of all users
to the technology. Working to achieve equal technological rights and
to promote digital access demonstrates excellent digital citizenship.
Keeping in mind that to become productive Filipino Digital Citizens,
we need to make sure and commit that no one is denied digital access.

2. Digital Commerce
The electronic purchasing and selling of commodities are known as
digital commerce. It focuses on the tools and protections that can help
people purchase, sell, bank, or utilize money in any form in the digital
world. One of the competencies that students will have to cope with
is awareness and knowledge of issues related to electronic
transactions and how e-commerce works, as well as the risk and
implications, both as customers and as future entrepreneurs.

3. Digital Communication
The electronic exchange of information is known as digital
communication. It is important for students to learn how to interact
online securely and efficiently. All users need to define how they will
communicate their ideas so that others may understand their message.
In the use of technology, students must discover their own voices and
express themselves appropriately.

4. Digital Literacy
Digital literacy is the process of teaching and learning about
technology and how to use it. Students who are more informed or
"digitally proficient” are more likely to make smart judgments online.
This involves the capacity to tell the difference between authentic and
fake content, as well as the ability to analyze, comprehend, and
express creativity using digital media. The ability to become media
and information literate is something that students must develop.

5. Digital Etiquette
Digital etiquette refers to standards of conduct or procedures to
follow when using electronic resources/tools. This is where ethics
come into play. Being mindful of others is a vital concept for

80
 everyone, whether in the classroom or online. Students' online
conduct is shaped by digital etiquette, which encourages them to
respond favorably to online material and reflects their online attitude.

6. Digital Laws
The digital law of the internet teaches us that we are responsible for
our online actions and deeds. To safeguard individuals who use
digital gadgets from danger, rules or regulations are established and
executed. It deals with the legal rights and restrictions that regulate
the use of technology. Students, as digital citizens, must understand
the law and how it applies to them to avoid any type of online crime.

7. Digital Rights and Responsibilities

In a digital age, digital rights and responsibilities are freedoms that
are offered to everyone. The online world has its own set of rules, and
each user has their own set of rights and responsibilities. The internet
may be exploited for malicious purposes; therefore, everyone must
be protected. Students must be held accountable for their behavior
and any wrongdoing in the virtual world must be reported.

8. Digital Health and Wellness

Digital Health and Wellness refers to how technology affects our
physical and psychological well-being in the digital environment.
Technology offers numerous benefits and enjoyment but
understanding how to segment use based on needs is essential to live
a healthy and balanced life. Health and well-being in a digital
environment entail being aware of the problems and possibilities that
might impact health, such as internet addiction, ergonomics and
posture, and excessive use of digital and mobile devices, to name a
few.

9. Digital Security
Digital security refers to the use of technological safeguards to ensure
our safety. As responsible digital citizens, we must respect the
privacy and safety of others while safeguarding ourselves from
external harm. Understanding and being aware of attacks, as well as
how to prevent them, are essential skills for today and in the future
when we are using gadgets at school or at home.

E. DLSL Students’ Expected Behavior

A Lasallian student is expected to be a responsible individual who
rigorously observes proper behavior in accordance with the Lasallian
values and good citizenship.
1. A Lasallian is respectful. A Lasallian treats others with respect
and earns the respect of others to maintain harmonious
relationships that recognize and consider others’ privacy,
diversity, and opinions. 81
2. A Lasallian is always credible and trustworthy. A Lasallian is
truthful and gives accurate and reliable information, crediting the
ideas of others by citing sources and providing links. Lasallians
execute the assigned task with integrity and strive to do the right
thing by not lying, cheating, or stealing.
3. A Lasallian is cautious and courteous. A Lasallian
communicates tactfully and acknowledges and addresses others
by name and appropriate titles. A Lasallian uses concise and
appropriate language, grammar, and spelling in communicating.
4. A Lasallian is considerate and mindful. A Lasallian makes a
point to be kind by giving positive comments and reactions and
sharing critical and analytical views in a polite manner.
5. A Lasallian is prudent and judicious. A Lasallian upholds basic
human rights in all learning platforms and shows high regard and
respect for the intellectual property of others.
6. A Lasallian is decent and dignified. A Lasallian strives to look
their best in their engagements with others and makes sure to
give a clear and positive impression.
7. A Lasallian is humble and service oriented. A Lasallian is
understanding of others’ shortcomings and weaknesses and
politely offers help or gives thanks whenever needed.
8. A Lasallian is a steward of God’s creations. A Lasallian is
concerned and cares for all the things created by God. He / she
engages in activities that protect the environment and promotes
its sustainability.
9. A Lasallian is orderly and obedient. A Lasallian makes a point
to read and follow school rules as well as class rules and
guidelines and to read them every time as they can vary from
class to class.
10. A Lasallian is open-minded and understanding. A Lasallian
forgives and forgets. If offended by something that another
student says, keep in mind that misunderstandings are common
to anyone. Always give others the benefit of the doubt.
11. A Lasallian is a responsible Netizen. Lasallians rigorously
follow Netiquette and digital citizenship standards whenever
he/she uses gadgets/devices, social media platforms, and
applications on and off campus. A Lasallian strives to limit the
physical, psychological, and environmental health risks of
technology by spending time wisely and refraining from too
much time on the internet or on gadgets.
12. A Lasallian is a good Christian. A Lasallian nurtures belief and
faith in the living presence of God and lives an exemplary
Christian lifestyle, committed to serve God and others.

82
III. College Student Discipline Formation Policies and Procedures
It is important that the students observe policies and procedures that will
assure peace and order in the learning environment. Identifying undesired
behavior is necessary in providing appropriate intervention and in
strengthening and developing character and ethical values.

Category 1 (Minor Infractions)

C1.1 Not wearing the prescribed identification card properly while
entering or inside the campus.
C1.2 Misuse and tampering with identification cards.
C1.3 Attending face to face classes without wearing the prescribed
uniform, wearing incomplete uniform, wearing the uniform
improperly, wearing a uniform not conforming to the standard
of the school or without an admit pass from the Student
Discipline and Formation Officer. Students may not wear the
prescribed uniform but are expected to be decent and in good
grooming while attending online class.
C1.4 Wearing inappropriate attire while inside the campus, during
official school activities and during online classes. Sandos,
plunging neckline, halter tops, cycling shorts, women’s pants,
dress, or skirt which are more than two inches above the knee,
walking shorts, athletic shorts (except during P.E. classes and
game practices of varsity team members), leggings or tights
that reveal the private parts, rubber and leather slippers,
sleeveless shirts, see thru, hanging and off shoulder blouses
and other revealing attire. Crossdressing and wearing make-up
(for males) is prohibited. Students are allowed to wear sandals
if they have backstraps.
C1.5 Sporting long hair (hair touching the collar and hair covering
the ears or eyes) for the male students or sporting of skinhead,
afro hair, or bold-colored hair for the male or female students.

C1.6 Wearing of more than one pair of earrings (for female students),
earrings (for male students) and body piercing (both male and
female students).
C1.7 Noisy disturbance, playing pranks and/or disorderly conduct
that may distract ongoing face to face or online classes or other
school activities. (Refer to the Definition of Terms for the
meaning of “pranks”)
C1.8 Use of the school’s official learning facilities and platform such
as CANVAS, classroom facilities, bulletin boards,
laboratories, and the likes for malicious purposes. Staying
inside the classroom without scheduled classes or without
prior reservation is also prohibited. Likewise, eating inside the
classroom is prohibited.

83
 C1.9 Posting and distribution of school announcements without prior
approval of the Student Activities Office Head or other school
authorities.
C1.10 Bringing to school pornographic materials.
C1.11 Opening or transmitting of pornographic web pages, or
possession of electronics and communication devices
containing pornographic materials.
C1.12 Skipping calamity drills.
C1.13 Other Category 1 policies for Nursing Students while on duty:
C1.13.1 Lying on a patient’s bed or on a room’s extra bed
without the approval of the clinical instructor or any
authority in the hospital, as stipulated in the
memorandum of agreement (MOA)
C1.13.2 Reading or eating in a patient’s room.
C1.13.3 Napping at the nurse’s station while on duty.
C1.13.4 Reading newspapers, comics, or magazines during
duty or class C1.14 Any offense analogous to any of
the stated provisions under Category 1.

Interventions for Category 1

Offense Intervention and Values Reorientation

1st First Warning

2nd Summoning of students for a conference and

referral to the Guidance Counselor.
3rd Summoning of students with parents for a
conference
4th Elevation of Case to Category 2

Category 2 (Major Infractions)

C2.1 Sending, posting, or using obscene, defamatory, profane,
insulting, malicious, offensive, or indecent messages,
gestures, videos, or images.
C2.2 Posting or sharing others’ personal information, photos, or
videos that the owner may not want to be published online.
C2.3 Bullying fellow students. (Refer to the definition of terms for
the meaning of “Bullying”)
C2.4 Threatening fellow students and other Lasallian partners.
C2.5 Provoking or engaging in fights, brawls, rude, discourteous, or
overly aggressive or hostile verbal arguments or exchanges.
C2.6 Engaging in any form of academic dishonesty such as but not
limited to cheating and plagiarism. (Refer to the Implementing
Guidelines on Academic Dishonesty).

84
C2.7 Misuse or the unauthorized use of, tampering with and/or
falsification of printed or digital school forms, documents, and
school equipment.
C2.8 Showing disrespect to faculty members or other school
authorities.
C2.9 Defiance towards school authority or an agent of the school in
the performance of the
school authority or agent’s duty.
C2.10 Deliberate lying and deception towards school authorities,
faculty members or other students.
C2.11 Holding, recruiting, or participating in any school activities
that have not been approved by the Student Services Director
or the Student Activities Officer.
C2.12 Participation in any activities such as contests, conference,
congresses, etc., as a representative of the school without
written authorization from the Student Services Director.
C2.13 Disseminating false information or announcements.
C2.14 Negligence that may cause physical, emotional, or
psychological harm to other students and / or Lasallian
partners.
C2.15 Unauthorized possession or use of liquor or entering the
campus under the influence or smell of liquor.
C2.16 Gambling or betting on poker, casino, cock fighting and the
likes, inside or outside the campus while still wearing the
school uniform.

C2.17 Borrowing or lending of identification card or examination

permit.
C2.18 Borrowing, lending, or transferring of parking stickers from
one vehicle to another.
C2.19 Destroying school property; writing on walls, desks, chairs,
tables, or any other acts of vandalism inside the campus. If
found guilty, restitution, indemnification or reparation will be
required.
C2.20 Reckless driving or speeding within the campus.
C2.21 Altering or tampering with computer software or equipment
owned by the school.
C2.22 Scandalous public display of intimacy inside the campus
(Refer to Definition of Terms
for the meaning of “Scandalous Public Display of Intimacy)
C2.23 Smoking or use of vape, e-cigarette and the like inside the
campus or within its immediate vicinity. (5 meters from DLSL
property line)
C2.24 Playing pranks that may cause physical, mental or emotional
harm to fellow students, or damage to school property.

85
 C2.25 Soliciting contribution or donation not related to curricular,
co-curricular or extracurricular activities without approval of
school authority.
C2.26 Deliberate destruction of property belonging to fellow students
or any member of the DLSL community while inside the
campus. If found guilty, restitution, indemnification, or
reparation of the property will be required.
C2.27 Habitual discipline infractions of any Category 1 infractions
(four times or more) of the same nature.
C2.28 Violation of the safety, security, and health protocols of the
school.
C2.29 Complicity, knowingly or voluntarily contributing or aiding
another’s act of discipline
violation under Category 2.
C2.30 Engaging in acts of sacrilege (any form of irreverence or grave
disrespect towards sacred places, objects, and persons)
C2.31 Malicious dissemination or the willful making of any threat
concerning bombs, explosives or any similar device or means
of destruction
C2.32 Any offense analogous to any of the stated provisions under
Category 2.
Interventions for Category 2
Offense Counts
A student will undergo the
following values Reorientation
Values:
• Phase 1 (Guidance
w/ admittance and
1 Intervention 1)
remorse
• Phase 2 ( Values
Reorientation Workshop 1)
• Phase 3 (SDFO Community
Service), 9 hours
w/ admittance and
1st 2-3 Phases 1-3, 12 hours of CS
remorse
4 or w/ admittance and
Phases 1-3, 15 hours of CS
more remorse
w/o admittance and
One-day suspension with
remorse, but is found
1 Phases 1-3 of intervention (9
responsible by the
hours of CS)
Panel
w/o admittance and
One-day suspension with
remorse, but is found
2-3 Phases 1-3 of intervention (12
responsible by the
hours of CS)
Panel

86
 w/o admittance and
One-day suspension with
4 or remorse, but is found
Phases 1-3 of intervention (15
more responsible by the
Panel hours of CS)
One-day suspension plus
• Phase 1 (Guidance
Intervention 2)
w/ admittance and • Phase 2 (Values
1
remorse Reorientation Workshop 2)
• Phase 3 (SDFO
Community Service), 16
hours
w/ admittance and One-day Suspension plus
2-3
remorse Phases 1-3, 22 hours of CS
4 or w/ admittance and One-day Suspension plus
2nd more remorse Phases 1-3, 30 hours of CS
w/o admittance and
Two-days suspension with
remorse, but is found
1 Phases 1- 3 of intervention (16
responsible by the
Panel hours of CS)
w/o admittance and
Two-days suspension with
remorse, but is found
2-3 Phases 1- 3 of intervention (22
responsible by the
Panel hours of CS)
w/o admittance and
Two-days suspension with
4 or remorse, but is found
Phases 1- 3 of intervention (30
more responsible by the
Panel hours of CS)

Category 3 (Grave Infractions)

C3.1 The commission of any act that disrupts the usual academic
processes or negatively affects the good name and reputation
of the school.
C3.2 Participation in any act constituting moral turpitude (Refer to
Definition of Terms for
the meaning of “moral turpitude”).
C3.3 Commission of any cybercrime offense as defined under R.A.
10175 or the Cybercrime Prevention Act of 2012, such as
cyber libel, etc.
C3.4 Violation of the Intellectual Property (IP) Policies of De La
Salle Lipa or any violation as defined in R.A. 8293 otherwise
known as “Intellectual Property Code of the Philippines”.
C3.5 Violation of any of the provisions of R.A. 10627 or the Anti-
Bullying Act of 2013.

87
C3.7 Act that causes emotional and psychological distress such as,
but not limited to annoyance or mischief (Unjust vexation as
defined in Article 287 of the Revised Penal Code).
C3.8 Violation of the Data Privacy Act, as defined in the 2012 Data
Privacy Act Law.
C3.9 Posting or transmitting videos, photos, or web pages that are
pornographic or shows sexual activity or any violation of R.A.
9995 known as “Anti- Photo and Video Voyeurism Act of
2009”.
C3.10 Video or voice recording without being authorized by all the
parties in a private communication or any violation defined in
R.A. 4200 known as “Anti-Wire Tapping Act”.
C3.11 Engaging in other unlawful and immoral acts or beliefs or any
other act punishable under the Revised Penal Code or any
other pertinent laws.
C3.12 Habitual discipline infractions of Category 2. (More than two
times.)
C3.13 Misrepresentation during examinations (Refer to Definition of
Terms for the meaning
of “misrepresentation”).
C3.14 Physically assaulting fellow students, faculty members, or
other agents of school authority, whether on or off campus.
C3.15 Stealing or any attempt thereof, of property belonging to the
school, school personnel, agents, fellow students, or school
visitors. If found guilty, restitution, indemnification or
reparation will be required.
C3.16 Participation in hazing, whether as the person joining an
organization or the one conducting the hazing.
C3.17 Other students who are present at hazing / initiation rites are
also liable, whether they participate in the hazing / initiation
right or not.

C3.18 Officers of the organization or group are also liable, whether

they were present at the hazing / initiation incident.
C3.19 Membership in any subversive organization working for the
violent overthrow of the duly constituted government, or in
any illegal or immoral organization formed or established for

the purpose of propagating or engaging in unlawful and

immoral acts and beliefs.
C3.20 Entering the campus under the influence or in possession of
illegal drugs or any other violation of the provisions of
Republic Act (RA) 9165, otherwise known as the
“Comprehensive Dangerous Drug Act of 2002”.
C3.21 Carrying deadly weapons, explosives and/or similar materials
on campus or in any official school activity outside the
campus. 88
 C3.22 Complicity, knowingly or voluntarily contributing or aiding
another’s acts of
discipline violation under Category 3.
C3.23 Any acts that pose serious threats to the life of the members of
the school community and /or property of the school, such as,
but not limited to possession, sale, distribution, and use of
deadly weapons, IEDs, harmful chemicals, and others.
C3.24 Any offense analogous to any of the stated provisions under
Category 3.

Interventions / Corrective Measures for Category 3 Infractions

Occurrence Intervention and Values Reorientation
The Discipline Board may impose any of the following
interventions:
A. Disciplinary probation together with the
following values reorientation activities:
● Phase 1 (Guidance Intervention)
● Phase 2 (Values Reorientation Workshop)
● Phase 3 (Community Service), 30 to 120 hours
● Phase 4 (Spiritual Formation) 15 to 30 hours
1st B. Suspension (minimum of 5 days, maximum of two
semesters, as may be determined by the Board) plus
Phases 1-4

C. Restriction from participation in all school activities

(may be combined with DP or suspension, or as may
be determined by the DBoard)

D. Non-readmission

E. Exclusion/ Dismissal

Corrective Measures that may be imposed due to Category 3

Discipline Infraction/s
A corrective measure may be imposed to students who committed
Category 3 Discipline Infraction/s as may be determined by the
Discipline Board.
Requirements for Imposing Sanctions:
1. Must be for a cause as defined.
2. Observance of due process.
3. Corrective measures must be commensurate.

89
Corrective Measures that may be imposed:
a. Disciplinary Probation
Disciplinary probation is an alternative to suspension. In this way, the
student is warned that future misconduct will not be tolerated, but is
permitted to continue attending classes, as long as the misconduct
stops. A student placed under a probationary period shall abide by the
contract provided by the Student Discipline and Formation Office
(SDFO) or Discipline Board. Probation implies a continuing
relationship between the student and the school. Therefore, a student
remains within the jurisdiction of school disciplinary authorities. If a
student is involved in further incidents of misconduct, such incidents
could be the basis for dismissal or further evaluation of the
committee. Disciplinary Probation may be combined with other
intervention activities.
b. Suspension
Suspension is a discipline sanction which prohibits a student from
attending online or face to face classes and entering the campus due
to violation of discipline policies under Category 2 or Category 3. A
written notice to subject teachers and to the security department
regarding the suspension of the student will be furnished by the SDF
Officer. A suspended student is not excused from any examination,
quizzes, graded recitation, or subject requirement submissions given
during the specified period. As a sanction, it may also be combined
with other intervention activities.
b.1 Punitive Suspension
Punitive Suspension may be imposed on students after complying to
the minimum standard of due process in handling discipline cases and
finding the erring students responsible for the offense as decided by
the approving authority. Offending students may be suspended for a
minimum of one (1) and a maximum of three (3 days) for Category 1
and Category 2 offenses while a minimum of four (4 days) to one (1)
school year for Category 3 Offense.
b.2 Preventive suspension
Preventive suspension may be implemented to students under
investigation of a discipline case that poses a risk or great danger to
the life of person and/ or property of the school. Preventive
suspension is not a penalty but a deterrent to the disruption of normal
school operations or threat to the lives of a person or property in
school that may be caused by the continued presence of a student
offender on campus.
SDF Officers and/or ISSESO may recommend that the student be
immediately placed on preventive suspension while the disciplinary
action against him or her is being considered subject for the approval
of the Director of Student Services and the Vice President for Mission
(VPM).

90
Preventive suspension may be imposed without first complying with
the minimum requirement of due process in handling disciplinary
cases.
Preventive suspension shall be implemented when these two
requirements are met:
a. The evidence of being responsible for the offense is strong.
b. The school believes that the student's continued presence
while an investigation is ongoing will seriously pose a
distraction to normal school operation or it brings real threat
or danger to other persons and/or property on the campus.
The erring student may be put under preventive suspension for a
minimum of fifteen (15) days to a maximum of thirty (30) days while
continuously attending online mode of learning. This is subject to
coordination and approval of the academic department.
Once the student under preventive suspension is found responsible
for the allegations against him/her, the sanction recommended by the
Discipline Board and approved by the VPM shall then be imposed
upon the student. In this case, the period previously served shall be
considered part of the penalty. Although the offending student is not
allowed to make up for the days missed, he or she will be allowed to
take the graded task, assignment, major assessment , and other
academic requirements that he / she missed in case the sanction
imposed is not non-readmission or exclusion.

c. Restriction from Participation in all School Activities

Restriction from participation in any official school activities may be
imposed to the offending students who pose serious threats to the
physical, emotional and psychological wellbeing of the other
members of the school community. Official school activities include
organizational activities, graduation rites, baccalaureate mass,
recognition rites, Signum Fidei, and the likes. It may be combined
with suspension and/ or disciplinary probation. This may also be
imposed in exchange for non-readmission or dismissal when a
graduating student commits a discipline offense fairly close to
graduation.

d. Non-Readmission
Non-readmission is a penalty that allows the institution to deny
admission or enrolment of an erring student for the school term
immediately following the term when the decision finding the student
responsible of the offense charged and imposing the said penalty was
promulgated. The penalty thereby legally denies the student his/ her
right to stay in the school and to continue his / her course therein. The
penalty of non-readmission allows the students to still complete the
current school year / term when the decision for non-readmission was

91
 promulgated. Hence, the following school year or term, the student
will no longer be allowed to re-enroll but the institution shall have
the obligation to release his/ her transfer credentials for his /her
possible admission to a new school.

e. Exclusion / Dismissal
Exclusion is a form of a penalty in which the school drops the name
of the erring student from the school rolls. Transfer credentials are
immediately issued, provided that a summary investigation has been
conducted and appropriate approvals secured for the imposition of
the penalty.

C. Student Discipline and Formation Procedures

The Student Discipline and Formation Office continues to promote
and protect the rights, welfare, and liberties of the students by
following moral and legal procedures in the implementation of its
policies. Discipline concerns raised against any student must comply
with the minimum standards of due process.
Due process or fair procedure is a course of legal proceedings
according to rules and principles established in a system of
jurisprudence for the enforcement and protection of private rights.
The following are the minimum standards to satisfy the demands of
procedural due process in student disciplinary cases:
1. The student and the student’s parents or legal guardian must
be informed in writing of the nature and cause of any
accusation against them as well as the identity of the person
who made the accusation or made the report. They, in turn,
will be asked to respond and acknowledge receipt of the
notice in writing.
2. Whether the student admits or denies the accusation or
alleges some facts or matter in justification or mitigation of
the infraction, the SDFO will continue to investigate to
gather information and evidence.
3. The student shall have the right to answer the charges
against him or her. The student is given five (5) working
days to submit a written statement, after receiving the notice
of complaint from the SDFO.
4. The student shall be informed of the evidence against him
or her and shall have the right to adduce evidence on his or
her own behalf.

5. A fact finding committee or body (Discipline Panel/

Discipline Board) will be formed to receive and hear all
gathered information and evidence and deliberate
and decide on the case and to assure the integrity and consistency
of the process.
92
 6. When the student is found culpable for the infraction
charged, the penalty imposed must be commensurate with
the nature and seriousness of the infraction.

D. Discipline Board and Discipline Panel

The Discipline Panel shall be composed of the Student Services
Director, the Guidance Counselor, a representative from the Student
Government and a representative from the Tertiary School Faculty and
Staff Association (TSFSA). The Student Discipline and Formation
Officer will sit as the presenter of the case but will not participate in
the deliberation.
The Discipline Board shall be composed of not more than nine but
not less than five members appointed by the Student Services Director.
The Board must have at least one representative each from the
administration, the faculty, the parents’ sector, and the student body.
The Student Services Director may also invite a legal counsel or any
other concerned member of the Lasallian community to be part of the
Discipline Board.

Jurisdiction
The SDFO has jurisdiction over all discipline-offense under Category
1, Category 2 and Category 3:
1. Which occurred inside the school and/or within its immediate
vicinity (within the five meters from DLSL property line).
2. Those committed outside the campus but during official
school-sanctioned activities.
3. Those committed online using the school’s official online
platforms. (Refer to
Definition of Terms for school’s official online platforms); and
4. Any discipline-related cases committed by the students which
affect the good name or reputation of the school or disrupt its
regular academic processes.
The Director of Student Services shall exercise jurisdiction to decide
over all Category 2 offenses, should there be complete admission on
the part of the respondent, based on the recommendation of the SDF
Officer. Should there be incomplete admission or denial on the part of
the respondent, the SDFO will recommend the convening of the
Discipline Panel to deliberate and decide on the case pursuant to the
discipline policies and procedures of the SDFO
All cases involving Category 3 and infractions under the rules

defined in the Student Handbook and referred to by the SDFO or

Discipline Panel shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Discipline
Board.

93
E. Procedures in Handling Student’s Disciplinary Cases
A. The aggrieved party or person who witnessed or has direct
knowledge of the act may file a formal complaint in writing, and
under oath against an enrolled student of DLSL addressed to
SDFO. A complaint can be made either by accomplishing the
SDFO Incident Report Google Form, by sending his/ her
complaint letter at SDFO official email account or personally
submitting it to the SDF Office.
B. Anonymous or unidentified complainants will not be accepted or
accommodated.
C. Any person may also refer to the SDFO an officially enrolled
college student with Category 1 offenses, but with no intention
to file a formal complaint. In this event, SDF Officers may call
the attention of the referred student/s for a conference and
discuss the issues, give a reminder and issue a warning to the
student/s without the need to comply with the minimum standard
of due process as stated above.
D. Reported violations under Category 2 and Category 3 will
automatically warrant due process.
E. The SDF Officers may file or pursue a case against a college
student if he/she witnessed or had direct knowledge of the
incident.
F. The inquiry or investigation with the complainant, respondent or
witness will be made personally or on different online platforms
such as Canvas, DLSL email, Google Meet, or Microsoft Teams.
The respondent/s will be informed in writing about the complaint
and asked to submit a written statement regarding the allegation
within five (5) working days after receipt of the notice.
If necessary, a follow-up inquiry or clarification with the
complainant/s, respondent/s, or witness/es may be conducted
separately. This can be done personally or through a recorded
video conference.
For discipline cases under Category 2 with complete admittance
from the respondent, the SDFO will make a recommendation for
appropriate intervention based on the promulgated discipline
policies and procedures subject for approval of the Student
Services Director. The SDF Officer will recommend the
convening of the Discipline Panel to deliberate on the discipline
case under Category 2 with incomplete admittance or denial
from the respondent.
Discipline Case under Category 3 with or without admittance
from the respondent will be deliberated and decided by the
Discipline Board. The decision of the Board is recommendatory
in nature and subject to the approval of the Vice President for
Mission.

94
 All the information and evidence gathered during the inquiry and
investigation will be presented to the Discipline Panel or the
Discipline Board for the deliberation of the case.
G. Deliberations of the Panel or the Board will be conducted face to
face or online through the Google Meet Platform or through any
other official online video platform of the school.
H. In the event that the Discipline Panel or the Discipline Board
finds the student/s being complained not responsible for the
offense originally charged of him/her during the deliberation but
believed to possibly violate other provisions as stated in the
Discipline Policies and Procedures (DPP), the Panel or the Board
may recommend the re-investigation of the case.
I. The decision of the Director of Student Services and Discipline
Panel is executory, while the Board’s decision is
recommendatory in nature. The recommendation of the Board is
for final approval of the Vice President for Mission.
J. The complainant and the student being the subject of the
complaint will both be informed in writing of the decision of the
Discipline Panel or Discipline Board by the SDFO.
K. All gender-based sexual harassment cases shall be deliberated
and decided by the Campus Committee on Sexuality in
accordance with the provisions of R.A. 11313 or the Safe Spaces

Act, specifically, Sections 21 and 22 of the said Act.

F. Appeals
If the student feels that the intervention or corrective measures are not
commensurate to the act committed, a written appeal signed by both
the student and the parents or guardian may be submitted to the Vice
President for Mission prior to the implementation or effectivity of the
corrective measure for cases decided upon by the Director of Student
Services and Discipline Panel.
In cases decided by the Discipline Board, the appeal must be
addressed to the DLSL President within five (5) working days of
receipt of the decision.
The appellant must also furnish a copy of the appeal to the SDFO for
the temporary restraining of the implementation of the decision of the
Discipline Panel or Discipline Board. Both the complainant and the
respondent have the right to appeal.
An appeal is not a review of a case, but instead, is an independent
review of the process utilized to reach the original finding or decision.
Students may appeal the decision on one or more of the following
grounds:
A. There is new evidence, which could not be adduced at the
time of the deliberation of the Discipline Board which is
likely to change the result.
95
 B. Due process was insufficient or faulty or;
C. The corrective measure imposed is not commensurate with
the findings of facts.
In case of an appeal, the implementation of the decision on the case
of the student, decided by the DSS Director, Discipline Panel or the
Discipline Board, will be temporarily restrained until such time that
the SDFO receives a written final decision on the appeal. If the
appealed decision is upheld or the original findings are altered, the
effective date or implementation of the decision will be imposed
immediately after the student receives notice about the final decision.

2. Guidance and Counseling Center

The Guidance and Counseling Center seeks to assist students in achieving
holistic development and success by providing appropriate developmental,
preventive, and remedial guidance and counseling programs and services.
Specifically, the office seeks to:
Facilitate students’ awareness and understanding of their academic, career,
and social/emotional development
Help students in developing and nurturing the necessary life skills, coping
strategies, and emotional maturity to conquer various challenges during
college and beyond
Collaborate with the members and stakeholders of the school community
in creating a positive learning environment that fosters academic success,
emotional growth, and social development
Prepare students for the world of work by facilitating career growth and
development

2 Guidance and Counseling Services

2.1.1. Individual Inventory

The office maintains a database of students’ personal information
and educational background. This information is regularly updated
and is solely utilized by the office in conducting its programs and
services such as in referrals, follow-up and counseling interventions.

2.1.2. Information
The center provides students with the necessary academic, career and
social/emotional development information needed to achieve
optimal functioning by better understanding themselves and their
environment. These programs include information dissemination
through printed and online brochures, bulletin boards, orientations,
seminars, panel discussions and meetings with students, parents,
Lasallian partners and other members of the school
community.
96
2.1.3. Counseling
The core service of the guidance and counseling center. It aims to
empower students to achieve success and holistic development by
assisting them to accomplish and maintain academic, career and
social/emotional development.

97
 2.1.3.1 Intake Interviews are conducted to new students to
ensure that needs are assessed and any necessary
guidance, support, and intervention will be given
during the crucial stage of adjustment and transition.
2.1.3.2 Routine Interviews are conducted to students in higher
years to ensure that individual needs and development
are followed through and to provide continuous
support and guidance.
2.1.3.3 Exit Interviews are conducted to prepare students
towards their transition to the world of work. Students
are given assistance in setting personal and career goals.
Counselors also facilitate self-assessment of their
experiences in school.

2.1.4. Consultation
Consultation is a service provided by the office to the school
community. The expertise of the guidance counselors may be sought
by students, parents/guardians, and/or Lasallian partners for advice
and opinion on subject matters relating to academic, career and
social/emotional concerns. The office also consults and coordinates
with agencies and organizations for assistance when necessary.

2.1.5 Wellness
This service aims to promote, build, and sustain physical, emotional,
and mental well-being of students. Through comprehensive integration
of its programs and services, the office proactively conducts resilience
and capacity building measures towards emotional and psychological
crises.

2.1.6. Referral
Students in need of assistance may be referred to the guidance
counselorsby Lasallian partners, parents and peers. However, if there
are complex cases beyond the expertise of the guidance counselor,
students may be referred to a pool of specialists and agencies for
further consultation and assessment.

2.1.7. Career
The service focuses on helping students navigate their knowledge,
skills, and attitude towards a systematic assessment and exploration of
their career goals and aspirations. Through career planning and
education, the center provides continuous support in helping them
identify their opportunities, make informed choices, facilitate career
development, and become productive members of society.

98
 2.1.8. Follow-up
This service refers to a systematic monitoring of the students’ individual
progress and development which allows the counselors to conduct the
necessary guidance and counseling interventions. This ensures that students,
particularly those identified with specific needs, are given continuous
assistance.

2.1.9. Research
The guidance personnel conduct relevant research studies as part of the
center’s drive for continuous development and evidence-based practice. This
service aims to discover and utilize the best practices available by adhering to
counseling approaches and techniques that are based on scientific evidence.

2.1.10 Testing
This service aims to assess the students’ individual learning styles,
aptitude, personalities, abilities, interests, and key strengths and
vulnerabilities through the use of standardized and projective tests as
administered by the center’s psychometrician. The data serves as a vital
and useful tool for counselors in student assessment, research, planning,
organizing, implementing and evaluating its programs and services.

3. Student Activities Office

The Student Activities Office (SAO) of De La Salle Lipa strives for the
development and promotion of extra- and co-curricular student activities as
instruments for forming individuals who are committed to excellence, love of God,
country and school, and care for the poor.

The SAO actively contributes to the students’ growth and Lasallian formation
through the development and promotion of:

Extra-curricular student organizations which are effective means for the

students’ development as persons, and which provide effective witness
to the Lasallian values of faith and service to the community.
Programs and activities for the formation of student leaders equipped
with skills and moral values essential for good leadership.
Co-curricular activities which enhance the students’ learning and
formation, and which promote and protect the interests of students,
community and the institution.
Other student-related activities which improve the students’ experience
of the school and maximize opportunities for growth and development.

99
3.1. General Policies
3.1.1. The establishment and operation of student organizations in all
colleges and universities are governed by the rules and regulation
established by the Commission on Higher Education (CHED).
Students desiring to establish, join and participate in student
organizations and activities in DLSL may do so as a right, but are
subject to reasonable regulations promulgated by the institution
through the Students Services Director. It is therefore understood
that student organizations should neither exist nor operate, nor co-
curricular and other student-related activities be conducted, outside
systems, procedures and parameters established by the institution.

3.1.2. The Student Services Director, through the SAO and its head, the
Student Activities Officer, supervises and regulates the establishment
and operation of extra-curricular student organizations, as well as the
conduct of all co-curricular activities and other student-related
activities with official sanction.

3.1.3. The primary functions of the SAO include, but are not be limited to
the following:

3.1.3.1. Accreditation and ongoing monitoring of all student

organizations
3.1.3.2. Encouraging the establishment of additional student
organizations for enhancing student formation and
development
3.1.3.3. The formation of student leaders to be equipped with both
the skills and moral values for good leadership
3.1.3.4. Monitoring of co-curricular activities, including the
evaluation and improvement of guidelines and procedures
for co-curricular activities
3.1.3.5. Development, planning and conduct of other student-
related activities which would enhance the students’
experience of the school, so as to maximize opportunities
for growth and development

3.2. Student Organizations

3.2.1. Any group of at least 15 DLSL students may apply at the SAO for:
3.2.1.1. Permission to form a new student organization, or
3.2.1.2. Recognition and accreditation of an existing, unofficial
group or organization.

100
3.2.2. All student organizations, whether new or existing, must have the
following:
3.2.2.1. A constitution with a clear and specific statement of
purpose, values and objectives.
3.2.2.1.1. No student organization may have a purpose or
objective which is inimical to the interests of the
institution.
3.2.2.1.2. No student organization may espouse values
contrary to the beliefs promoted and upheld by the
institution.
3.2.2.2. By-laws governing the operation of the organization
3.2.2.2.1. No student organization may advocate or
implement rules, policies, guidelines or activities
which are contrary to values and beliefs promoted
and upheld by the institution.
3.2.2.3. A formal organizational structure with clearly defined
positions, roles, functions and responsibilities
3.2.2.4. A current list of officers and members, as well as up-to-date
files of appropriate personal data (e.g., identity and contact
information) for each member
3.2.2.4.1. Membership in a student organization is
limited to currently enrolled college students
of De La Salle Lipa. Faculty members,
alumni, etc. are not eligible for membership
in a student organization.
3.2.2.5. A faculty adviser whose function will be to assist, advise and
supervise the organization in the planning, conduct and
evaluation of its activities
3.2.2.5.1. The faculty adviser is selected by the organization.
It is the organization’s responsibility to select,
approach and gain the consent of its desired adviser,
and communicate the same to the SAO.
3.2.2.5.2. Final approval of the organization’s faculty adviser,
however, rests with the Student Services Director
3.2.2.6. A program of proposed activities for the year which must
include all of the following areas:
3.2.2.6.1. Activities which enhance the members’ knowledge
and experience in the organization’s specific area of
interest or specialization
3.2.2.6.2. Activities which support the members’ spiritual
knowledge, growth and development
3.2.2.6.3. Activities which manifest, on a regular and on-
going basis, the organization’s commitment to the
Christian Lasallian value of caring for the poor

101
 3.2.2.6.3.1. The Student Activities Officer reserves the
right to disapprove any activity which is
deemed frivolous, wasteful, unnecessary,
scandalous or contrary to the values,
beliefs and interests of the institution or
the SAO, or in violation of any of its
policies, rules and/or regulations.
3.2.2.6.3.2. No activity shall be conducted a week
before and during the major
examinations.

3.3. All new organizations classified under the Special Interests Organizations
(SPIN) and Socio-civic and Religious Organizations (SCRO) divisions are
required to pass an oral screening to be conducted by the accreditation
committee as part of accreditation process.

3.4. Accreditation
3.4.1. To protect the interests of the entire school community, all student
organizations must be accredited by the SAO as official school
organizations. Accreditation indicates that the organization meets the
requirements enumerated above, and that it can serve as effective
means for the students’ development as persons, and provides
effective witness to the Lasallian values of faith, service and
community. It also enables the organization to access the financial
and logistical support that the school provides to accredited student
organizations. The SAO formulates policies and guidelines for the
conduct and evaluation of the accreditation process.
3.4.2. Once an organization has received accreditation, such status must be
maintained on a continuing basis. Every organization is subject to
monitoring and evaluation by the SAO. Failure to remain in
compliance with relevant policies and guidelines will result in the
organization’s suspension or de-accreditation, as determined by the
SAO.

3.5. Selected Organizations within the SAO

3.5.1. Student Government

The Student Government (SG) is the highest student governing body
of the college department of De La Salle Lipa. It is constituted by
duly elected officers and operates in accordance with its constitution
and by-laws, De La Salle Lipa policies, CHED guidelines and
Philippine civil law.
102
 3.5.2. Council of Student Organizations
The Council of Student Organizations (CSO), which is composed of
the heads/presidents of all accredited student organizations, serves as
facilitator, coordinator and liaison between the SAO and the student
organizations. The CSO also assists the SAO in evaluating the
performance of individual student organizations and is organized into
three sectors”
3.5.2.1. Professional Organizations (PROF) – Oversee student
organizations which supplement the academic learning of a
specific course.
3.5.2.2. Special Interest Organizations (SPIN) – Administer student
organizations which enhance special interests and talents,
whether in sports or in the arts.
3.5.2.3. Socio-civic and Religious Organizations (SCRO) –
Supervise student organizations which help develop social
consciousness, advocate civic concerns, and promote
spiritual growth.

3.5.3. Committee on Elections (COMELEC) is mandated to give life and

meaning to the basic principle that sovereignty resides in the
students. It is responsible for conducting election of all accredited
student organizations.

3.6. Co-Curricular Activities

Co-curricular activities are those which supplement and enhance classroom
learning through practical experience and exposure to persons, places and events
outside of the classroom. The SAO formulates policies and guidelines for the
conduct, supervision and evaluation of such activities, for the purpose of
protecting the interests of the students, the school and the wider community.

3.7. Other Student-Related Activities

This refers to student-related activities – such as the freshmen orientation, the
annual school fair, etc. – which serve to improve the students’ experience of
the school and maximize opportunities for growth and development. The
SAO formulates policies and guidelines for the conduct, supervision and
evaluation of such activities, for the purpose of protecting the interests of the
students, the school and the wider community.

103
 Gawad Lasalyano: The Gawad Lasalyano is an award given annually to
recognize deserving and outstanding student leaders, faculty and staff
members who have exhibited exemplary performance in student activities. It
is also intended to encourage the entire DLSL community to work towards the
realization of the Lasallian mission of teaching minds, touching hearts and
transforming lives.

3.8. SANCTIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR STUDENT

ORGANIZATIONS MISCONDUCT

As a general policy, all student organizations must adhere to the institutional

policies and regulations as stated in the student manual and other departmental
manuals. In addition to those policies and regulations, SAO also prohibits the
accredited organizations to commit the following:

3.8.1. Category 1

3.8.1.1 Non-participation to activities required by CSO or College SAO

3.8.1.2 Not following the prescribed communication protocol
3.8.1.3 Not following the Clean As You Go Policy in venues reserved
and used by the organization
3.8.1.4 Non-cancellation of venue reservation when approved activity is
cancelled or postponed
3.8.1.5 Other offenses similar to the above-mentioned actions

3.8.2. Category 2

3.8.2.1 Use of any venue, facility, equipment, room, area for the
organization activity without reservation or permission from
school authority
3.8.2.2 Non-cancellation or late cancellation of vehicle reservation that
resulted to charges of transportation expenses to College SAO

3.8.2.3 Attending approved or official external events without an adult

companion

3.8.2.4 Alteration of details on the submitted approved documents

3.8.2.5 Behaving in a disorderly, lewd or indecent manner, or breach of

the peace in school or organization-sponsored activities;
participation in or hosting parties or large gatherings which makes
excessive noise that obstruct the teaching, administration,
research, or other school activities or the performance of duties
of school personnel or contractors
104
 3.8.2.6 Affiliating the organization to external organization without
approval from the school

3.8.2.7 Representing the school in events, conferences, symposia, etc.

without approval from the school
3.8.2.8 Other offenses similar to the above-mentioned actions.

3.8.3. Category 3

3.8.3.1 Misuse of organization’s funds and resources

3.8.3.2 Dealing with suppliers not accredited by Central Purchasing

Department
3.8.3.3 Forgery of the signature of the approving authorities in any SAO
forms or records
3.8.3.4 Collection of organizational funds without approval from
the school authority
3.8.3.5 Destruction, damage, misuse, or defacing of buildings and
other school properties during an activity
3.8.3.6 Other offenses similar to the above-mentioned actions
Ignorance of the policies cannot be invoked as reason for negligence. Sanctions
given to student organizations are designed to be formative in nature and
encourage adherence to school policies. The range of possible sanctions the
College Student Activities Office may impose on a student organization include,
but are not limited to:

Category 1
Offense Sanction
1st Oral warning
2nd Written warning
3rd Suspension of organization’s activities for 1 month

Category 2
Offense Sanction
1st Written warning
2nd Suspension of organization’s activities for 1 month
3rd Non-renewal of accreditation (organizations with under
probation status)
Under probation (organizations with full accreditation status)

105
Category 3
Offense Sanction
1st Suspension of organization’s activities for 1 month
2nd Non-renewal of accreditation (organizations with under
probation status)
Under probation (organizations with full accreditation status)
3rd Suspension of accreditation

Distinctive Category
Offense Across Categories Sanction
1st Suspension of organization’s activities for 1 month
2nd Non-renewal of accreditation (Under probation
Organizations) Under Probation (Fully accredited
Organizations)

3rd Suspension of Accreditation

3.8.4. Procedures for Filing Student Organization Conduct Complaints

Any student, faculty, or staff member of the DLSL may file a written
complaint of an alleged misconduct against an accredited organization to
the College Student Activities Office. In order to proceed, a complaint
form must be accomplished (refer to sample form)

All complaints must be filed with the Head of Student Activities Office
within two (2) days. Written complaints can also be submitted online
through the College SAO group in Facebook or the College SAO email
provided that the required information in the form are complete.

3.8.5. The Role and Composition of the Board of Conduct for Student
Organizations
(BCSO)

The role of the Board of Conduct for Student Organizations (BCSO) is

to uphold student organization standards and expectations through peer
review process. Committee members will review complaints and
recommend sanctions.

The Board of Conduct for Student Organizations (BCSO) will be

composed of the following:

3.8.5.1 The College Student Activities Office Head

3.8.5.2 The College Student Activities Officer
3.8.5.3 CSO Chairperson 106
 3.8.5.4 One (1) representative from the CSO Executive Council
3.8.5.5 One (1) representative from the organization

The Board of Conduct for Student Organizations (BCSO) will only meet
on Category 2 and Category 3 offenses.

3.8.6. Appeal Process

Student organization leaders may appeal in writing to the Director for
Students Services within (5) days after the written report of the sanction is
received from the College Student Activities Office Head.

4. Grievances
Grievances against any member of the academic community are best
settled through sincere dialogue and discussion befitting mature Christians
in an academic institution. Grievances communicated orally should be
settled informally. Only those complaints that are expressed in writing will
require formal procedures for settlement.

4.1. Procedures for student complaints against:

4.1.1. Faculty
4.1.1.1. The student presents the complaint in writing to the faculty
member concerned not later than one week after the incident
that caused the complaint.
4.1.1.2. If the student feels that the necessary action has not been met
or if there is no response from the concerned faculty, the
student must submit a written complaint against the faculty
member to the Department/Area Chair concerned.
4.1.1.3. If the person being complained about is the
Department/Area Chair, the complaint will be forwarded to
the next higher level office.
4.1.1.4. If the complaint is not resolved at the Chair’s level, the
complainant may elevate the case to the concerned Dean.
4.1.1.5. The Dean concerned may convene the VCAR College
Council or may decide on the case alone. However, the
decision of the Council or the Dean is recommendatory in
nature. The Dean still has the final decision.
4.1.16. The student at his/her option, may inform in writing the
president of the Student Government about the case.

107
 4.1.2. Administrator, Staff, and/or Other Non-Teaching Personnel

4.1.2.1. The student presents the complaint in writing to the person

concerned not later than one week after the incident that
caused the complaint.
4.1.2.2. If the student feels that the necessary action has not been met
or if there is no response from the concerned administrator,
the student submit a written complaint to the Student
Government.
4.1.2.3. The Student Government forwards the complaint to the
Student Services Director.
4.1.2.4. The Student Services Director may convene the Student
Services Council or may decide on the case alone.
However, the decision of the Council or the Student
Services Director is recommendatory in nature. The Vice
Chancellor for Mission has the final decision.

4.2. In case of a class complaint against a faculty member or any other DLSL
personnel:

The class follows the same procedure stated above. However, the complaint
must be signed by at least 50% plus one of the members of the class.

4.3. Other Provisions

4.3.1. In solving complaints by a student against a faculty member, the

Administrative Council shall include as a member, the president or
representative of the Student Government.
4.3.2. The term “faculty member” in this section includes the Deans.
4.3.3. If the person being complained about is the Dean, the complaint will
be forwarded to the next higher level office.
4.3.4 The Student Protection Policy maybe applied to other offense similar
to the above-mentioned actions (please refer to Appendix E page).

108
 SECTION VIII
LEARNING RESOURCE CENTER
LRC ENTRY FOR STUDENT HANDBOOK 2023
MISSION AND VISION

The De La Salle Lipa Learning Resource Center envisions to sustain

academic excellence through digital content and designs equitable physical
and online resources to be more engaged in the many facets of students’
self-paced learning, enhanced faculty teaching, scholarly research, and
connection with external groups.

The LRC reinforces the DLSL’s Digital Campus ( Strategic Priority Area)
by playing the key roles to support the different ways of learning such as
research, collaboration, and knowledge-creation with Lasallian Partners
and students as end-users.

1. LIBRARY PATRONS
1.1. DLSL students enrolled in the current school year with valid school
ID/COR.
1.2. Full-time and part-time faculty members with endorsements from the
respective Deans and/or Department/Area Chairs
1.3. DLSL Partners
1.4. Students, faculty and staff of De La Salle Philippines with valid IDs
and referral letters
1.5. Students, faculty and staff of NOCEI member institutions with referral
letters and valid ID’s
1.6. Members of the De La Salle Brothers Community
1.7. Alumni with valid membership and alumni card
1.8. Visiting users with referral letters or endorsements and valid IDs.

2. ACCESS TO COLLECTION

2.1. MyDCampus portal LRC Digital Services

2.2 Canvas through Library Discover Service Course shell
The Library Discovery Service (LibDS) through Canvas is an all-inclusive
single search solution box that provides an easier yet powerful means of
accessing electronic information resources helping students and faculty
members get exactly what they are looking for quickly and easily. This is
achieved through the harvested metadata from both internal (library) and
109
external (subscribed databases) sources. There is no need to search
individual databases, open-source sites, and Online Public Access Catalog
(OPAC) separately.

2.3 Access to Collection

2.3.1. Online Public Access Catalog (OPAC) (24/7) through Destiny
Library Manager Software (Follet) offers four (4) different types of
searches through the Searching Menu. These are:
a) Title
b) Author
c) Subject
d) Keywords
When you have specified your search criteria, select Search to run the
query. The library System will search the associated fields of each record
and find all records with the specified word. Your search result is then
displayed.

A. PRINTED RESOURCES can be accessed through OPAC Destiny

Library Manager
● Books
● Magazines
● Journals
● Theses and Dissertations

B. ELECTRONIC RESOURCES can be accessed through LibDS in

Canvas and MyDCampus Portal.

1. Electronic Databases
1.1 EBSCOHost
A definitive, multi-disciplinary, full text database with almost 325,353 total
collections. that cover thousands of peer-reviewed journals and scholarly
books in the different areas of academic study. Databases include Medicine
Complete, CINAHL with Full Text, Rehabilitation and Sport Medicine
Source, Teacher Reference Center, Literary Reference Center, and
Academic Source Complete.

1.2 ProQuest
A web-based information service providing access to a number of databases

110
with almost 207,602 total collections covering various subject disciplines,
including business and management, education, science, computing,
medicine, telecommunication and social sciences.

1.3 New York Times

The New York Times covering 13 million total articles helps people
understand the world through unrivaled, on-the-ground, expert, and deeply
reported independent journalism. This database sets the standard for the
most innovative storytelling and makes our journalism more insightful,
meaningful, and essential to the daily lives of the global community.

1.4 World Book Online

World Book Online lists 1, 931 E-Books Collections which is a suite of
online research tools that include encyclopedia articles, primary source
collections, educator tools, student activities, pictures, audio, and video,
complemented by current periodicals and related websites.

1.5 Credo Source

Credo is an online platform that provides access to a vast collection of
digital reference materials, including encyclopedias, dictionaries,
handbooks, and other authoritative sources. These resources cover a wide
range of subjects, including but not limited to science, humanities, social
sciences, and more.

1.6 Gale
Gale offers a wide range of databases that cover various subjects and
disciplines, providing access to a vast collection of reference materials,
scholarly articles, news sources, and more.

1.7 Science Direct

ScienceDirect is operated by the publishing company Elsevier and provides
access to a vast collection of scholarly articles and journals in various fields,
including science, technology, medicine, and social sciences. Researchers,
students, and professionals often use ScienceDirect to access and retrieve
scientific literature for their academic and professional needs.

2. Online Educational Resources (OER)

OERs are freely accessible, openly licensed text, media, and other
digital assets that are useful for teaching, learning, and assessing as well
as for research purposes
111
3. Destiny Library Manager (DLM) Web OPAC
This is De La Salle Lipa LRC’s automated system with various
modules like circulation, cataloging and access to printed collections.

4. Resource List
Collection of curated online resources of different subject fields that
can be a supplement to academic research and reference sources.

Online Reference Service

1. CHAT with LORIS using Canvas

LORIS which stands for Library Online Reference and Information

Services is one of the essential features of our Library Discovery Service
(LibDS). LORIS represents the Librarians / Information Professionals who
are providing accurate answers and responding immediately to reference
questions in real-time via online chat, email, instant messaging, and virtual
appointment.

2. DLSL Document Delivery Services

Document Delivery Service (DDS) is a library service which copies non-

returnable, no overdue digitized literature/resources required by any DLSL
library users, including chapters from ebooks, e journal articles, video clips,
images, manuscripts, ereports, and other library collections that in any case
are not available or found in the DLSL LRC. It collects and sends them to
the requesting party by directly transmitting electronically thru emails and
other social media accounts of a requesting library patron.

Supported by today’s information technologies, through the virtual

reference service of the LRC, document delivery has become an innovative
library service in this time of pandemic.

Subject to agreement, the library can borrow digital resources from other
libraries and in a library network that DLSL belongs to. When other
libraries make an interlibrary loan request, a requesting library must follow
the agreement to grant the request.

112
Procedure for DLSL Library Patrons
All DLSL members may request DDS for free by simply following
the procedure below:
1. Fill out the Google form available online at the LRC Dashboard.
2. Notify LRC Partners thru LRC Dashboard email, submit complete
data to the Virtual Reference Librarian. (Note: Requesters are
limited to two (2) requests per week).
3. Wait for notification on cost via email, for fees may be charged
depending on the lending institution’s policies on DDS. It usually
takes 1 to 2 for the DDS institution to send notice. Payment may
be settled depending on the lending library’s policy. Otherwise,
proceed to the next step.
4. The delivery time/lead time depends on the policies of the lending
institution and the availability of the materials. Please do note that
requests cannot be handled on a “rush” basis.
5. Once the item is in another library's collection, your request will
be submitted in compliance with the library's requirements. You
must agree to pay the charges before the title is ordered.
6. All completed requests received shall be sent to the DLSL email
address of the requesting library client/patron

3. General Guidelines
3.1. Hours of Service
Monday-Friday (IS) 7:00 am-5:00 pm
Wednesday (SMILES) Wednesday (SMILES)
Per reservation (IS) Per reservation
Monday-Friday 7:00 am-6:00 pm
(COLLEGE) 7:00 am-5:00 pm
Saturday
3.2. The general guidelines for the use of the LRC are as follows:
3.2.1. The school ID should be always worn while inside the LRC.
3.2.2. Everyone is required to disinfect their hands with sanitizer or alcohol
upon entering and exiting the library.
3.2.3. Tap your ID at the Library Monitoring System at the entrance
3.2.4. Inappropriate attire is not allowed which applies to all areas of the
school campus. (Please refer to DO Policy on Dress Code 1.11.1.8)
3.2.5. Books for Home Use should be borrowed from the Users and
Information Services Counter.
3.2.6. Only water in a tumbler for personal use is allowed.
3.2.7. Mobile phones must be kept in silent mode. Calls should be done

113
outside the Reading area.
3.2.8. The LIBRARY is a place for study and research. A QUIET,
ORDERLY and CLEAN environment is very much appreciated.
3.2.9. A written letter of request should be submitted and approved by the
LRC Head before photo and video coverage is granted.
3.2.10. Bags are subject to random inspection and, as the need arises,
upon entering/ exiting premises.
3.2.11. Anyone who will use the LRC computer is expected to wipe the
keyboard, mouse, and table with antiseptic wipes after each use.

4. LRC Areas
4.1. Grade School

Type Frequency Number of books

of books/materials
Reserve collection Library/photoc
Archival
Bibles Room use only Faculty,
one (1) Students and
Materials opy
Library and Lasallian Partners
use and for use
classroom
General collection overnight
only use 3 for students
For electronic starts
7 days
one 5:00
(1) PM
week (IS &College)
resources
General collection and must be 3 for faculty, 10 per
returned not
three(3 preparation
Fiction collection )later than 9:00
months 3 books
General references AM (1) week
one 2 books
like encyclopedias, the next
one day.
(1) week

JPIA collection
almanacs, yearbooks, one (1) week
atlases, and Theses forBSA
are for library use students only
Law
only Collection Room and 6 - Law Students
Teaching Resources photocopy
one(1)month use 3 - Non-law students for
Materials only.
faculty use faculty
Periodical Collection two
only (2) days Faculty and Students
Special for the current
library use library use only
Collections issues
only
while one
week for back
issues

114
The Grade School LRC is located on the 2nd floor of the Br. Benilde
Bldg. It is the library for the Grade School Community (Preschool to
Grade 6)
4.2. Junior High School / Senior High School / College
4.2.1 Reference and Information Services
The circulation section provides services such as: borrowing, returning
and renewal of books, reservation of books, users’ education through
library orientation and personal advice, current awareness through
bulletin board display, Pathfinder and Bibliography, new acquisitions on
display, class reservation, discussion rooms, library clearance, general
reference tools for school administrators, faculty, staff, students and
other Learning Resource Center users.

4.3 The Learning Hub is located at the ground floor of the Sen. Jose
Diokno Bldg. It serves as the lounge and open area of the library and is
considered also as a business center where collaboration among
members of the institution takes
place.
The following services and facilities are available at the Learning Hub:
4.3.1. E-Library
It is located at the Ground floor of Sen. Jose Diokno Bldg. It serves as
the lounge and open area of the library and considered also as a business
center where collaboration between and among members of the
institution takes place
4.3.2. Users and Information Service
The Users and Information Service provides services such as:
borrowing, returning and renewal of books, reservation of books, users’
education through library orientation and personal advice, current
awareness through bulletin board display, Pathfinder and bibliographies,
new acquisitions on display, class reservation, discussion rooms, library
clearance, general reference tools for school administrators, faculty,

4.3.2.1. Loan Policies

Type of Library books/materials

Duration and No. of Titles

Overdue/Fines Amount
Reserve books Php 2.00 per library hour
Story books
Bible

115
 Non-Reserve/ General Php 5.00 per item per
circulation books school day
Lost and/or Damaged Php 50.00 processing fee.
Library Materials will be
paid for or replaced with
the same or with a related
or updated title plus
processing fee
Lost and/or damaged Date Php 50.00.
Due Card
Late return of books used the amount of Php 2.00
for photocopying and pesos per hour shall be
classroom use If books are collected IS/LRC
not returned beyond 30- collections Php 2.00 per
minutes, book per day
Note:
All library accounts must be settled within 30 days prior to
signing of clearance.

4.4 Mezzanine Hall

The mezzanine hall houses the main collection of the library such as:
General references, General Collection, Filipiniana, and Fiction
collection.

4.5 Collection Development and Metadata Operations (CodeMOP) The

CodeMOP serves as the production area of the library. Newly
- purchased and acquired materials are stored here for cataloging
and mechanical processing. It is located on the 2nd floor.

4.6 Lipasalliana Archives

The Archives Section is located on the 2nd floor of the LRC Bldg.
where all the historical and institutional records, memorabilia are kept
and organized.

LIPASALLIANA Archives is a repository of all archival materials

created or received by the institution to preserve the evidence of its

origin, growth, and development. This is likewise concerned in

preserving the institutional records and documents with
116
historical value to serve as educational reference and to develop the
school archives.

5. GUIDELINES FOR VISITING USERS for NOCEI and DLSL

Alumni

5.1. Visiting schedules:

Alumni Mondays to 8:00 am – 5:00 pm

Saturdays

Outside researchers Saturday only 8:00 am - 5:00 pm

5.2. Procedure
5.2.1. Secure a pass from the college lobby guard.
5.2.2. Present a valid ID and a Referral Letter duly signed by the
Library Head.
5.2.3 Present the referral letter to the person in charge at the Users and
Information Services Counter.
5.2.4. Books and periodicals may be borrowed for library and
photocopying use only.
5.2.5. CAPSTONE researches and Theses are for library use only and
must not be photocopied. Taking pictures of any pages is prohibited.
5.2.6. If the author wants to have a photocopy of his or her own thesis,
a request letter for photocopy should be given to the Head Librarian
together with a valid ID for the request to be granted.
5.2.7. For alumni currently enrolled in other schools, present the alumni
card or referral letter to the librarian in charge.
5.2.8. Only five (5) researchers per school day are allowed.
5.2.9. The library does not accept outside researchers during
assessment weeks and during the summer/term-break.
5.2.10. The DLSL dress code applies to outside researchers.
5.2.11. Walk-in researchers are not allowed.

6. Guidelines for Visiting users – NON-NOCEI members

6.1. Visiting schedules: Wednesday
8:00am – 5:00pm
6.2. Fee thru GCash: Php 50.00 per person
6.3. Procedure
117
6.3.1. Secure a pass from the College lobby guard, then proceed to the
library.
6.3.2. Present a valid ID and a referral letter duly signed by the library
head to LRC for assessment.
6.3.3. Present the assessed payment order slip to the cashier.
6.3.4. Pay the Php 50.00 visitor’s fee at the cashier. Present the receipt

and referral letter to the librarian. Keep the receipt for reference.
6.3.5. Books and periodicals may be borrowed for library and
photocopying use only.
6.3.6. e-CAPSTONE, Theses (Digitized copy accessible through TMS)
and Management Technology Reports (MTR) are located at the Ground
floor, for library use only and must not be photocopied. Taking pictures
of any pages is prohibited.
6.3.7. Only five (5) researchers per school day are allowed.
6.3.8. The library does not accept outside researchers during
assessment weeks and during the summer/term-break.
6.3.9. The DLSL dress code applies to outside researchers.
6.3.10. Walk-in researchers are not allowed.

7. Photocopying Guidelines

7.1. Published materials (Reserve, Filipiniana, General and Reference

Collections)
7.2. A single copy may be made of any of the following by or for a
teacher upon request for research purposes or use in teaching or
preparation to teach a class:
7.2.1. A chapter from a book
7.2.2. An article from a periodical or newspaper
7.2.3. A short story, short essay or short poem, whether or not from a
collective work
7.2.4. A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book,
periodical, or newspaper
7.3. Three (3) books (only parts needed for class use as mentioned
above) at a time for 15-minutes.
7.4. For unpublished materials (including Theses and Management
Technology Report):
7.4.1. Photocopying, video and taking pictures through cellular phones,
digital/video cameras are not allowed.
7.4.2. Only authors of the unpublished material shall be allowed to
photocopy or reproduce his or her own work, provided that the owner
118
 shall present a request form secured from the Users and Information
Services counter, a letter of intent addressed to the LRC Chief Librarian
together with a valid ID.

8. Sanctions

The researchers are subject to disciplinary actions once caught

violating Sec. 7 of the Photocopying Guidelines.
8.1. These sanctions apply to students, faculty, and staff.
8.1.1. First offense: Oral warning
8.1.2. Second offense: Written warning with referral to
Discipline Office
8.1.3. Third Offense: Termination from the use of Theses and MTR,
for one semester and denied request for referral letter.
8.2 Outside Researcher
8.2.1. Termination from the use of Theses and MTR, for one semester
and denied request for referral letter.

9. DISCUSSION ROOMS (DRs)

The LRC building has (2) Discussion Rooms at the Ground floor, (2)
at the Mezzanine Hall and (3) at the Nexus 3rd Floor. These rooms serve
as a venue for researchers to discuss and learn collaboratively.

1. The Discussion Rooms are available for use by all DLSL students,
faculty, and staff on the following reason/purpose:
● meetings
● group discussion/collaborations/brainstorming
2. The maximum number of users should not exceed the room’s capacity:
● Discussion Rooms at the Ground Floor and Mezzanine Hall - Minimum
of four (4) and maximum of twelve (12)
● Nexus 3rd Floor Discussion Rooms - Minimum of four (4) and
maximum of ten (10)
3. Use of the rooms is limited to two (2) hours/session per group only.
Extension of use may be considered subject to the room’s availability.
4. Use of the rooms is on a first come first served basis. Advance
reservation is encouraged through the Library Online Reservation
System (LORS).
● A group representative will make a reservation.

119
● The group’s representative is allowed to book/reserve only one
discussion room per day.
● Only a group with a minimum of four (4) members physically present
at the specified reservation time slot shall be allowed to enter the room.
● The LRC reserves the right to cancel reservation of group/s who fail to
show up within the first fifteen (15) minutes of the scheduled
reservation, then walk in shall be accommodated.
5. For the Discussion Room ACUs remote control, the group's
representative should deposit his/her school ID at the Service Counter
and may claim after use of DR.
6. Users of the room shall be held liable for damages and/or losses
caused by negligent use of the facility.
7. The following are prohibited inside the Discussion Rooms:
● Eating
● Playing cards/board games/musical instruments
● Bringing liquor/alcohol
● Leaving personal belongings unattended
● Littering

8. The LRC reserves the right to approve/disapprove the use of the

Discussion Rooms.
Discussion Room Reservation can be placed in 3 easy ways:

1. Click this link: https://lors.dlsl.edu.ph/modules/login/

2. Scan the QR Code:

3. Log-in via MyDCampus portal:

120
10. Referral Services

The referral letter is issued to faculty members, staff or students who

need to visit other libraries and archives for their research needs. A
request form may be filled out at the Users and Information Services
counter a day before the scheduled date. Each school has its own
schedule and policies to be followed. Requests should be made one (1)
day prior to scheduled visit.

10.1.1 Unclaimed referral letters would mean thirty–day (30)

suspension of referral service privileges.

10.1.2 Referral letters are not issued during the summer term/term-
break and outside researchers are not entertained.

10.1.3 A maximum of 5 persons per school per day can be referred for
research.

11. Lipasalliana Institutional Archives

Lipasalliana Archives is a repository of all archival materials created or

received by the institution to preserve the evidence of its origin, growth,
and development. This is likewise concerned in preserving the
institutional records and documents with historical value to serve as
educational references.
11.1. Hours of Service:
Regular Semesters:
M-F 7:30am – 4:30pm
Semestral Breaks and 7:30am – 4:30pm
Summer

11.2. Guidelines and Procedures

11.2.1 All researchers must present their school ID and register
providing their name, date of visit, office/department/course/section,
and their research interest.
11.2.2. A Google form link will be sent to those who would like to
reserve materials and /or archival documents.
11.2.3. Referrals to other libraries or archives can be issued upon
request.
11.2.4. Researchers are not allowed to retrieve or reshelve materials
and documents themselves. They have to accomplish a Google form
request if needed.
121
11.2.5. Restricted materials cannot be accessed without written
authority from the records creator.
11.2.6. All archival materials will be examined before and after use.
Any loss or damage will be the responsibility of the user.
11.2.7. Lipasallina Archives is an extension of the library and is
covered by the general library guidelines as stated in this provision.
11.2.8. The Archives Librarian reserves the right to withhold any
privileges of the users upon violation of the set guidelines in the use of
archives.
11.3. Publication of Materials from the Lipasalliana Archives
11.3.1. Requests to publish documents must be referred to the records
creator.
11.3.2. Information or text derived from Lipasalliana Archives must be
acknowledged.
11.4. Lipasalliana Archives Services:
11.4.1. Access to archival collection
11.4.2. Reference and Information Retrieval
11.4.3. Document Delivery Services
11.4.4. Events exhibition
11.4.5. Response to queries

12. Theses Collections/e-CAPSTONE

The thesis collection is also available for circulation at the Ground
floor, LRC Annex. Collections are restricted to room use only.
Photocopying and picture taking of the theses are strictly prohibited.
No CAPSTONE SUBMISSION – NO CLEARANCE policy is
implemented

13. CAPSTONE/THESIS submission Procedure:

CAPSTONE SUBMISSION , ARCHIVING, RETRIEVAL &

ACCESS POLICIES

The LRC collects CAPSTONE projects, theses, research journals, and

dissertations completed by students and faculty members as part of the
Center for Batangas Studies (CBS) collection. These works are
important to DLSL reflecting the research strength, ideation process,
and innovation of its students and faculty members, and are valuable to
other researchers, writers, and scholars. Proper retrieval and access
procedures are set to assure the collections’ utilization.
13.1. SUBMISSION OF CAPSTONE
122
As a requirement specific to their respective program, each student
through their Dean/Assistant Principal for Academics (APAC,) is to
submit:

13.1.1 For Final version/ done projects

● One (1) electronic copy in PDF
● Preliminary pages
▪ Abstract;
▪ Table of Contents;
▪ Copyright permission ( if CAPSTONE contains accompanying
materials where student does not own the copyright); and,
▪ Other parts of the CAPSTONE that are not part of the main
text
● Submission Agreement (see sample)
● Main text of the CAPSTONE including bibliography or references
● Submission period will be five (5) days before the Signing of
Clearance. Non-submission of CAPSTONE/Thesis would mean a
student is not eligible for graduation.

13.1.2 Work Description

The following descriptive details of CAPSTONE are required
for uniformity:
● Personal Name
Last Name first then followed by Given Name and Middle Initial/s
with full stop (.)
● Title of CAPSTONE following the capitalization rules (no
capitalization of the entire title)
● Date of Submission
Specify the Year, Month, and Day as indicated in the
CAPSTONE.
● Summary or Abstract
● Specify the Strand/Program
● Indicate the language used in the CAPSTONE
● Keywords that best describe the paper
● Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) where the paper belongs
● names and signatures of faculty members.
Idea proposals and/or parked ideas, and CAPSTONE-themed
outputs must be submitted also in electronic copy with the
following information: (FORMAT REQUIREMENTS OF LRC

123
 VS FORMAT OF THE DEPARTMENT)
● Cover page with title of the CAPSTONE, author/s
● Notes from the faculty member if the paper is adapted or not
adapted.
13.2. ARCHIVING, RETRIEVAL, AND ACCESS

● The recording and acquisition process of the submitted electronic

CAPSTONE (e-CAPS) shall be done by the Collection
Development and Metadata Operations (CodeMOP) office.
● The Knowledge-based Portal will be the Center for Batangas
Studies’ (CBS) platform to accommodate uploading of all
submitted e-CAPS for easy retrieval and access.
● Electronic CAPSTONE (e-CAPS) collection can be accessed
through our Library Discovery Service (LibDS) and to be served
by Library Online Reference and Information Services (LORIS).
● Full-text of e-CAPS uploaded to the platform may be accessed by
bona fide members of the DLSL Community.

13.3. COPYRIGHT COMPLIANCE

● Students must be aware of all the materials published with their
work.
● Permission must be obtained from items such as images, testing
instruments, diagrams, and full-text materials from journals,
surveys, etc.; the burden for adhering to copyright falls on the
student.
● The Intellectual Property Right Office (IPO) will be consulted
regarding the protection of materials.
NOTE: Any of the violations of the library policy forfeits one’s
privileges in the use of library resources.

Contact Us:
Gmail: [email protected]
FB account: @learningresourcecenter
Twitter account: https://twitter.com/CenterDlsl

124
 SECTION IX
STUDENT GOVERNMENT

Original Provision from the Student Handbook A.Y 2017-2018

The highest student governing body of the college department of De La Salle Lipa.
It is constituted by duly elected officers and operates in accordance with its
Constitution and By-Laws, De La Salle Lipa policies, CHED guidelines and
Philippine civil law.

Additional Provisions for the Student Government

I. Declaration of Principles
1. Promote, protect, empower, and advance the students’ rights and welfare,
as stipulated in Article IV of this Constitution, the Student Handbook, and
as protected by Philippine laws.

2. Promote and practice leadership based on the Lasallian values in its efforts
to develop and produce competent leaders, responsible followers, and
selfless volunteers.

3. Condemn any policy and/or activity that is violent in nature and

contrary to the Institution’s rules and regulations, statutes, morals, and
values.

4. Act as a truly representative voice of its constituents on both local and global
issues.

5. Endeavor to maintain honesty and integrity in achieving its purpose. It shall

adopt and implement a policy of adequate transparency and disclosure in all
its programs and activities.

125
II. Composition and General Functions
1. The DLSL-SG shall consist of the following:
1.1 An Executive Council;
1.2 Five (5) College Councils representing the College of Business, Economics ,
Accountancy and Management (CBEAM), the College of Education, Arts and
Sciences (CEAS), the College of Information Technology and Engineering
(CITE), the College of Nursing (CON), and the College of International
Hospitality and Tourism Management (CIHTM);
1.3 Other colleges that may be organized in the future; and
1.4 Class Councils.

2. The composition of the Executive Council shall be:

2.1 The President;
2.2 The Vice President;
2.3 The Secretary;
2.4 The Treasurer;
2.5 The Auditor;
2.6 The Public Relations Officer;
2.7 The Governors; and,
2.8 Members of the Cabinet.

3. The functions, powers, duties, and responsibilities of the Executive Council are as
follows:
3.1 To ensure that the mission, objectives, and provisions of the DLSL SG
Constitution and By-Laws are implemented;
3.2 To ensure that all activities, projects, and programs initiated by the DLSL SG
are in accordance with the aims, objectives, and policies of both the school and
the DLSL SG;

126
 3.3 To communicate with the DLSL administration on matters concerning
students’ rights and welfare; and,
3.4 To formulate and enforce the internal rules and regulations that will govern the
operation of the DLSL-SG.

4. The composition of the College Councils shall be:

4.1 The Governor;
4.2 The Vice-Governor;
4.3 The Secretary;
4.4 The Finance Manager; and,
4.5 The Program Head Coordinators.

5. The functions, powers, duties and responsibilities of the College Councils are as
follows:
5.1 Through their respective Governors, each College Council acts as a
representative to both the DLSL SG, and of the college concerned;
5.2 The College Councils are subordinate to, and are governed by, the Executive
Council; and,
5.3 Perform duties assigned by the Executive Council or relevant actions for their
respective college.

6. The composition of the Members of the Cabinet shall be:

6.1 Chief of Staff;
6.2 Secretary of Publications and Promotion;
6.3 Secretary for Reservations; and,
6.4. Secretary of Sports, Culture and Arts

7. The composition of the class council shall be:

7.1 The Mayor;
7.2 The Vice-Mayor;
7.3 The Secretary;
127
 7.4 The Treasurer;
7.5 Student Digital Officer; and,
7.6 COMELEC Representative (Under the supervision of DLSL COMELEC)

8. The functions, powers, duties and responsibilities of the Class Council are as follows
but are limited in scope, that is, only as delegated by the College Council and as may
be applicable within the particular class that each Class Council represents:

8.1 Through their respective Mayors, each Class Council acts as a representative to
both the DLSL SG, and of the class concerned;
8.2 The Class Councils are subordinate to, and are governed by, the College
Council; and
8.3 Perform duties assigned by their respective College Councils or relevant
actions for their respective class.

128
 SECTION X
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS

1. Definition

Student publication refers to newspapers, newsletters, magazines,

journals, hand-outs or other periodicals – whether printed,
mimeographed, photocopied, or in digital and online formats – that are
independently published by the students to meet their needs and
interests.

2. Objectives of Student Publications

Student Publications shall be utilized to meet the following objectives:

2.1. Serve as the media of responsible communication in the school
community
2.2. Train students in the basic mechanism and technical skills in mass
communication and media organization management
2.3. Develop dynamic student leadership
2.4. Advocate social consciousness and responsibility
2.5. Advance students’ rights and responsibilities as well as promote
their general welfare
2.6. Autonomously cover and responsibly publish stories regarding
school, local, and national events and activities

3. Official Student Publications

The Lavoxa Group of Publications is the official college student

publication of De La
Salle Lipa. It is composed of Lavoxa Tabloid and Broadsheet,
Umalohokan
Newsletter, L Magazine, Utak Berde Literary and Art Folio and
Lavoxa Online
(lavoxa.org).
The Lavoxa Group of Publications is independent of the Student
Government
and the Council of Student Organizations but may work with the two
in activities where they have common objectives.
129
4. Qualifications and Selection of Staff Members

Members of the Lavoxa Group of Publications shall be selected

through a qualifying examination to be administered by a screening
committee.

Applicants should meet the following requirements:

4.1. Must be officially enrolled at De La Salle Lipa with a minimum
load of 15 units
4.2. Must not be a member of any other campus publication, executive
officer of the Student Government/Council of Student
Organization/Commission on Elections, or in-school organizations that
fundamentally shares the same interests and activities
4.3. Must be of good moral standing
4.4. Must pass the written and oral evaluations administered by the
screening committee

Editors and other officers are selected yearly through a

separate evaluation.

5. Publications Adviser

The school shall appoint the Publications Adviser based on nominees

submitted by the editorial board. The function of the publications’
adviser shall be one of technical guidance.

6. Financing Student Publications

Printing and other expenses of the Lavoxa Group of Publications will

be financed through the publication fees collected from each college
student upon enrollment at De La Salle Lipa and from contributions,
donations, grants or advertisements.

The amount of publication fee shall be determined by the editorial

board upon consultation with the appropriate committee on school
fees. Publication fees will be collected by the school’s Financial
Resource Development Office and kept in a depository fund. As
provided in RA 7079 (Campus Journalism Act of 1991), such fund
cannot be spent for any other purposes. Periodic financial reports will
be provided to Lavoxa.

130
 The editorial board, with the assistance of the publication adviser, shall
prepare the student publication budget for each school year.

7. Printing of Publications

The editorial board and the school’s Purchasing Office shall select an
official
printing/publishing house following the school’s bidding rules and
procedures.

8. Data Privacy and Acquisition

As the official college student publication of De La Salle Lipa, Lavoxa

enjoys the guarantee of press freedom under Section 4, Article III of
the 1987 Philippine Constitution. As such, Lavoxa shall have the
freedom to report and publish stories about campus, local, and national
events, subject to certain limitations provided by law. Personal
information processed for journalistic, artistic or literary purpose, in
order to uphold freedom of speech, of expression, or of the press,
subject to requirements of other applicable law or regulations, shall not
be covered by Republic Act (RA) No. 10173 or the Data Privacy Act
of 2012 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations. In practicing
responsible journalism and creative communication arts, Lavoxa shall
observe the minimum extent of data collection, access, use, disclosure
or other processing necessary only for the purpose of reporting truthful
and accurate news, stories, and other press articles.

9. Other Provisions

The student publications shall formulate their respective editorial

policies and operational procedures consistent with the provisions of
RA 7079 and other laws pertaining to the mass media.

131
 SECTION XI
OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND INNOVATION

1. Data Management Assistance Program (DMAP)

The program aims to provide undergraduate and graduate students with data
management assistance through professional statistical services from the college
accredited group of statisticians.

1.1. Services Provided by a Statistician

1.1.1. Choosing the appropriate statistical analysis for the study design and
data.
1.1.2. Providing written interpretation of statistical analysis (Interpretation should
be integrated to the statistical output.).
1.1.3. Assistance in writing the statistical methods and results sections of the
paper.
1.1.4. Involvement in survey development and data collection from the
beginning to ensure the validity and usefulness of the data.
1.1.5. Determining the type and size of the sample group.

1.2. Procedures in Seeking Professional Statistical Services

To ensure the quality of this service, the following set of procedures serves as a
guide:

Students fill-out 1 copy of DMAP

form 3 and 3 copies of DMAP
form 4.

ORP assigns statistician, then

students proceed to the assigned
statistician for approval of request.

Statistician accepts the request for

DMAP and signs the 3 copies of
DMAP form 4.

Students return to ORP 1 copy of

DMAP form 4 signed by the
statistician.

132
 Statistician works on the

Students proceed to ORI to get

payment slip, then students pay
the prescribed DMAP fee to the
Accounting Office and provide
ORI two photocopies of official
receipt of payment.

Students provide the statistician

copy of the official receipt
acknowledged by ORI.

ORI issues check request for

DMAP fee of the statistician.

Notes:

* DMAP form is available at Office of Research and Innovation by sending

request thru email address [email protected].

** The student should have settled services fee payment before the release of
paper/data. The student should submit to the ORI photocopy of the
official receipt.

***Services fee clearance will be issued after one full paper has been accepted and
approved by the panelists.

1.3. Professional Services Fee

Details are available at the Office of Research and Innovation.

1.4. Other Important Reminders

To speed up the process, students must take note of the following:

1.4.1. All data should be tabulated by the student based on prescribed

coding by the statistician.
1.4.2. Tabulated data should be submitted to the statistician in soft copy.

133
 1.4.3. Indicate in the soft copy the student’s name, address and contact
numbers.
1.4.4. Other pertinent documents or information that statistician may
require should be provided by the student.
1.4.5. The Office of Research and Innovation (ORI) is in-charge of
assigning the statistician. In case, there is a legitimate need for a change
of statistician, both requesting student and previously assigned
statistician should get an approval from the ORI.

2. Editing and Lay-Out Services Program (ELSP)

The program aims to provide undergraduate and graduate students with thesis
editing and lay-out assistance through professional services from the College
accredited group of editors.

2.1. Services Provided by an Editor

2.1.1. Correcting spelling and grammatical errors

2.1.2. Reviewing lay-out and format of the written material based on
prescribed standard
2.1.3. Correcting labeling and page referencing of tables and figures
2.1.4. Ensuring correct page sequencing

2.2. Procedures in Seeking Professional Editing Services

To ensure the quality of this service, the following set of procedures serves as a
guide:
Students fill-out 1 copy of ELSP
form 3 and 3 copies of ELSP form
4.

ORI assigns editor,

then students proceed to the
assigned editor for approval
of request.

Editor accepts the request for ELSP and

signs the 3 copies of ELSP form 4.

134
 Students return to ORI 1 copy of ELSP form 4
signed by the editor.

Students proceed to ORI

Editor works to get
on the payment slip,
request.
then students pay the prescribed ELSP fee to
the accounting office and provide ORI two
photocopies of official receipt of payment.

ORI issues check

request for ELSP fee of
the editor.

Students provide the

editor copy of the
official receipt

Notes:

*ELSP form is available at the Office of Research and Innovation by sending

request thru email address [email protected].
**The student should have settled services fee payment before the release of edited
paper. Student should submit to the ORI photocopy of official receipt.
***Services fee clearance will be issued after full paper has been accepted and
approved by the panelists.

2.3. Professional Services Fee

2.3.1. Details of professional services fee are available at the Office of

Research and Innovation.
2.3.2. Preliminary and back-end pages are not included in the counting of
the number of pages.
2.3.3. Additional payment is recommended based on the quality of English
grammar used in the thesis. It is the editor who determines the
category of paper.

2.4. Other Important Reminders

2.4.1. Provide hard and soft copies of the thesis. Thesis for editing should be
submitted in hard copy that is neither bound nor stapled.

135
2.4.2. Print only on one side of the paper. Papers printed back-to- back will
not be read.
2.4.3. Submit completed paper with all the pages numbered.
2.4.4. Place your paper in a folder with a clasp or secure the pages with a large
binder clip.
2.4.5. Write your name, contact number and e-mail address on the lower right
hand corner of the folder.
2.4.6. After the editor checks the thesis, the editor will provide the student a
list of corrections. All revisions on the lists of corrections must be made
by the student before rechecking by the editor.
2.4.7. The editor will see to it the corrections are incorporated in the revised
draft.
2.4.8. Editor is expected to fully read and review the paper before oral
presentation.
2.4.9. A certification will be issued by the ORI to certify completed editing
tasks. The editor can now request payment.
2.4.10. Edited thesis can only be claimed if the student has settled the payment.

Notes:

1. The Editor will not be responsible for any corrections pertaining to

conceptual material covered within the paper and is not required to advise
on any aspects of research, data analysis, literature review, or methodology.
2. All substantive and conceptual guidance will be and should be given by the
thesis adviser.
3. The extent and the nature of the professional editorial assistance that may
be given in the preparation of a thesis do not cover the publishing process,
conventions and industry practice.

136
 SECTION XII
NATIONAL SERVICE TRAINING PROGRAM

Mission

The National Service Training Program (NSTP) aims for a holistic formation of
Lasallian students through community service learning. It upholds the concept of
“learning by serving” through molding students to become Doers, Learners, Sharers,
and Leaders who work for and with the community.

Vision

We, at NSTP, envision students to carry on the flame of community service even after
taking the course.

De La Salle Lipa implements the National Service Training Program (NSTP) as a

curriculum requirement for all college students under Republic Act (RA) 9163. It is
intended to make the Lasallian youth conscious of their role in nation-building. It
reminds them that it is the responsibility of all citizens to contribute to the stability and
security of the state through civil and/or military service.

1. The NSTP Components:

1.1 Civic Welfare Training Service (CWTS) – refers to programs or activities

contributory to the general welfare and the betterment of life for the members
of the community or the enhancement of its facilities, especially those devoted
to improving health, education, environment, entrepreneurship, safety,
recreation, and morals of the citizenry.

(Source: Revised IRR of Republic Act 9163, Rule 2, Section 3b)

1.2 Literacy Training Service (LTS) – refers to the program designed to train the
students to become capable non-licensed instructors of functional literacy and
numeracy skills to school children, out-of-school youth, and other segments of
society in need of their service;

(Source: Revised IRR of Republic Act 9163, Rule 2, Section 3f)

137
1.3 Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) – refers to the program
institutionalized under Sections 38 and 39 of RA 7077, otherwise known as the
Citizen Armed Force or the Armed Forces of the Philippines Reservist Act of
1991, designed to provide military training to tertiary level students in order to
motivate and mobilize them for national defense preparedness;

a. Basic Reserve Officers’ Training Corps – refers to the one (1) year
ROTC training based on the amendment by RA 9163, s-2002, of
Sections 38 and 39 of RA 7077;

b. Advance Reserve Officers’ Training Corps – refers to the two (2)-year

training program after the basic ROTC training, subject to the
provisions under Sections 38 and 39 of RA 7077;

(Source: Revised IRR of Republic Act 9163, Rule 2, Section 3q)

In cases that the enrollment of ROTC Cadets in private higher and

technical vocational institutions is less than 350, the provisions of clustering
in shall be followed. In coordination with HEIs, the DND shall conduct
additional training periods for volunteer prospective Advance ROTC cadets.

(Source: Revised IRR of Republic Act 9163, Rule 3, Section 4b)

2. Coverage

Incoming first year level students of any baccalaureate degree program or of at

least two (2) year Technical Vocational Education and Training (TVET)
programs in public and private educational institutions and enterprises shall be
required to complete one (1) of the NSTP components as a requisite for
graduation, in accordance with RA 9163.

The above provision however does not cover the following:

a. Students who have completed their NSTP requirement who will finish
or graduate from a baccalaureate degree or two (2) year TVET program
and pursuing or enrolled in another or additional baccalaureate degree
or TVET;

b. Students who completed any of the three (3) NSTP components but
have transferred or shifted to another academic course or educational
institution;

138
 c. Pursuant to Section 16(2) of RA 10742, otherwise known as the
“Sangguniang Kabataan Reform Act of 2016”, and Joint Memorandum
Circular No. 1, s. 2019, all Sangguniang Kabataan officials who comply
with the prescribed requirements and in good standing, whether elected
or appointed, shall, during their incumbency, be exempted from taking
the NSTP-CWTS subjects. Further, as stipulated in Section 16(2) of RA
10742, the concerned SK officials shall submit written reports,
preferably with photographs, or documentations of their participation
in the implementation of programs, projects, and activities as outlined
in the Comprehensive Barangay Investment Program; and

d. Foreign students or aliens.

(Source: Revised IRR of Republic Act 9163, Rule 3, Section 4 a)

3. Course Duration

Students for each of the NSTP components shall undergo the NSTP
Program for an academic period of two (2) semesters and credited for three
(3) units per semester.

(Source: Revised IRR of Republic Act 9163, Rule 3, Section 6a)

4. NSTPone is a course designed to enhance the civic consciousness of the

students by developing the value of service and commitment for the welfare
of life of the members of community. It gives the students an overview of
their role in nation-building and develops their physical, moral, spiritual,
intellectual, and social well-being needed to be able to render fruitful and
meaningful service to their community in accordance with the Lasallian Core
Values (Faith, Service & Communion in Mission). The course aims to orient,
form, and train students to be involved in programs or activities
contributory to the general welfare and betterment of life for the members
of the community or the enhancement of its facilities (RA No. 9163, Section
3,d). It includes lectures, film viewing and review, group sharing and
discussions, Community Service Learning (CSL) and other social services. There
are lecture sessions focusing on the required common module topics
pursuant to RA 9136, which include: citizenship training, drug education,
environmental protection, disaster risk reduction and management, national
security concerns, and peace education. There are also short-term field
exposures to apply the concepts and theories learned.

139
5. NSTPtwo is a course designed for Community Service Learning (CSL) to realize
the aims of Community Immersion. It is an important requirement of NSTP
prescribed to students, male and female in private and public higher
education institutions and technical-vocational schools (RA 9163, Sec 7). It
is the practicum-based element of NSTP where lessons learned and acquired
in NSTPone are applied in the enhancement of the trainees’ capabilities,
civic consciousness, and defense preparedness in the service of the nation.

Community Service Learning (CSL) is a strategy of Community immersion to

imbibe among the NSTP trainees a better understanding and a realization of
the different community concerns through exposure on actual life situations
specially deprived, depressed, and unprivileged (DDU) communities. These
experiences will allow them to integrate with other people who may facilitate
them to undergo certain changes that will make them civic-conscious and
socially responsible citizens.

Through the CWTS & LTS components, NSTPtwo aims to strengthen the
students’ active participation and involvement in the programs and activities
intended to uplift the different dimensions of development in the community
in accordance with the Lasallian Core Values (Faith, Service & Communion in
Mission).

140
 SECTION XIII
LANGUAGE LEARNING CENTER

The Language Learning Center (LLC) of De La Salle Lipa was established in School
Year 2007-2008. Supportive of the School’s mission and created under the Office of
the Vice Chancellor for Academics and Research, its primary goal is to address the felt
need for a learning assistance program towards enabling foreign or international
students and/or returning Filipino enrollees a greater chance to finish their respective
degree programs, or simply, maximizing their learning opportunities during their stay
at De La Salle Lipa.

This goal is extended to include takers of non-credit English or Filipino learning

sessions in the College Division. An incidental yet a significant feature of the Language
Learning Center is the fostering of Filipino Culture while creating an atmosphere of
sharing and respect to others’ culture as well.

Specifically, the Center intends to facilitate or enhance the learning of:

A. Filipino Language – for returning Filipino students who, upon coming back
home, finds coping-up in Filipino and Social Science subjects (taught in
Filipino) too challenging. Foreign or international students needing to pass
or are interested in mentioned subjects are likewise included.
B. English Language – for which it serves as a second or foreign language.

In the College Division, an English Proficiency Program (EPP) for Local Students
started last April 14, 2012 and a number of short-term non-credit courses i.e. Bridge-
all under Special Programs are offered.

Implementation Approaches/Highlights

Foreign students, after accommodation or admission by the Institutional Admissions

and Testing Office, are interviewed at the Office of the Language Learning Center.
Their language-related needs are thus initially assessed. Likewise, their
reading/grammar proficiency levels are determined. Achievement Tests, if so
demanded especially for those who have had tutorial sessions will be administered.
Based on the results of the test, feedback and interview, an appropriate program will be
given.

141
Key Elements of Language Learning Center

At the Language Learning Center, we:

• Know our students well enough
• Develop programs around well-defined terminal performance objectives and
goals, properly communicated to learners, their parents/guardians or their
sponsoring agencies
• Develop a core of mentors who can:
- work in synergy or collaboration with each other
- sustain students’ motivation to learn
- provide constructive feedback/assessment
- use and recommend needs-appropriate books and other learning
resources
- keep learning environment as flexible and enjoyable as possible
- customize services if necessary

Note: DLSL is authorized by the Bureau of Immigration to accept foreign students.

142
 SECTION XIV
PROTOCOLS FOR RETREATS

General Guidelines on College Retreat for Academic Year 2023-2024

1. College Retreat is a two-day and one-night (7am of Day1 to 4pm of

Day2) spiritual activity designed for college graduating students.

2. Students should submit the following requirements 2 weeks before the

scheduled retreat:
2.1. signed parent’s permission/consent
2.2. signed LASPIRET
2.3. proof of payment – for the accommodations

3. Transportation to and from the venue is arranged by ILFO through the

Vehicle Reservation System (VRS).

4. Students with flu-like symptoms or any illness will not be allowed to

join the retreat but can join other schedules once cleared from the IHS
office.

5. Students are officially excused from attending their classes, exams, and
other requirements on the days of retreat.

6. Students should be responsible for their personal belongings. Bringing

valuable items is highly discouraged.

7. Students are expected to observe the prescribed attire according to the

Student Handbook.

8. School policies stipulated in the Student Handbook apply to all the

students during the entire retreat.

143
 SECTION XV
COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT OFFICE

I. DESCRIPTION
The Community Involvement Office (CIO) provides venues and
opportunities for the members of the DLSL community to concretize
the thrust of the school towards commitment, solidarity with the
poor and the marginalized as well as for sustainable and inclusive
development. All community involvement activities are coordinated
in the CIO, which links the school and the community in partnership,
thus promoting mutual development and other opportunities for
both.

II. PROGRAMS
The programs of the CIO are categorized into four (4) main areas:
1. Student Social Formation: Grades 1 to College
a. Integrated Student Formation (exposure and outreach activities)
b. Student-organization-led Community Involvement (CI)
activities
2. Lasallian Partners (LP) Formation
a. Volunteering opportunities
b. Lasallian Formation
c. LP-initiated CI activities
3. Community Extension and Partnership program
a. Education
b. Livelihood
c. Health
d. Environment
4. Advocacy
a. Good governance (Democracy, Human Rights and Political
Reforms)
b. Youth at Risk
c. Poverty Alleviation
d. Disaster Risk Reduction Management
e. Indigenous Peoples Awareness

Office email address: [email protected]

144
 SECTION XVI
CALAMITY DRILLS

To safeguard the welfare of the entire DLSL community, regular calamity drills are
conducted under the supervision of the Discipline Office in coordination with the
Institutional Safety, Security and Emergency Office.

1. Drill Proper

1.1. Calamity Signal

The calamity drill signal will be announced twice through the Public Address
(PA) system, followed by 10 consecutive sets of three short bell rings.
Sample Calamity Announcement:

“Attention, there is a [fire on the first floor, Jose Rizal Cluster - Noli]. All
students should avoid [the first floor , Jose Rizal Cluster - Noli] in evacuating.
This is [not] a drill.”

The specific wording of the announcement will vary depending on the type of
calamity and its location.

1.2. Drill Behavior

The subject teachers and the class officers are expected to maintain order
during the drill. Avoid panic and keep noise to a minimum. In case of an actual
calamity, noise must be minimized to be able to hear others who need help.

1.3. Drill Procedures

1.3.1. Students should line-up in pairs – male students in one line and
female students in the other – directly in front of their
classroom.
1.3.2. Partners should see each other until they reach the assembly
area.
1.3.3. The Class Mayor will lead his/her class in going to the assembly
area. The other class officers should disperse throughout the line.
In the absence of the class mayor, the next ranking officer should
take over.
1.3.4. A student with no partner should be at the end of the line with the
teacher. The teacher is at the end of the line for him/her to
monitor and ensure that there is order as the class proceeds to the
assembly area.

145
 1.3.5. Students should maintain their lines at the assembly
area for the checking of attendance. The checking of attendance will
be done by teachers handling the class on that particular time.

1.4. Drill Path

The following are the drill paths for different buildings. However,
these may vary depending on the safety and security conditions of the
drill paths.

1.4.1. Jose Rizal Clusters

Classes at the third and fourth floors of Jose Rizal clusters should
use the ramp in evacuating the hall, while those on the first and
second floors should use the stairs. Occupants of the Fili Cluster
will use the access road leading to the CBEAM parking lot while
those from the Noli Cluster will use the hallway of the Student
Center.

1.4.2. Student Center

Occupants at the second and third floors of the Student Center
should use the nearest stairs and/or the main entrance in evacuating
the building. Elevators should not be used, even for drills.

1.4.3. CBEAM Hall

Classes at the CBEAM Hall should use the nearest staircase and exit
door in evacuating the building. Elevators should not be used, even
for drills.
1.4.4. Gregorio Zara Hall
1.4.5. Classes at the Gregorio Zara Hall should use either the fire
exit or the door going to the entrance in abandoning the
building. The class may be divided into two, to facilitate
evacuation through both exits. Upon reaching the assembly
point, the teacher and the class officers should re- assemble
the class.
1.4.6. Mabini Hall
Classes on the Mabini Hall from ground to 7th floor of Phase 1 and
2 should use the nearest stairs in evacuating the building then use
the back exit leading to the CBEAM parking lot. Elevators and
ramps should not be used, even for drills.
Classes and occupants coming out from Jose Rizal Clusters, Student
Center, Mabini Hall, Gregorio Zara Hall, and CBEAM Hall should
proceed to CBEAM parking as their assembly area.

146
1.5. Evacuation Time
All buildings should be evacuated in two to five minutes.

1.6. Procedures at the Points

1.6.1 Selected members of the faculty will be tasked with maintaining

order at each assembly area. Teachers are required to take
the attendance of their students within
15 minutes, and to help maintain order at the assembly
area.
1.6.2. Irregular students taking advanced subjects at the time of
the drill should remain with that class in proceeding to its
assembly area to avoid confusion in the checking of
attendance. For example, a third year student taking an
advance fourth year accounting class at the time of the drill
should remain with the fourth year accounting class in
proceeding to its assembly area.
1.6.3. The CBEAM parking will be the assembly area for the
occupants of the Student Center, Jose Rizal Clusters, Mabini
Hall, Gregorio Zara Hall, and CBEAM Hall. However, this
may vary depending on the safety and security conditions of
the assembly areas.
1.6.4. Teachers have 15 minutes to check the attendance of their
class at the assembly area.
1.6.5. The Discipline Officers, and selected faculty members
will be tasked to check the buildings to verify if everyone
has vacated the buildings.
20.6.6. After the inspection, students will have to wait for the
declaration of Safety and Security Officer that
everything is clear and it is safe to go back before they
return to their classrooms for the resumption of
classes.
1.6.7. Once the classes have settled in their respective rooms,
the SDF Officers will take note of those who are present in
the class but who were absent at the assembly areas. These
students will be required to report to the Discipline
Office for appropriate sanctions.

147
2. Important Reminders

2.1 The calamity drill is a simulation of an actual calamity and presence of

mind is always important.
2.2 The drill guidelines will be posted on strategic locations in each
building.

3. Summary

3.1. Listen to the calamity announcement.

3.2. Line-up and leave the building as quickly as possible but in an orderly
manner to prevent confusion and minimize panic and injury. No one
should push their way out on exits. There should be one line for male
students and another for female students. The Class Mayor is at the front
and the teacher is at the back.
3.3. Jose Rizal Clusters third and fourth floor occupants will use the ramp
while second and first floor occupants will use the stairs in evacuating
classrooms. Proceed to the assembly areas and wait for further
announcements. Do not fall out of line.

148
149
 SECTION XVII
COLLEGE OF LAW ACADEMIC POLICIES

1. DE LA SALLE LIPA COLLEGE OF LAW

In 2010, during the term of Br. Manuel R. Pajarillo, FSC in his capacity
as De La Salle Lipa President and Chancellor, the College of Law was
established. It drew inspiration from St. John Baptist De La Salle, of
French origin, who founded the Institute of the Brothers of Christian
Schools, more commonly known as the De La Salle Brothers, in the 17th
century in France.
The DLSL College of Law sought to provide the region and its environs
quality legal education upon which to build a just, equitable, and humane
society. It did not take long to make its mark as a law school of very high
quality, on its initial foray in the 2014 Bar Examinations, DLSL College
of Law produced a topnotcher, Atty. Reginald L. Laco, who placed 4th.
Just a couple of years later, or in the 2016 Bar Examinations, the DLSL
College of Law garnered a 100% passing percentage for its bar
examinees. As a showcase of consistency of excellence, in the 2020-
2021 Bar Examinations, the DLSL College of Law earned a No. 3
ranking among all law schools nationwide with 51 - 100 bar examinees
for having a 92.45 % bar passing percentage.
As young as the College of Law is, it has already received awards and
recognitions from the Legal Education Board for its remarkable
performance in the bar exams. May it continue to do so.

2. THE COLLEGE OF LAW LOGO

The CROSS of CHRIST serves as the foundation and the spine of the

150
SCALES of JUSTICE.
GREEN and WHITE are the LA SALLE COLORS, which DE LA
SALLE LIPA shares with the sixteen (16) La Salle schools, colleges,
and universities in the Philippines and which same colors do homage to
the Christian Brothers / La Salle Brothers from Ireland who first came
to the country, as sent by the Pope, in the early 1900s.
The STAR is the SIGNUM FIDEI which itself means SIGN OF FAITH,
which signifies a deep commitment not only of De La Salle Lipa and its
law school’s educational work but, more importantly, to the Spirit that
vivifies said missionary act of service.
FIDES, SCIENTIA, and CARITAS form the acronym FSC, which in
turn invites everyone’s attention to the Latin appellation of the
Congregation of the De La Salle Brothers – FRATRES SCHOLARUM
CHRISTIANARUM.
FIDES means FAITH, SCIENTIA refers to KNOWLEDGE, and
CARITAS stands for LOVE. Love is at the center of everything. Faith
is founded on Love. Knowledge emanates from LOVE calling one’s
attention to the Scriptural exhortation “ … and now these three remain.
But the greatest of these is love.” 1 CORINTHIANS 13:13

3. THE MISSION

DE LA SALLE LIPA COLLEGE OF LAW is committed to educate

students in the law, nurture and deepen in them faith in God, enhance in
them a sense of community, create in them a realization of existing
societal conditions, and empower them to serve others, especially the
poor and the youth at risk.
DE LA SALLE LIPA COLLEGE OF LAW hopes to encourage and
foster in the students entrusted to its stewardship love of God and
neighbor, love of scholarship and work, love of community and country.
DE LA SALLE LIPA COLLEGE OF LAW is duty bound to produce
lawyers who are competent, God–centered, socially–conscious and
service–oriented builders of the Filipino nation and of God’s Kingdom.

4. THE JURIS DOCTOR (or J.D.) PROGRAM

The De La Salle Lipa Juris Doctor (or J.D.) Program is an enriched law
degree program which counts on the outstanding participation of the
DLSL JD COMMUNITY in the JD Externship / Clinical Legal
Education Program as well as service to the community in general and
De La Salle Lipa’s adopted barangays in particular through the

151
TangLaw DLSL Legal Aid Center as well as the accomplishment of all
courses, both prescribed and elective, in the new Lipa Lasallian-centered

and LEB-approved JD Curriculum.

5. LASALLIAN FORMATION COURSES

LS Form 1– The Founder and His Legacy: A De La Salle Lipa
graduate of the School of Law and Jurisprudence must have a profound
understanding of the roots of the Lasallian tradition, and find a synthesis
of academic studies and an authentic life lived as a Lasallian.
Accordingly, the course will focus on the life and works of St. John
Baptist De La Salle, the impact it had in its beginnings and its lasting
legacy on Lasallians today around the world more than 300 years later.
Sample References: Michael Sauvage, Miguel Campos, Michael
Valenzuela, De La Salle Brothers Philippine District Documents.
Christian Anthropology and Spirituality: The course introduces the
Christian perspective on the human being as “imago Dei”. From a brief
introduction of secular and other religious traditions’ anthropological
perspectives, the course moves into the Judeo-Christian Tradition of the
understanding of the human being particularly the title of Jesus of
Nazareth as the “homo verus” – the pinnacle , and fullest realization,
from potentiality, of what is to be truly human (‘In Him, we saw God”
– Gospel of Mark). The course will draw heavily from Biblical, Catholic,
and Reformation perspectives, as well as Vatican II and contemporary
thought. “The glory of God is man fully alive”- Ireneus, Church Father.
Sample References: Edouard Schillebeeckx, Karl Rahner, Emile
Brunner, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, Adrian van Kaam, Jon Sobrino, etc.

LS Form 2
Moral Perspective on the Law: Much of the Western Legal tradition
has its roots in Roman Law; which in turn was heavily influenced by
Christian perspectives, especially after the Emperor Constantine. The
course will look into the presuppositions of the Hebraic Law, and the
premises of early Christianity, the moral framework of which draws
heavily on St. Augustine of Hippo, and St. Thomas Aquinas, who
respectively draw in turn from Plato and Aristotle. Christian
anthropological presuppositions will be referred to again, as well as
representative philosophical thought.
Sample references: Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Avicenna, Thomas

152
Aquinas, Alfonsus de Liguori, Louis Janssens (HPAC–the human
person adequately considered), Bernard Haring (free and responsible),
Martin Buber, Emmanuel Levinas, Charles Curran.
Evangelization and Education: De La Salle is synonymous with
education. And the education a Lasallian institution embarks on and
devotes its best energies to is in the education of the poor and the youth
and the propagation of the liberating and transformative Christian
message and Good news. Key concepts will include stewardship and
environment, continuing education and value formation, corporate
social responsibility, and political holiness.
Sample References: Matthew Fox, Sean McDonaugh, Thomas Groome,
Paulo Freire, Gustavo Gutierrez, Leonardo Boff, Juan Luis Segundo, Jon
Sobrino.
LS Form 3 Christian Perspectives on Social Institutions: When a
mass of human beings decide to live together and form a society, certain
norms of behavior and ways of doing things begin to emerge. And for
some order to emerge from chaos, social contracts are forged. Marriage,
Family Life, Education, Governance, the role of the Military Sector,
Economics and Financial Systems, Nation States, Global Politic are
some of the concerns that have elicited responses from social
theoreticians and Christian thinkers alike. This course would like to
explore the latter, in an analytical way, and how the Christian position
has been brought to bear upon secular societies through the centuries to
the present.

LS Form 4 Social Doctrines of the Church: Viewing human society

as a juxtapositioning of various dynamic social forces, not necessarily
always going in the same direction, the Church has developed its
doctrines as it continues to read the times, and in the effort to remain
faithful to its Lord and Master until the Parousia (Second Coming). Of
particular interest is the emergence of a coherent body of work
representing Catholic thought in the plight of workers, the dignity of
labor, the relations between the rich and the poor, and the need to suffuse
the entire global economic system and international relations with the
light of the Gospel. The challenge of Karl Marx in the 19th Century, and
the plight of Third World nations, evident at the close of the 20th century,
will be the backdrop to the study of the Catholic social encyclicals and
related literature. Sample References: Rerum novarum, Justice in the
World, Laborem Exercens, Sollicitudo Rei Socialis, A Theology of
Liberation, The Church and Power, etc.

153
6. MASTERCLASSES and INTEGRATION SESSIONS
Harnessing the wealth of expertise of the JD Law Faculty as well as of
luminaries in the legal academe, legal and judicial professions in order
to bolster the theoretical and practical knowledge of the DLSL JD
Community learned in the classroom, actual and / or virtual, incumbent
and former members of the Supreme Court, the Court of Appeals,
authors of law books, and recognized authorities in the different fields
of law conduct Masterclasses and Integration Sessions over and above
courses offered in the JD Curriculum.

7. TANGLAW / DLSL LEGAL AID CENTER

On September 4, 2019, a Memorandum of Agreement was signed at the

4th floor Innovation Labs, New CLRC Building, De La Salle Lipa
between and among De La Salle Lipa, the Supreme Court, and The Asia
Foundation making DLSL College of Law as the Pilot Law School in
the region for the Clinical Legal Education Program. Tanglaw, as the
Legal Aid Clinic of the law school, aims to provide DLSL Law Student
Practitioners (or LSPs under the Revised Rule 138-A on Law Student
Practice or A.M. No. 19-03-24-SC) the opportunity to provide “Real
World Solutions to Real World Problems.”
Exposure / tutelage trips to the Supreme Court as well as the U.P.
College of Law Office of Legal Aid have so far been conducted towards
this end. Atty. Charlton Jules P. Romero served as the first TangLaw
Director. His focused efforts made it possible for the TangLaw Legal
Aid Center to forge a Memorandum of Understanding with the
Integrated Bar of the Philippines - Batangas Chapter through Atty Glenn
P. Mendoza in his capacity as IBP-Batangas Chapter President.
With the able stewardship of Atty. Charlton Jules P. Romero, twenty
two (22) DLSL College of Law JD students took their Oath as Law

154
Student Practitioners (or LSPs) before the Hon. Leo-Jon Ramos, the
Executive Judge of the Hall of Justice, Lipa City. These 22 Lasallian
LSPs are now authorized to aid in the administration of justice within
the 4th Judicial Region. An outreach mission dubbed “Free Legal
Consultation” sponsored by TangLaw and IBP-Batangas, in close
coordination with the Office of the Lipa City Mayor / Office of the City
Legal Officer, served as the culminating activity.

This SY 2023 - 24, TangLaw is headed by Atty. Antonio Ceasar R.

Manila, who also served as its director last SY 2022 -23.
More opportunities for training, enhancement, service, and leadership
are in store for the DLSL JD Community via TangLaw Legal Aid Center
this coming SY 2023 - 24.

The newly-minted official email address of TangLaw is

<[email protected]>
Its facebook page is
https://www.facebook.com/DLSLTanglawLegalAid

8. BAR OPERATIONS
Practically a year long activity which culminates in the Bar Month every
year, the DLSL Bar Operations serves as the venue and avenue for the
JD Community as well as the ever-growing number of alumni lawyers
to support the year’s Bar Batch with case digests, notes (or “tips”), food
a-plenty, fervent and constant prayers, and / or the presence of each one
working, together and by association, towards a common goal: to ace
the bar exams.
It is worth noting that in the 2020/21 Bar Examinations administered by
the Supreme Court under the Chairpersonship of Justice Marvic Mario
Victor Leonen, De La Salle Lipa served as a Local Bar Site in the very
first Digitalized Bar Exams. The 2022 Bar Exams chaired by Supreme
Court Justice Alfredo Benjamin S. Caguioa was again held at the De La
Salle Lipa Campus as a Local Testing Center (or LTC).
The DLSL College of Law 2023 Bar Operations was, as always,
bannered by our vaunted Concilium / Law Student Council.

9. PARANGAL
Surely ranking way up there in the JD Community’s wish list, either as
givers or, most especially, as recipients, the PARANGAL is an occasion,
at once festive and dramatic, held every year, when the entire JD

155
Community together with the La Salle Brothers, top administrators, JD
Law Faculty and DLSL Alumni pay tribute to and honor the latest batch
of successful bar examinees/new lawyers. Usually preceded by a hearty
meal shared with one and all, the PARANGAL is made more meaningful
by the presence of the year’s new set of lawyers’ parents, family and
loved ones, themselves worthy of the highest accolades.
Looking forward to one’s PARANGAL continues to prove to be a
morale booster for every member of the JD Community to push through
countless days and nights and grueling hours of readings, recitations,
examinations, and related course works.
Parangal 2020, which was held to honor the 2019 bar exam passers had
to be done online as there was a pandemic, making the occasion the First
Online Parangal of the College of Law. Parangal 2022 and Parangal
2023 were held at the SENTRUM in person to fete the new Lasallian
lawyers as well as their respective families and loved ones, together with
the top administrators of De La Salle Lipa as well as the law professors.

10. Admission
The College of Law closely works with the Institutional Admissions and
Testing Office (IATO) with the latter office in charge of ensuring that
all documentary requirements are duly submitted to it and making initial
evaluations of JD applicants before they are referred to the College of
Law for the Interview with the Dean. Those who pass muster are given
a Notice of Admission ( NOA) by IATO as well as a separate Official
Admission Letter by the Law Dean.

For Admission Requirements and Inquiries please proceed “here”

11. JD Enrollment

To provide JD enrollees, especially the incoming JD1 Batch, optimum

support, enrollment is a closely coordinated process between and among
the enrollees, IATO, College of Law Dean’s Office, Office of the
College Registrar, and the Finance Resource Directorate, with
significant inputs from the Lasallian Assistance Management Program
(or LAMP) in proper cases.
For enrollment requirements and inquiries, please proceed “here”
12. JD Scholarships
Qualified JD applicants shall be entitled to scholarships at the College
of Law via the Lasallian Assistance Management Program (or LAMP).

156
For scholarship requirements and inquiries please proceed “here”
For questions and inquiries, you may call at
DLSL HOTLINE (043) 302-2900.
SMART 09190616797
Globe: 09177021781

COLLEGE OF LAW ACADEMIC POLICIES

13. Grading System

The College of Law (COL) adopts the Percentage System of Grading,

viz:

Equivalence Description

98 to 100 Excellent

95 to 97 Superior

92 to 94 Very Good

89 to 91 Above Average

86 to 88 Good

83 to 85 Average

80 to 82 Satisfactory

77 to 79 Fair

75 to 76 Passing

Below 75 Failed

1. Each faculty may decide on the respective grades to be given to class

157
standing, exams and other requirements. At the beginning of every
subject, the faculty shall explain the grading system to the students.

2. In case of erroneous computations and entries in the grading sheet,

the Professor may request a change of grade. For this purpose, the
professor concerned shall fill up a request form for change of grades,
duly signed, and approved by the COL Dean. Changing of grades is
allowed only within two weeks after the issuance of such grades.

3. Submission of grades shall be not later than two (2) weeks after the
last day of classes for the course.

14. Maximum Residency

The Maximum Residency Requirement (MRR), or the period during

which a student has to finish and graduate from the law program, is six
(6) years. The MRR may be extended by the Dean for meritorious
reasons indicated in a written application therefore by a student. The
period during which a student is under a Leave of Absence (LOA) shall
be counted as part of the MRR period.

15. Dropping

Official dropping of subjects shall only be made before the Midterm

Examination at the Office of the Registrar; otherwise, students will be
given a failing grade.

16. Retention Policy

16.1 A JD1 student must earn a weighted average of at least

78.0000 % to be eligible to advance to the JD2 level; a weighted
average of at least 79.0000 % to be eligible to advance to the
JD3 level; and a weighted average of at least 79.0000 % to be
eligible to advance to the JD4 level.

Any student who gets a weighted average lower than the

required Weighted Average shall be placed on probation for the
semester following that school year.
158
The Dean shall set the terms and conditions of probation. If the
student satisfactorily complies with the same, said student shall
resume studies the following semester on a regular status.

16.2 Any JD student who violates the terms and conditions of probation
shall not anymore be eligible to enroll in the JD program.

16.3 Any JD student who incurs cumulative failing grades in subjects

corresponding to at least twenty (20) units and failed to meet the required
weighted average shall not anymore be allowed to enroll in the JD
program.

16.4 Any JD student who violates the terms and conditions of the De La
Salle Lipa and the College of Law’s No Fraternity / Sorority Policies
shall not anymore be eligible to enroll in the JD Program.

16.5 Any JD student who incurs any of the violations or offenses defined
by, treated in, and penalized under the applicable De La Salle Lipa
College Student Handbook with exclusion or expulsion shall not
anymore be eligible to enroll in the JD Program.

17. Attendance

Law students are expected to always attend their classes on time and
prepared for coursework. Regardless of the number of units a subject
taken has, a student shall only be allowed three (3) consecutive or four
(4) non-consecutive absences, excused or not. A student absentee is not
exempted from complying with the requirements of the class/subject
during the period of absence.

A fourth (4th) or (5th) absence, respectively, shall result in the meting

out of a failing grade to the student.

18. Honors and Awards

A. Dean’s List/Semestral Honors

a. 1st – Weighted Average of 95 % or better with no grades lower than
159
86 %
b. 2nd – Weighted Average of 92 % or better with no grades lower than
86 %
c. 3rd – Weighted Average of 89 % or better with no grades lower than
83 %

B. Graduation honors
a. Cum Laude – General Weighted Average of 89 % or better with no
grades
lower than 83 %
b. Magna Cum Laude – General Weighted Average of 92 % or better
with
no grades lower than 86 %
c. Summa Cum Laude – General Weighted Average of 95 % or better
with no grades lower than 86 %

NB A student who enrolls for less than the minimum load of 15 units
per semester
will not qualify for the Dean’s List but may qualify for Latin Honors.

19. FRATERNITY & SORORITY WAIVER

160
20. Provisions of the De La Salle Lipa College Student Handbook,
especially pertaining to Disciplinary Policies and Procedures, shall be
applied in a suppletory manner to this JD Student Handbook and
Academic Policies as well as in regard to policies, guidelines, and
issuances not treated herein in so far as they are justly and equitably
applicable.

21. All pertinent laws and governmental issuances shall be deemed

written into these De La Salle Lipa College of Law Academic Policies.

EPILOGUE

The DLSL College of Law desires its JD Community to be excellent

communicators, critical thinkers, socially conscious, and lifelong
learners. In the same vein, whether as JD students, Certified Law Student
Practitioners (or LSPs), Bar Reviewees, and more so as Lawyers of the
Republic, the DLSL Corps of Law Professors wishes them to imbibe and
then constantly exhibit the best qualities of priests and priestesses of the
Temple of Justice – to act with justice, give everyone his due, and act
with honesty and good faith. (Art. 19, Civil Code).
It is the Almighty who is the final authority – “ O people, the Lord has
told you what is good and this is what he requires of you: to do what is
right, to love mercy, and to walk humbly with your God. “ (Micah 6:8)

Effective SY 2023-24 and thenceforth, unless sooner amended or revised.

161
 SECTION XVIII
INSTITUTIONAL SAFETY, SECURITY, AND EMERGENCY
SERVICES OFFICE (ISSESO)

1.0 Vision and Mission

1.1 Safety and Security Mission Statement

The Institutional Safety, Security and Emergency Services

Office (ISSESO) of De La Salle Lipa is committed to delivering
quality services to the school community. Through partnerships,
we are dedicated in providing a culture of safe and secure
environment that reduces incidents, builds trust, and enhances the
quality of life in our academic community. We are also committed
to delivering a high standard of customer service to our community
in an effective, responsive, and professional way.

1.2 Values

Following the values of De La Salle Lipa of Teaching

Minds, Touching Hearts, and Transforming Lives, ISSESO
personnel dedicate themselves in upholding the highest standards
of ethical performance to garner the trust of the community that it
serves.

1.3 Vision

DLSL ISSESO will support a student-centered

environment by anticipating the current and future needs of the
school. They will deliver services that are professional, helpful, and
proactive. They will continuously look for ways to improve a
culture of safety and security. They will document, review, and plan
services based upon the needs of a growing institution.

2.0 Strategic Direction

2.1 Provide a safe and secure campus by conducting frequent on foot

patrols, or via emergency response vehicle and/or by other
available means.

2.2 Deliver quality and efficient services through timely response to

calls for assistance.

162
2.3 Interact with students, staff, faculty, administrators, and campus
visitors in a courteous and professional manner.

2.4 Maintain professional development and training of safety and

security personnel to enhance or increase skill levels.

2.5 Develop partnerships with other departments or community

stakeholders that will provide enhanced services to the campus
community.

2.6 Be proactive in patrolling and monitoring techniques to prevent or

minimize crime, hazards, and accidents.

2.7 Maintain and upgrade communications, alarm access, and security

camera systems for effective security services.

3.0 Nature of the Office

De La Salle Lipa sets high standards to maintain comfortable, safe,

and secured campus facilities for learning and working.

4.0 STANDARD AND GENERAL POLICY

It is a policy of De La Salle Lipa that campus security is given

utmost emphasis and understands the concern that individuals have
for their safety on campus. De La Salle Lipa is committed to
provide the stakeholders a safe & secured environment for learning.

Safety is the responsibility of management and employees alike.

Each has a duty to the other to maintain a working environment
that is, so far as is practicable, free from hazards and risk of injury
to personnel.

The purpose of this document is to identify actions and

responsibilities to:

4.1 Provide a framework for campus law enforcement and general

security and safety.
4.2 Ensure that there is a consistent mode of reporting security-related
problems, criminal activities, and incidents so that proper action can
be taken.
163
4.3 Ensure that there is consistent dissemination of information
regarding the security of and access to campus facilities

4.4 Ensure that there is public disclosure of policies and procedures

related to campus security

4.5 Maintain an efficient system of records collection and retention

4.6 Provide community members with information necessary to make

informed decisions about their general safety

5.0 PROCEDURE

5.1 COMMITTEE ON ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, AND

SAFETY (CEHS)

As mandated by DOLE under Rule 1040 on Health and Safety

Committee, a committee shall be organized sixty (60) days after
this standard has taken effect and for a new establishment to have
it organized within one (1) month from the date of the start of
operation. Complying with this rule, De La Salle Lipa is organizing
its own committee with the following objectives:

5.1.1 To plan and develop accident prevention programs for

the establishment.
5.1.2 To direct the accident prevention efforts of the
establishment in accordance with the safety programs,
safety performance, and government regulations in order
to prevent accidents from occurring in the workplace.
5.1.3 To conduct safety meetings at least once a month
5.1.4 To review reports of inspection, accidents, investigations,
and implementation of programs
5.1.5 To submit reports to the President Council on its
meetings and activities.
5.1.6 To provide necessary assistance to Government
inspecting authorities in the proper conduct of their
activities such as enforcement of the provisions of this
standard.
5.1.7 To initiate and supervise safety training for employees.

164
5.2 To develop and maintain a disaster contingency plan and organize
such emergency service units as may be necessary to handle disaster
situations pursuant to the Emergency Preparedness Manual for
Establishments of the Office of Civil Defense.

The CEHS members are as follows:

Facilitator ISSESO Director

Members:

❖ Human Resources Development Director

❖ Shared Services Office Director
❖ Academic Services Director
❖ Student Services Director
❖ Finance Director
❖ Institutional Lasallian Formation Office Director
❖ Community Involvement Office Director
❖ Risk Management, Audit and Compliance Office
Director
❖ Integrated School Principal
❖ Technology and Innovations Director
❖ College Deans
❖ Strategic Communication Director
❖ ISSESO Safety and Security Officer
❖ Institutional Health Services Head

165
 De La Salle Lipa
CHAIN OF AUTHORITY SUCCESSION:

Chief Technology and Innovation Officer

Committee on Environment, Health and Safety (CEHS)

FACILITATOR

IHS DSS

ASD ICTC

STRATCOM/
PRO

ISP DEANS

ISSESO

166
1.1 CRISIS MANAGEMENT TEAM

1.1.1 Rationale

Historically, schools have been relatively well-prepared for

emergency situations such as fires, earthquakes, and severe
weather. For example, school partners understand that
buildings should be evacuated when a fire alarm sounds and
they know procedures for calling the Bureau of Fire to report
a fire. Students and Partners also know how to duck, hold,
and cover during an earthquake.

However, the recent wave of bomb threats and other forms

of interpersonal violence have stunned the country and
uncovered a need for schools to prepare for a much broader
range of emergencies.

National attention has focused on violence in communities

across the country. Although schools may have established
procedures for dealing with many emergency situations,
most do not have these protocols collected in a coordinated,
concise manner. Schools are faced with ongoing challenges
to be prepared for a wide range of emergency situations
from medical emergencies to threats of violence, from
severe weather to chemical spillage, and from sexual abuse
to kidnapping.

5.2.1 Objectives

5.2.2.1 To immediately respond to any scenarios

that may threaten the lives and property of
all stakeholders of the school.
5.2.2.2 To properly handle scenarios based on facts
presented to the team.
5.2.2.3 To coordinate all emergency response
teams based on school protocols and
properly inform stakeholders of the actions
to be taken.

167
5.2.3 Members
The Crisis Management Team shall be composed of key members
of the campus. This is to immediately respond to the urgency of the
threats at hand, whereby decisions should be made within minutes
of notifications of an incident. Immediate response is necessary to
avoid confusion and panic among stakeholders and to assure them
that the school is in control of the situation.

The following are the proposed members of the Crisis Management

Team.

Designation Person-In-Charge

Chairman ISSESO Director

Members:
• GSD Director
• HRD Director
• Student Services Director
• Stratcomm Director/Manager
• Technology and Innovations Director
• Academic Services Director
• Finance Director
• ISSESO Officers

5 .2.3.1 Responsibilities

5.2.3.1.1 Chairman:

❖ Pre-approve policies relative to emergency, threats, and

incidents.
❖ Make the decision for campus evacuation.
❖ Recommend to the President on possible cancellation of
classes and work.
❖ Communicate with the President and provide advice on the
campus state of readiness.
❖ Communicate decision to the campus, stakeholders, and
media through the Public Relations Office.

168
5.2.3.1.2 Human Resource Development Director

❖ Recommend/communicate, if warranted, cancellation of

work.
❖ Inform Deans/academic departments of decision
/timeline for evacuating campus.
❖ Oversee the operation being done by the Stratcomm
Department with regard to the impact on the image of the
school.
❖ Shall take over in absence of the Chairman.

5.2.3.1.3 General Services Director

❖ Communicate with General Services Team.

❖ Communicate emergency instructions to department heads
/ directors under the Administration section.
❖ Communicate with official building managers.
❖ Shall take over in the absence of the Chairman and HRD
Director

5.2.3.1.4 Finance Director

❖ Communicate with the President with regard to the

possible financial impact of the incident to the school
❖ Communicate with President with regard to the business
continuity of the school
❖ Prepare financial requirements all throughout the crisis or
incident
❖ Shall take over in absence of the Chairman, HRD Director,
and GSD Director

5.2.3.1.5 Student Services Director

❖ Remain in contact with the President's Office.

❖ Implement any action necessary to evacuate students from
the campus.
❖ Develop identification program for students’ fetching, if in
case of cancellation of classes.
❖ Assist General Services in the rehabilitation program
through the Guidance Office and CIO.

169
5.2.3.1.6 Stratcomm Director / Manager

❖ Develop and implement communication plan for campus

evacuation, return to campus, and media communications
during assessment stage and following the emergency
period.
❖ Periodically check with the Emergency Preparedness Team
regarding announcements to be made during and after
emergency conditions.

5.2.3.1.7 General Services Office Manager

❖ Oversee disaster and emergency evacuation

preparation.
❖ Prepare plans for campus rehabilitation particular to
each emergency.
❖ Procure, store, and maintain in an operable
condition all supplies and equipment necessary for
rehabilitation.
❖ Take necessary steps to implement emergency
measures.
Conduct inventory and stock/replenish food, water,
and supply stores.

5.2.3.1.8 Technology and Innovations Director

❖ Test all Emergency communications equipment.

❖ Begin backups of all data center systems and store
off-site.
❖ Establish communications for Emergency
Command Center.
❖ Begin preparations for shut down of data systems,
if necessary.
❖ Work with the Director for Stratcomm for updates
to the Campus Website
❖ Keep information up-to-date on the web and email
as it becomes available.
❖ Work with the Vice Chancellor for Academics and
Research for academic updates.

170
 5.2.3.1.9 ISSESO Officers

❖ Oversee over-all safety, security, and emergency

plan preparation
❖ Assist the President in the execution of plans
❖ Take necessary steps to effect emergency
preparation measures.
❖ Maintain communications with the Emergency
Response Team.
❖ Communicate with the Lipa City Disaster Risk
Reduction Management Council Office and other
local government agencies.

5.2.3.1.10 Academic Services Director

❖ Oversee disaster and emergency evacuation

preparation of vital documents
❖ Begin backups of all important data and store off-site
❖ Work with the Vice Chancellor for Academics and
Research for academic updates
Work with GSD Director for the rehabilitation of
facilities and restoration of classes

6.0 GENERAL EVACUATION PLAN

6.1 INTRODUCTION

De La Salle Lipa, in its commitment to student safety and

security, has created an Emergency Evacuation Guide for Parents
and other stakeholders. The said Guide is comprised of
Instruction, Map, and Forms. The purpose is to inform parents of
how the Campus Evacuation Procedure will work and the
location where they will fetch their children in an instance of an
evacuation and cancellation of classes. This guide hopes to
familiarize students, parents, and other stakeholders on the
proper turning over of the students to their parents to avoid
causing any confusion and chaos.

6.2 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES

To define the responsibilities of partners, students, and contractors

during emergency situation.

171
6.3 CONCERNED

All faculty, student, vendors, parents, and visitors

6.4 TRAINING
6.4.1 Basic First Aid Training
6.4.2 Triage assessment and Response
6.4.3 Search and Rescue
6.5 GENERAL
6.5.1 Partners and other stakeholders shall develop and
update emergency procedures for all potential incidents
including:
6.5.1.1 Earthquake
6.5.1.2 Fire
6.5.1.3 Bomb Threat
6.5.1.4 Hostage Taking
6.5.1.5 Active Shooter
6.5.1.6 Field Trip Accidents
6.5.1.7 Aircraft Crash
6.5.1.8 Suicide
6.5.1.9 Kidnapping
6.5.1.10 Physical Assault by outsider or
stakeholder on partners
and/or students

7.1.1.1 Riot/ Rumble/ Civil

Disturbance
7.1.1.2 Volcanic Eruption
7.1.1.3 Chemical Spillage/
Gas Leak/ Gas
Explosion
7.1.1.4 Fights/ Brawls/ Commotion
caused by students, parents or
partners.
7.1.1.5 Presence of Illegal Drugs and
Paraphernalia
7.0 EVACUATION AREA

The Integrated School and Collages along with ISSESO have pre-
identified three (3) evacuation areas inside the campus (see
Appendix 1 ) previously presented;

172
 Area Students/ Partners

1. Football Field Nursery to Level 10

2. CBEAM Parking Level 11 to 12 and Colleges
3. Sports Center Alternate for level 11 to 12 and
Colleges

In case the SENTRUM and Sports Center are cleared from any clear
and present danger, students will be transferred inside the said facilities
to avoid students’ exposure to weather. Please see designated area and
its evacuees. In an Earthquake evacuation, students are advised to stay on their
designated Evacuation Area.

Area Students/ Partners

1. SENTRUM Nursery to Level 10

2. Sports Center Level 11 to 12 and Colleges

8.0 TRAFFIC FLOW

8.1 During an Emergency Evacuation and Cancellation of Classes, only

the two (2) gates located along the national highway will be open
for entrance. (See Appendix 2)

8.2 The said gates will only be open to accommodate vehicles with
stickers/ decals in order to avoid any outsiders from entering and
taking advantage of the emergency situation.

8.3 All parking designations are cancelled and one lane will always be
kept free from obstruction to facilitate continuous flow of vehicle
and for emergency and rescue vehicles to move freely.

8.4 In case a vehicle is double parked or obstructing another,

a driver must not leave the vehicle, unless the driver is the
only occupant of the vehicle in which case Security personnel
must be informed of his cell phone number before he/she
leaves the vehicle (See Appendix 3)

173
9.0 DESIGNATED GATES ON EVACUATION AREAS

9.1 The ISSESO has created two (2) scenarios for releasing of students
to their parents. The following are the scenarios:

Scenario 1 After evacuating to these designated areas, the

SENTRUM and Sports Center will be cleared
by the Safety Officer for any clear and present
danger. If cleared, students will be transferred
immediately to avoid prolonged exposure to the
weather.
(See Appendix 4)

Scenario 2 If the SENTRUM and SPORTS CENTER are

not cleared, the students will be released to the
designated evacuation areas. This scenario will
be used during the Earthquake Evacuation
situation.
(See Appendix 5)

10.0 STUDENT RELEASE FORM

The students’ release form is a pre-issued form intended for this
emergency. The said form must be filled up by the fetcher in order
for the school to release their child/children into their custody.
This is to speed up the queuing of parents/fetchers and easy
facilitation of turning over of the students to the parents’ custody.
If the form is not with the parents on the onset of the emergency,
an extra copy will be issued at the gates.
(See Appendix 6)

11.0 EMERGENCY LOCAL NUMBERS

ISSESO – 1000
GSD/ Services – 2942
Institutional Health Service –1111

174
Appendix I

Appendix II

Traffic Flow

175
Appendix 3

Driver’s Data

VEHICLE DRIVER LOCATING FORM

Driver’s Name Contact Name Area to look for

Appendix 4
Scenario 1 for Students’ Release Area

176
Scenario 2 for Students’ Release Area

177
178
179
Appendix 6

COPY 1
EMERGENCY EVACUATION FETCHERS’ FORM
INSTRUCTION: Please fill in the form and present any valid ID or the Issued
Fetchers’ ID, detach then present to the officer-in-charge at the
designated releasing area. (To avoid inconvenience, attach a photocopy of
any valid ID upon receipt of this form)

STUDENT’S NAME SECTION/S PARENT’S/FETCHER’S NAME

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Note: If in case the fetcher form is missing or left at home, another copy can be secured
at a designated area near the evacuation area. Fill in the said form and present a valid
ID. If the form is not sufficient as to the number of students being fetched,
parents/fetchers may photocopy the form.

Fetcher’s Signature

180
 COPY 2
EMERGENCY EVACUATION FETCHERS’ FORM
INSTRUCTION: Please fill in the form and present any valid ID or the Issued
Fetcher’s ID, detach then present to the officer-in-charge at the designated
releasing area. (To avoid inconvenience, attach a photocopy of any valid ID
upon receipt of this form)

STUDENT’S NAME SECTION/S PARENT’S/FETCHER’S NAME

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Note: If in case the fetcher form is missing or left at home, another copy can be secured at
a designated area near the evacuation area. t Fill in the said form and present a valid ID.
If the form is not sufficient as to the number of students being fetched, parents/fetcher

Fetcher’s Signature

181
Appendix 6

COPY 3
EMERGENCY EVACUATION FETCHER’S FORM
INSTRUCTION: Please fill in the form and present any valid ID or the
Issued Fetcher’s ID, detach then present to the officer-in-charge at
the designated releasing area. (To avoid inconvenience, attach a
photocopy of any valid ID upon receipt of this form)

STUDENT’S NAME SECTION/S PARENT’S/FETCHER’S

NAME
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Note: If in case the fetcher form is missing or left at home, another copy
can be secured at a designated area near the evacuation area. F fill in
the said form and present a valid ID. If the form is not sufficient as to
the number of students being fetched, parents/fetcher may photocopy the
form.

*Do not sign until all fetched students are in your care.

*Students were released under the care of the fetcher.

*The fetcher will sign beside the student/s’ name.

182
12.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON EARTHQUAKE

12.1 Objectives

• To mitigate, prepare, and respond to the adverse effect

of earthquake.
• To ensure that all precautionary measures, policies,
guidelines, and procedures are well disseminated and
communicated to all concerned.

12.2 Scope

These guidelines and procedures apply to the De La Salle

Lipa community including its buildings and grounds.

12.3 Guidelines

BEFORE AN EARTHQUAKE

1. Have knowledge on what to do and expect during an

earthquake.
2. Participate in earthquake drills.
3. Become aware and identify hazards in the classrooms,
offices, and the entire school.
4. Deliver instruction to students on earthquakes and
earthquake preparedness.
5. Provide special response procedure for special needs
students during earthquake drills.
6. Ensure that the firefighting equipment (extinguishers,
fire truck, etc.) are in working condition.
7. Ensure that all non-structural earthquake hazards that
can cause fire (e.g., LPG tanks) are properly secured.
8. Keep updated the emergency evacuation plan specially
the assembly areas and designated Marshalls.
9. Ensure that necessary supplies are accessible.
10. Provide wheelchair for mobility-impaired students.
11. Any special response procedure for special needs
students must be tested during earthquake drills.

183
 DURING EARTHQUAKE

Stay as safe as possible during earthquake. Be aware that some

earthquakes are actually foreshocks and a larger earthquake
might occur. Minimize your movements to a few steps to a
nearby safe place and stay indoors until the shaking has stopped
and you are sure exiting is safe.

1. Once the tremor is felt, the Crisis Management Team

(CMT) is activated and ready to execute the
evacuation plan.

2. Follow the Drop (Duck), Cover, and Hold. Stay

calm, quiet, and don’t panic, and look for a safe zone.
Drop, Cover, and Hold means everybody should
immediately take cover under desks or tables and turn
away from the windows.

3. Everybody remains in their position until the

shaking stops, conduct assessment of immediate
environment (siren will be activated as sign for
immediate and fast evacuation) and the teachers
or marshals will tell that it is “All Clear” and safe
to stand up and ready for evacuation.

AFTER AN EARTHQUAKE

1. Evacuate the area and follow the evacuation route.

a. Sector 1----------- Sports Center
b. Sector 2----------- CBEAM Parking Area
c. Sectors 3 & 4-------- Football Field
2. Assist/guide building occupants during evacuation.

3. Ensure that all occupants are evacuated from the building.

4. Observe 25 minutes (Ref:PHIVOLCS) possible aftershocks

in the evacuation area.

5. Account for building occupants.

6. Treat the injured and conduct search and rescue.

184
 7. If trapped under debris:

a. Do not light a match.

b. Do not move about or kick up dust.

c. Cover your mouth with handkerchief or clothing.

d. Tap on a pipe or wall so rescuers can locate you.

Use a whistle if available. Shout only as a last
resort. Shouting can cause you to inhale
dangerous amounts of dust.

8. Conduct building assessment using GSD checklist. (To be

conducted by the Engineering personnel)

9. Upon order, if safe, advise to return to their respective areas

(offices/classrooms) or if unsafe, advise suspension of
classes and work.

Assist/guide all occupants to return to their respective

classrooms and offices.

13.0 GUIDELINES ON THE SUSPENSION OF CLASSES AFTER AN

EARTHQUAKE

1. For Intensity 6 up, automatic suspension after

evacuation.
2. For Intensity 4 & 5, the Office of the
President/Chancellor will decide the suspension or no
suspension after evacuation provided there are no
damages on buildings and no injuries upon
recommendation of the Chairman of the CMT, and as
per advice by the GSD Director.

These EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY RESPONSE

POLICY AND PROCEDURES will be executed once the
tremor or shaking is being felt regardless of magnitude.

185
14.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON FIRES

14.1 Objectives

• To mitigate, prepare, and respond to the adverse effect

of fire.
• To assure all stakeholders that all precautionary
measures, policies, guidelines and procedures are well-
disseminated and communicated to all concerned.

14.2 Scope

These guidelines and procedures apply to the De La

Salle Lipa community including its buildings and
grounds.

14.3 Guidelines

BEFORE A FIRE

1. Train personnel who would handle a fire in the campus; the

following are the personnel to be trained as firefighting
volunteers:
(a) Safety Officer and Staff
(b) Security Officers
(c) Buildings and Grounds Management personnel
(d) GES personnel
(e) Volunteer Partners

2. Train students, partners, and administrators how to

handle fire incidents such as knowing who to call, where
to go, how to activate fire alarms, and basic use of fire
extinguishers will also be part of the partners and
administrator’s training.
3. Participate in fire drills.
4. Become aware and identify hazards in the classrooms,
offices, and the entire school.
5. Deliver instruction to students on fire and fire
preparedness.
6. Provide special response procedure for special needs
students during fire drills.
7. Ensure that the firefighting equipment (extinguishers, fire
truck, etc.) are in working condition.
186
 8. Ensure that all non-structural fire hazards that can cause
fire (e.g., LPG tanks) are properly secured.
9. Keep updated the emergency evacuation plan specially the
assembly areas and designated Marshalls.
10. Ensure that necessary supplies are accessible.
11. Provide a wheelchair for mobility-impaired students.
12. Any special response procedure for special needs students
must be tested during fire drills.
13. Have a clean workplace and proper segregation of
combustible and non-combustible supplies.

DURING A FIRE

In the event of a FIRE or FIRE ALARM in or near your area:

Fire within the campus

1. Remain calm and encourage others to do the same.

2. Activate the nearest fire alarm (if not yet done) and alert those around
you. Report all fires, regardless of size to campus security.
3. When the alarm sounds, students are to evacuate the building quietly.
4. Teachers are to lead the taking of students out of the classroom.
5. Teachers are to instruct the class mayor or a designated student to
close the windows, to turn off the lights, to turn off air conditioning
units, to turn off ceiling fans, and to close the door.
6. DO NOT USE ELEVATORS
7. Move to the Assembly Area A- Track Oval and Assembly Area D –
CBEAM Parking Area

8. Attendance will be taken by designated students or faculty members.

9. After attendance has been taken, further instructions will be given.

Do not re-enter the building until told to do so by the evacuation team
or by the Crisis Management Team.

187
 Evacuation during recess, or lunch breaks
1. If your class is in session, evacuate the building, as you would normally
do.
2. Students who are on recess or break will evacuate directly to the
Assembly Area A- Track Oval Assembly, Area D – CBEAM
Parking Area and meet their teachers there for attendance.

Fire extinguishers

1. Know the location of fire extinguishers in your area and know how to
use them. Fire extinguisher training is done regularly and is also
available for departments by request at the General Services
Department., Local 226,331, or 332.
2. For a minor fire that appears to be controllable, use the fire extinguisher
to control the flame. Get help if necessary.
3. For a larger fire that is not easily controllable, leave the firefighting to
the campus fire brigade and the fire department.

TO CORRECTLY USE A FIRE

EXTINGUISHER
PULL – Pull the safety pin to break
tamper seal and to release the handle
and remember to keep your back to a
safe escape route.
AIM – Aim the nozzle of the fire
extinguisher at the base of the fire.
SQUEEZE – Squeeze the handle to
release extinguishing agent.
SWEEP – Sweep nozzle from side to
side at the base of the fire until it
appears to be out. Repeat when
necessary.

188
 AFTER THE FIRE
1. Engineering and Safety Teams will inspect damage to property and
structures, affected buildings will be closed and occupants will either be
sent home or transferred to another location.
2. In case of major damage to property such as more than two (2) rooms
or classrooms are damaged, occupants will be sent home or classes will
be cancelled automatically.
3. After the proper investigation by BFP is done, clearing operations will
automatically ensue, the structural integrity of the building will be
assessed and if cleared, construction will be done immediately.
4. If the structure is compromised, the report will be submitted to the
Executive Council leaving them to decide on the next step that the
School will make.
5. Occupants of said building will be relocated or another area will be
made available for them to use immediately so as not to interfere with
the usual academic process.

15.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON SHOOTING INCIDENT/

“ACTIVE SHOOTER” SITUATION

15.1 Objectives:
• To respond immediately when there is a shooting incident
reported.

• To establish security and safety procedures whenever there is

an on-going shooting incident.

15.2 Scope:
These guidelines and procedures apply to the De La Salle
Lipa community including its buildings and grounds. .

15.3 Guidelines:
In general, how you respond to an active shooter will be
dictated by the specific circumstances of the encounter. If you
find yourself involved in an active shooting situation, try to
remain calm and call the emergency DLSL Hotline 0905-936-
7512 or local 221 or 333 as soon as possible.

189
If an active shooter is inside / outside your building you
should:

• Try to remain calm.

• Try to warn other partners, students, and visitors to take

immediate shelter.

• Proceed to the nearest room that can be locked or

barricaded.

• When inside a room, lock, and barricade all doors and

windows. Switch off all lights and close window blinds and
curtains.

• Turn off or put on silent your cellphone, radio, or any other

devices that emit sound.

• Keep yourself out of sight. Stay away from windows and

doors as much as possible and take adequate cover or
protection (i.e. concrete walls, thick desk, or filing cabinets)
preferably, go under tables.

• Have one person call DLSL Hotline 0905.936.7512 or local

1000 and / or PNP 0916-627-3815/043-756-6984 and
provide the following information:

• If inside the campus “This is (name), (student / office /

department), we have an active shooter in (building/floor),
exact location, description of the shooter and current
situation)”.

• If you were able to see the offender(s), give a description of

the person(s) sex, clothing, type of weapon(s), location last
observed, direction of travel, and identity – if known.

• If you observed any victims, give a description of the

location and number of victims.

• If you observed any suspicious devices (improvised

explosive devices), provide the location observed and a
description – if known

• If you heard any explosions, provide a description and

location.
190
 • Stay where you are and wait calmly and patiently. The
ISSESO Director will validate the area of incident and once
clear, will signal the Security Personnel for the next step. If
all clear, the Security Personnel will assist you on what to do
or where to go.

• Do not attempt to rescue people during an on-going

shooting incident for your own safety.

• Depending on circumstances, consideration may also be

given to exiting to the nearest fire exit and going to the
Evacuation Area near you.

If an active shooter enters your office or classroom, you should:

• Try to remain calm and do not do anything that will provoke

the active shooter.

• If there is no possibility of escape or hiding, let your Professor

do the negotiating. If none, choose one person to do the
negotiating until waiting for rescue.

• If the active shooter(s) leaves your classroom, lock the door

immediately. Call the emergency DLSL Hotline 0905-936-7512
or local 221 or 333 if possible.

• If there is no means of calling, signal rescue from the window.

If you are outside the building and encounter an active shooter, you
should:

• Try to remain calm.

• Move away from the active shooter or the sounds of gunshot(s)

and/or explosion(s).

• Look for appropriate locations for cover/protection, i.e. brick

walls, retaining walls, large trees, parked vehicles, or any other
object that may stop bullet penetration.

• Try to warn other people to take immediate shelter.

• Call the emergency hotline and provide the information listed in

the first guideline.
191
 What to expect from responding police officers:

The objectives of responding police officers are:

• Immediately engage or contain the active shooter(s) in order to
stop life- threatening behavior.

• Identify threats such as improvised explosive devices.

• Identify victims to facilitate medical care, interviews, and

counseling.

• Investigate

16.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON BOMB THREATS

16.1 Objectives:

• To establish safety procedures whenever a bomb threat is received.

• To ensure that the DLSL Crisis Management Team will properly
handle and address the situation.

16.2 Scope:

These guidelines and procedures apply to the De La Salle Lipa community

including its buildings and grounds.

16.3 Guidelines:

Duties and
Bomb Threat Whom to
What To Do Responsibilitie
Recipients Report/Call
s

1. Students Call DLSL Hotline Stay calm, - Not to

0905.936.7512 or don’t panic, disclose/spread
local 221 or 333 and wait for the information
(Security/Safety further to unauthorized
Office), the Grade instructions person, it could
Level Moderator, /announceme create panic.
Discipline Officers, nt from the
Partners, Deans, Crisis - Wait for the
VC’s on-site. Management CMT
Team (CMT). announcement.

192
 2. Faculty, Call DLSL Hotline Stay calm, help - Help
Admin 0905.936.7512 or & advice disseminate
Support local 221 or 333, or students not to CMT
Staff, Admin Dean, VCs, panic. announcement.
Staff, Faculty President/Chancell
and Support or - Assist/guide
Staff and direct
students during
evacuation.

3. Administrato Call the ISSESO Stay Calm, - Supervise

rs Director don’t panic, be evacuation and
part of or ensure the
assist the Crisis safety of the
Management Lasallian
Team. Community.

16.4 Bomb Threat Protocol:

16.4.1 Upon receipt of the bomb threat, (through verbal means or written note ,
text message, or telephone call), the recipient must immediately
report/divulge only to any of the following:

16.4.1 Security Officer/ISSESO Director

16.4.2 Vice Chancellors

16.4.3 President/Chancellor. (Note: DO NOT tell/divulge to anyone except

for the above offices to avoid confusion and PANIC)

16.4.2 ISSESO will immediately initiate precautionary measures (heightened alert)

and conduct bomb search and K9 operations.

16.4.3 The Crisis Management Team will convene to evaluate and assess the
information.

16.4.4 ISSESO will report and request to the nearest police station and request
for immediate assistance. (Usually they will send an Investigator, Explosive
Ordnance Disposal (EOD) and K9 Teams to conduct searching operations).

16.4.5 The Police Officer, together with the Crisis Management Team,
recommends to the President/Chancellor any of the following possible
actions:

193
 16.4.5.1 Suspend Classes
16.4.5.2 Total/Partial Evacuation then Search
16.4.5.3 Supervisory or Team Search without Evacuation
16.4.5.4 No Suspension of Classes
16.4.5.5 Ignore the Information, however, conduct Discreet Bomb Search

16.5 The President/Chancellor will announce his decision.

16.5.1 Order evacuation

16.5.2 Suspend Classes or Not

(Only the President or his authorized representative can issue the order of
evacuation, suspension, or no suspension of classes.)

16.6 Strategic Communication (Stratcomm) to make a blast announcement.

BOMB THREAT CHECKLIST

Date of Call: Time of Call:

Time of Call Ended: Phone Number Called:

Phone Number Displayed:

Ask the

Caller When is the bomb going to explode?

Where is it right now (building, floor, area, room)?

What kind of bomb is it?

What does it look like?

What will make it explode?

Who placed the bomb?

194
Why?

Who is this?

Where are you? / What is your address?

Exact Words of the Threat

Information about the Caller

Where is the caller located? (background and level of noise)

Estimated age of the caller: is the voice familiar? If so, who does it
sound like?

Caller’s Background Threat

Voice: Sounds: Language:

Animal Noises Incoherent

Accent Booth Clear Irrational
Angry Calm Disguised Nasal Conversation Local Message
Clearing Distinct Normal read
Voice Excited Rapid Factory Long
Female Raspy distance Profane
Motor

195
Coughing Laughter Slow Machinery Office Taped
Machinery
Cracking Lisp Loud Slurred House noises Well-
Voice PA spoken
Male Soft Kitchen noises system
Crying
Stutter Static
Deep
breathing Street
Noises

17.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON SCHOOL VIOLENCE

17.1 Objectives:

• To establish a procedure in preventing, preparing, responding

to accidents, and emergency situations at the DLSL community
• To prevent and/ or mitigate the adverse impacts of accidents
and emergencies to DLSL partners’ health and safety,
operations, properties, and to the environment
• To ensure that all necessary measures and countermeasures in
order to protect the lives and properties of the occupants of
this establishment and to be able to achieve a high degree of
efficiency on emergency situations
17.2 Scope:

This procedure covers the entire DLSL and will be

implemented whenever an accident and/ or emergency
situation exists within or near DLSL, which could result into
personal injury, serious property damage and/ or impact to
the environment. Such accidents and emergency situations
include but are not limited to the following:

Guidelines: HOLD – UP
17.3.1 The Director of Institutional Safety, Security, and Emergency Services
Office (ISSESO) through the Security Officer and or Officer in Charge
shall place all security personnel on RED ALERT STATUS.

196
17.3.2 The Security Personnel who noticed the incident at his area of
responsibility shall immediately inform the Security Officer, Safety
Officer, Officer-in-Charge or the Detachment Commander of the
nature of the emergency.

17.3.3 The Security Officer, Safety Officer, Officer-in-Charge or the Asst.

Detachment Commander shall notify the ISSESO Director of the
situation as well as the identity of the hold-uppers, their firearms used,
and their plate number.

17.3.4 The Shift-in-Charge Security officer, Detachment Commander, or the

telephone operator shall then call the Police for assistance following the
instructions given by the ISSESO Director and/or Security Officer

17.3.5 While waiting for the arrival of the police authorities, the Officer-in-
Charge or the Asst. Detachment Commander shall call up the stand-by
Security Personnel at security spotters deployed at perimeter areas to
assist sentinels at the perimeter area.

17.3.6 The Security Head or the Officer-in-Charge and responding security

personnel must be equipped with firearms, position themselves in front
of the main canopy then expect a possible confrontation with the hold-
uppers.

17.3.7 Security personnel shall not fire their weapons inside the school
premises to avoid hurting any of the guests, students, visitors, and
employees and to do away with damaging company properties. If the
need arises, they shall confront the hold-uppers outside the campus.

17.3.7.1 IN CASE THE HOLD-UPPERS WERE APPREHENDED:

17.3.7.1.1 All cash, checks and belongings taken from the Cashier
and outlets, shall be recovered and fully inventoried;

17.3.7.1.2 The Security Officer or the Officer-in-Charge will

conduct a preliminary investigation;

197
18.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON KIDNAP

19.0 PING

19.1 The Safety and Security Personnel who noticed the incident at
his area of responsibility shall immediately inform the ISSESO
Director, Safety and Security Officers, Officer-in-Charge or
the Asst. Detachment Commander of the nature of the
emergency.

19.2 The Director of Institutional Safety, Security, and Emergency

Services Office (ISSESO) or Security Officer and the Officer-
in-Charge shall place all security personnel on RED ALERT
STATUS.

19.2.1 The Safety & Security Officer, Officer-in-Charge

or the Asst. Detachment Commander shall notify
the Director for ISSESO, Discipline Office, or
Grade Level Moderator, the nature of the
situation as well as the identity of the kidnappers,
firearms used, and their plate number.

19.2.2 The Assistant Detachment Commander or

Security Base operator shall call the Police for
assistance following the instructions given by the
ISSESO Director or the Security Head

18.2.3 While waiting for the arrival of the police

authorities, the Officer-in-Charge or the Asst.
Detachment Commander shall call up the stand-
by Security Personnel and allied friendly campus
security force to assist sentinels at the perimeter
area.

18.2.4 The Security Head or the Officer-in-Charge must

provide security personnel with firearms,
position themselves and expect a possible
confrontation with the kidnappers.

198
 18.2.5 Security personnel shall not fire their weapons
inside the school premises to avoid hurting any of
the guests, students, visitors, and partners and to
do away with damaging company properties. If
the need arises, they shall confront the kidnappers
outside.

18.3 The Security Head or the Detachment Commander Safety

Operations Head shall intensify intelligence operations to gather
information regarding any possible untoward incident.

18.4 Upon arrival of the Police Officers, turn over the situation for their
appropriate action.

18.5 Prepare Incident report.

EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON HOSTAGE TAKING

19.1 Objectives:

• To establish a procedure in preventing, preparing, responding to

accidents, and emergency situations at DLSL community
• To prevent and/ or mitigate the adverse impact of accidents and
emergencies to DLSL partners’ and students’ health and safety,
operations, properties, and to the environment.
• To ensure that all necessary measures and countermeasures in order to
protect the lives and properties of the occupants of the college and to be
able to achieve a high degree of efficiency on emergency situations
• To exercise the guidelines and procedures regularly and periodically so
that everybody will become aware and familiar for the proper actions
to be undertaken during the occurrence of campus violence.
• To be prepared when campus violence strikes.

19.2 Scope:

These guidelines and procedures apply to all staff, personnel and

students including the buildings and grounds of the entire community
owned and operated by De La Salle Lipa.

199
19.3 Guidelines:

19.3.1 The Director of Institutional Safety, Security, and Emergency Services

Office (ISSESO) through the Security Operations Officer and or the
Officer-in-charge shall place all security personnel on RED ALERT
STATUS.

19.3.2 The Security Personnel who noticed the incident at his area of
responsibility shall immediately inform the ISSESO Director,
Security Officer, and Officer- in-Charge or the Detachment
Commander of the nature of the emergency.

19.3.3 The Security Officer, and Officer-in-Charge or the Detachment

Commander or the Asst. Detachment Commander shall notify the
ISSESO Director of the situation as well as the identity of the hold-
uppers, their firearms used, and their plate number.

19.3.4 The Shift-in-Charge Security officer, Detachment Commander or the

telephone operator shall then call the Police for assistance following
the instructions of the ISSESO Director and or Security Officer and
immediately implement the following procedures:

19.3.5 Isolate the hostage zone, create an outer perimeter, and keep
onlookers beyond the police safety line.

19.3.6 Limit the mobility of the hostage taker/s to the smallest area possible
(the inner perimeter) and prevent them from observing police
activity.

19.3.7 Evaluate the original information provided, which may be from the
hostage taker or a representative, or perhaps a member of the public.

19.3.8 Report all available information gathered, including on the hostage

takers and hostages, events, weapons, zones, routes and so on,
informing other officers and the chain of command.

19.3.9 While waiting for the arrival of the Police Authorities, the Officer-in-
Charge or the Asst. Detachment Commander shall call up the stand-
by Security Personnel, viz security spotters deployed at perimeter
areas, to assist sentinels at the perimeter area.

19.3.10 The Security Head or the Officer-in-Charge and responding Quick

Reaction Team must be equipped with firearms, position themselves
in front of the main canopy and expect a possible engagement with
the hostage taker/s.

200
19.3.11 If there is enough time under the situation, order for the rules of
engagement must be coming from the office of the ISSESO
Director.

19.3.12 Security personnel shall not fire their weapons inside the school
premises to avoid hurting any of the students, partners, guests, and
visitors and to do away with damaging the campus or personal
properties.

19.3.13 Help/Assist the Security/Safety Officers by supplying them with all

additional information and ask others to cooperate.

19.3.14 Should gunfire or discharge of explosives happens and will cause

hazard to the campus, everybody should take cover immediately
using all available concealment. Seek emergency first aid thereafter if
necessary.

20.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON SELF- HARM OR SUICIDAL

CRISIS SITUATION

20.1 Objectives:

• To response to threatened self-harm or threatened suicide;

• To response to self-harm or attempted suicide;
• To response to completed suicide.

20.2 Scope:

These guidelines and procedures apply to the De La Salle Lipa

community including its properties. .

20.3 Guidelines:

20.3.1 Response to threatened self-harm and threatened suicide.

The goals in the management of patients threatening to

harm themselves are to prevent immediate self-harm and death
and to provide access to resources that will prevent self-harm and
suicide in the long term.

201
 20.3.2 Procedure:

20.3.2.1 Enroute to a scene, responders should gain as much

information as possible from the dispatcher
(Command and Control Base). Dispatchers should
obtain information about the patient and situation
from callers, including information about specific
threats, methodology, and weapons. The dispatcher
should attempt to develop a rapport with the caller,
keep the patient or personnel on the phone, and
attempt to stop self-harm and suicide.

20.3.2.2 The dispatcher should ensure that the College or IS

Guidance and Counseling Center is informed.
20.3.2.3 Manage threat at scene.

20.3.2.3.1 Upon arrival, conduct scene size up.

20.3.2.3.2 Protect the patient from harm and ensure

safety. Remove means of harm.

20.3.2.3.3 Take charge of the scene and separate people

in conflict.

20.3.2.3.4 Introduce yourself and state why you are there.

20.3.2.3.5 Establish rapport with the patient.

20.3.2.3.6 Conduct a thorough patient assessment to ensure that the

patient has not been harmed.

20.3.2.3.7 Respect personal spaces and avoid confrontation. Allow for a

defensive distance/stance and be positioned for quick evasion
or escape with a clear egress to a door.

20.3.2.3.8 Present a professional calm, orderly, and confident appearance.

20.3.2.3.9 Take time to observe, listen, and show compassion while

avoiding judgment.

202
 20.3.2.3.10 Speak directly about self-harm and suicide, talking about
suicide with the patient does not increase the risk of suicide, and
may provide an opportunity for needed dialogue. Asking
specific questions: “Are you thinking of harming or killing
yourself?” “Do you have a plan? What is your plan?”

20.3.2.3.11 Explore factors that may protect the patient from self-
harm and suicide such as supportive family and friends.

20.4 Look for and note warning signs. Warning signs are the earliest detectable
signs that indicate heightened risk of self-harm and suicide in the near-
term. Warning signs may include:

20.4.1 Evidence of thoughts about or threats to hurt or kill themselves;

20.4.2 Seeking ways or creating plans to kill themselves: seeking or
possessing immediate access to pills, weapons, or other means;
20.4.3 Someone talking, texting or writing about death, dying, or suicide, or
evidence of having made final arrangements;
20.4.4 No plans for the future except self-harm or suicide;
20.4.5 Anxiety and insomnia; and/or,
20.4.6 Recent and/or sudden changes in behavior

20.5 Look for and note risk factors. Certain risk factors are associated with self--‐
harm and suicidal behavior. Different from warning signs, risk factors
suggest longer--‐term risk. Risk factors may include:

20.5.1 Physical or emotional pain leading to desperation;

20.5.2 Belief that no resources exist or can help;
20.5.3 Has or has had a history of self--‐harm or attempted suicide;
20.5.4 Family history of self-‐harm and/or suicide;
20.5.5 History of depression or other mental disorder (i.e., mood disorder,
schizophrenia, certain personality disorders, anxiety disorder);
20.5.6 History of alcohol or drug abuse;
20.5.7 History of trauma or abuse;

20.5.8 History of recent loss (i.e., job, relationship, security);

20.5.9 Influence by the suicide of others, including family, friends and

media reports;

20.5.10 Social, cultural, financial, geographic and/or religious barriers

to obtaining help; and/or,
203
 20.5.11 Religious or cultural beliefs that identify suicide as an
acceptable means of achieving a goal.

20.6 Treatment and Transport Decisions

20.6.1 Transport anyone who has threatened or attempted to harm

themselves to a hospital or emergency receiving facility for
additional evaluation.

20.6.1.1 If the patient is uncooperative or combative, restrain

the patient.
20.6.1.2 If the patient is refusing transport, check mental
status and explain the benefits of the transport with
CCS.
20.6.1.3 Talk with the family about ensuring someone is with
the patient upon return from evaluation.
20.6.1.4 Discuss with the family the removal of firearms,
medications, or other means of self-harm from
home.
20.6.1.5 Relay any warning signs, risk factors, and the
patient’s comments to the receiving facility.
20.6.1.6 Thoroughly document event, including the patient’s
comments, actions, and responders’ actions.

20.7 Response to Self-Harm or Attempted Suicide

The goals in the management of patients who have harmed themselves or

attempted suicide are: the emergency management of threatening medical or
trauma issues; the prevention of further self-harm and death; and the
provision of access to resources that will prevent future harm and suicide.

20.7.1 En route to a scene, responders should gain as much information

as possible from dispatchers as directed above.
20.7.2 Ensure that personnel from Emergency, Safety and Security
personnel and CGCC/ISGCC are responding to the scene.
20.7.3 Manage the scene and immediate medical or trauma needs

20.7.3.1 Upon arrival, conduct scene size up.

20.7.3.2 Assess ABC and conduct a thorough patient assessment.
20.7.3.3 Address and treat any medical or traumatic needs.
20.7.3.4 If indicated, or if the patient is unstable, transport
immediately
204
 20.7.3.5 Take charge of the scene and separate people in conflict.
20.7.3.6 Introduce yourself and state why you are there.
20.7.3.7 Establish rapport with the patient.
20.7.3.8 Respect personal spaces and avoid confrontation.
20.7.3.9 Present a professional calm, orderly, and confident
appearance.
20.7.3.10 Take time to observe, listen, and show compassion while
avoiding judgment.
20.7.3.11 Speak directly about self-harm and suicide when asking
questions to the patient.
20.7.3.12 Look for and note warning signs.
20.7.3.13 Look for and note risk factors.

21.0 Treatment and transport decisions.

21.1 Transport anyone who has harmed themselves or attempted suicide

unless otherwise directed by medical control.
21.2 If the patient is uncooperative or combative, restrain the patient
and seek medical advice.
21.3 If the patient is refusing care, check mental status, and explain the
benefits of the transport with CGCC/ISGCC personnel.
21.4 Talk with the family about ensuring someone is with the patient
upon return from evaluation.
21.5 Discuss with the family the removal of firearms, medications or
other means of self-harm from the use.
21.6 Relay warning signs, risk factors, and the patient’s comments to the
receiving facility.
21.7 Thoroughly document event.

22.0 Response to the Completed Suicide

The goals in the management of a complete suicide are to: appropriately

manage the scene; compassionately care for the family, friends, co-workers,
and witnesses; thoroughly document the event; and ensure that responders
have post-event support.

22.1 En route to the suicide scene, gain as much information as possible

from the dispatcher.

22.2 Ensure that Emergency, Safety and Security personnel are responding
and securing the scene.

205
 22.3 Scene management:

22.3.1 Upon arrival, conduct scene size up.

22.3.2 At least two responders should enter the scene together.
22.3.3 Confirm death. Consult with School Physician per local
protocol. Do not disturb evidence or the body unless
necessary to establish death. The suicide scene should be
treated as a crime scene. Note identity of deceased, DOB,
time, place and manner of death.
22.3.4 Once death is established, turn attention to the family,
friends, co-workers, and witnesses. Be prepared to spend
an extended period of time on the scene and find backup
for the potential EMS calls.

22.4 Attending to the family, friends, co-workers, and witnesses c/o

CGCC/ISGCC.
22.5 Thoroughly document the death and findings on a patient care report.
22.6 Ensure responders have appropriate support following the call and
have access to resources that may be need to manage emotional and
psychological issues.

23.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ON VOLCANIC ERUPTION

23.1 Objectives:

23.1.1 To respond immediately when volcanic eruptions

occur.

23.1.2 To establish security and safety procedures during

the event of a volcanic eruption.
23.2 Scope:
These guidelines and procedures apply to the De La Salle Lipa
community including its buildings and grounds.

23.3 Guidelines:
In general, a volcanic eruption affects everybody not only the
campus but the whole community surrounding the volcano. In
the event of this incident, try to remain calm and call the
emergency DLSL Hotline 0905-936-7512 or local 221 or 333 as
soon as possible.

206
 23.3.1 If you are outside your building you should:

23.3.1.1 Try to remain calm.

23.3.1.2 Try to warn other partners, students, and visitors

to take immediate shelter.

23.3.1.3 Cover your mouth and nose with handkerchief or

some article of clothing.

23.3.1.4 Proceed to the nearest room; block all windows

and doors.

23.3.1.5 Turn off air condition units or electric fans. Keep

the lights on.

23.3.1.6 Instruct students to cover mouths and noses with

handkerchiefs or some other article of clothing.

23.3.1.7 Depending on circumstances, consideration may

also be given to exiting the nearest fire exit and
going to the Evacuation Area (SENTRUM or
Sports Center) near you.

23.3.2 If you are in your office or classroom, you should:

23.3.2.1 Try to remain calm.

23.3.2.2 Cover your mouth and nose with handkerchief or

some article of clothing

23.3.2.3 Turn off air conditioning units or electric fans.

Keep the lights on.

23.3.2.4 Close doors and windows.

23.3.2.5 Instruct students to cover mouths and noses with

handkerchiefs or some other article of clothing.

23.3.2.6 Wait for evacuation announcement then carefully

proceed to the Evacuation Area (SENTRUM or
Sports Center) near you.

207
 23.3.3 What to expect from responding rescuers:

The objectives of responding rescuers are:

23.3.3.1 Immediately assess situation of the office or

classroom occupants.

23.3.3.2 Give necessary assistance.

23.3.3.3 Prepare all for evacuation to the nearest

evacuation area.

23.3.3.4 Evacuate and give assistance to those

who are unable to move properly.
23.3.4 What to expect at the evacuation area:

23.3.4.1 Partners and students are to be accounted

for.
23.3.4.2 First aid will be given to those who are in
need
23.3.4.3 Food and water will be supplied, if necessary
23.3.4.4 Students will be distributed to parents as
soon as they arrived.
23.3.4.5 Students and partners who will not be
fetched will be accommodated until they are
able to get home safely.

24.0 VEHICLE ENTRY PASS VIOLATION AND SANCTION

Minor Violations Sanctions

1. Playing loud music 1st Offense – Written warning

2. Engine revving (will be issued with or without
3. Smoke belching the presence of the driver)
4. Doing car wash
5. Improper parking (parking in 2nd Offense – Automatic
excess of slot, unaligned parking) cancellation of vehicle pass for
6. Loading and unloading on the rest of the year (vehicle pass
restricted areas will be immediately removed
7. Engine idling, waiting while from the vehicle with or
idling without the presence of the
8. Littering driver, application for new
9. Failure to open the trunk upon sticker following suspension
request by security staff

208
10. Unauthorized and improper use will be under review of
of school facilities ISSESO)
11. Any other infraction similar or
analogous to any of the above. 3rd Offense - Blacklisting of
vehicle and/or driver from
entering the campus (sticker will
be immediately removed from
vehicle with or without the
presence of the driver

*Stalled and illegally parked

vehicle will be towed at the
owner’s expense

Major Violations Sanctions

1. Unauthorized or illegal parking 1st Offense – Cancellation of
(parking on no parking zones, fire parking privilege for one year
lanes, restricted and/or reserved (sticker will be immediately
areas) removed from the vehicle with
2. Over speeding and/or reckless or without the presence of the
driving driver, application for new
3. Tampering with vehicle sticker sticker following suspension
and/or pass will be under review of
4. Transferring of vehicle pass to ISSESO)
another vehicle without written
notification from authorized 2nd Offense - Blacklisting of
ISSESO personnel vehicle and/or driver from
5. Falsification of required entering the campus. (sticker
documents for vehicle sticker will be immediately removed
issuance and/or for recognition from vehicle with or without
purposes the presence of the driver)
6. Forgery of the parking vehicle
sticker and/or security pass
7. Driving under the influence of
liquor and/or prohibited drugs
8. Smoking and gambling in any
form inside the campus
9. Disrespect of security staff and/or
school authorities
10. Engaging in traffic altercations or
any form of aggression and/or

209
 arrogance towards security staff or
school authorities
11. Complaints of indecency or sexual
harassment committed against *Stalled and illegally parked
students, faculty, staff, visitors, vehicle will be towed at the
and/or guests. owner’s expense

25.0 PREMISES OF THE ESTABLISHMENT

De La Salle Lipa covers more or less a 15-hectare property situated into two
barangays namely: Tambo and Mataas na Lupa, the campus runs beside the
National

Road (JP Rizal Highway) and has access road in north to south and vice
versa along Calle Arzobispado. The whole property is surrounded by a
perimeter fence with six vehicle and pedestrian access gates.

26.0 SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY

This policy applies to all partners and students. Department heads are
responsible for disseminating information contained in this document to
other affected individuals within their respective departments. This policy
supersedes any and all other policies issued concerning Campus Access.

27.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

This section identifies the responsibilities of the departments involved with

respect to the processes and procedures in this document.

Everyone is responsible for overall campus security. In other words,

SECURITY IS EVERYBODY’S RESPONSIBILITY.

Institutional Safety, Security & Emergency Services Office (ISSESO) is

generally in charge of the implementation of the provisions stated in this
document, in coordination with the Security Detachment Office.

Security Detachment Office is responsible for implementing, monitoring

and reporting of matters under the provisions stipulated in this policy
statement.

210
Other Academic and Administration Departments are responsible for
filling out the request forms, accomplishing letters of request and programs
of activities for matters that pertain to gaining access to campus premises and
facilities at any given day as stated in this document.

28.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this document, the following acronyms, vocabulary, terms,
and definitions are defined:

28.1 Designated Authority

A person designated as OIC in the absence of the Dean,
Director, or the Principal

28.2 Outsource Partners

This shall refer to contracted or outsourced manpower,
specifically for janitorial and housekeeping services, since
the third party service undergoes bidding from time to time.

28.3 Facilities
Generally, this term refers to buildings or equipment

28.4 Holidays
This shall refer to legal holidays, school holidays, shutdowns
(either full or partial), and all other days established as
holidays either by national or local government

28.5 Overstay
An individual or group activity lasting beyond the 9:00 PM
curfew or overnight

28.6 Process
Any activity involving the execution of requests in this
context starting from the initial request up to the requestor’s
agreement and sign-off

28.7 Protocol
Mandatory guidelines

211
 28.8 Security Clearance
An authorization for campus access issued to individuals
either through the security clearance form or school
communication with note of approval.

28.9 Requestor
Refers to the requesting individual, unit or party

28.10 Weekends
Shall refer strictly to Saturdays and Sundays

28.11 ISSESO
An acronym for the Institutional Safety, Security &
Emergency Services Office.

28.12 GES
An acronym for General Engineering Services.

29.0 SPECIFIC GUIDELINES

29.1 Timing of requests, letters, and notices

Forms, letters, and requests pertaining to access to campus

premises must be submitted to ISSESO under the Office of the
President and for endorsement to the Security Detachment
Office not later than a day before the said activity.

29.2 Use of forms

DLSL adheres to several Institutional standards and part of it

is the use of forms. Requests that do not use the current
(updated) official Employee Security Clearance and Student
Security Clearance forms (ESC and SSC, respectively) will
neither be entertained nor attended to and will be returned to
the requestors.

212
 29.3 Entry during weekends and holidays

Under no circumstances shall anyone be allowed entry to the

campus regardless of the activity without prior security
clearance. This applies to all academic and administrative
activities. There are specific procedures for different scenarios
as described in detail under the procedure details of this
document.
29.4 Entry during plant shutdown

No one is allowed entry to the campus during plant shutdown.

However, due to the nature of work, only personnel from the
General Services Department are allowed entry provided that there
is prior scheduled maintenance work or other related task that has
been approved by the Vice Chancellor for Administration and
from the Office of the President. During partial plant shutdown,
only those who have secured prior approval from the Vice
Chancellor for Administration and Office of the President shall be
allowed entry.

29.5 Campus curfew

De La Salle Lipa shall follow a campus curfew which shall start at

9:00 P.M. and end at 5:00 A.M. the following day. All academic and
administrative activities beyond and within the curfew hours shall
have prior approval from the Vice Chancellor for Administration
and Office of the President.

29.6 Varsity, Dance troupe, PEP squad, Choir, Theater group

practices

Student groups which train and practice on a regular basis like varsity
players, dance troupe members, pep squad members, choir members
and theater group members, and their respective coaches, advisers,
and moderators may only be allowed access to campus premises for
as long as there is prior coordination with ISSESO. This may be in
the form of a program of activities (POA) or internal communication
with a list or roster of participants and members which may be done
prior to the start of the semester or the school year. School
identification is required upon entry. Students will not be allowed
entry without the presence of their coaches/ trainers and alike.

213
29.7 Reserved Facilities

Approved facility reservations handled by the Facilities and

Reservations Officer that fall on a weekend, holiday, or shutdown
shall not be construed as a security clearance for entry into campus
premises. Prior arrangements have to be done with the ISSESO
Director to gain access.

29.8 Overnight Parking

Vehicles are not allowed to park overnight without prior approval

of ISSESO Director. For whatever reasons, should the vehicle be
left parked inside the campus overnight, the owner or driver of the
vehicle shall secure an Overnight Parking Request form from the
Security Detachment Office.

29.9 Withdrawal of keys

Before the start of every school year, not later than the end of July,
all department or unit heads shall submit a roster of personnel
authorized to withdraw the keys to their respective offices. No one
shall be allowed to withdraw the keys to any laboratories especially
during weekends, holidays, and plant shutdowns without proper
authorization from the Vice Chancellor for Administration or
coordination with their respective Deans, Directors, or Principal.
Students are not allowed to withdraw the keys to any office,
regardless of the circumstance.

Outsource Partners scheduled to clean their designated areas beyond

office hours, during holidays, weekends, and plant shutdowns may
only withdraw the keys upon prior coordination with and approval
from the ISSESO. By policy, scholars posted as maintenance
assistants are not required nor allowed to work on holidays. A list or
roster of maintenance assistants with their designated place of work
or respective assignment shall be provided by the Lasallian
Assistance and Ministries Program Office to ISSESO prior to the
start of the semester or school year for coordination with the
Security Detachment Office.

214
 A security clearance shall be presented to the guard on-duty before
the keys are released. The security detachment shall maintain a
record log of keys withdrawn and returned.

29.10 Entry during maintenance and clean up

Only those with prior schedules and security clearances for

maintenance and clean-up are allowed entry inside the rooms or
laboratories.

29.11 Deliveries and pull-outs during weekends, holidays, plant

shutdowns

The acceptance of deliveries from suppliers during weekends,

holidays and plant shutdowns is not allowed, unless, for instances
of absolute necessity, any delivery during weekends, installation by
suppliers and/or commissioning and testing of equipment, must
have prior coordination with the Director for Services and Director
of ISSESO. Likewise, during such days aforementioned, withdrawal
and/or pull-out of material assets from the campus is strictly not
allowed. Only scheduled garbage collection activities are allowed
during such cases.

29.12 Late deliveries

Deliveries past official hours shall not be entertained. Should the

supplier or the driver decline, the delivery vehicle is not allowed
entry. In some cases, where the delivery of the item is considered
very urgent, it is necessary to make prior arrangements with the
Central Purchasing Department, Financial Resources Department,
General Services Department, and ISSESO.

29.13 Approvals

The President’s Council shall be the approving body of all proposed

general and specific security and safety policies and measures stated
in this document, and any changes or amendments henceforth.

215
 29.13.1 Implementation

The approval of the request for security clearance shall

follow the required levels of approval. The Deans,
Directors, and the Integrated School Principal shall
approve all security clearance requests on any given
weekend or holiday. Requests for security clearance for
activities during shutdown, either full or partial, shall
require approval of the Chancellor or the Vice
Chancellor for Administration.
30.0 PROCEDURE PROCESS FLOW

Responsibility Activity Interface

Requestor Accomplishes Employee Security
Employee Security Clearance / Student
Clearance/Student Security Clearance /
Security Clearance Internal
indicating purpose communication
or reason or
submits a formal
internal
communication
Dean, Director, Acknowledges, Employee Security
Principal checks, and Clearance / Student
affirms the Security Clearance /
Employee/Student Internal
Security clearance communication
form or the
internal
communication
(letter) and routes
it to the Director
of ISSESO

216
31.0 PROCEDURE DETAILS

31.1 For service partners and students

31.1.1 The appropriate security clearance form is secured from

the Security Detachment Office.

31.1.2 The security clearance form is accomplished by the

requesting party and is signed by the respective Dean,
Director, or the Principal or in the case of absence, any of
his/her designated representative as approving authority.

31.1.3 The security clearance is routed to ISSESO Director who

then endorses the request to DLSL Security Officer for
notation and endorsement to the Security Detachment
Office.

31.1.4 The security clearance form, together with the appropriate

identification (student ID, or employee ID), is presented
to the security guard on-duty on the requested day of
entry

31.2 For school organization activities

31.2.1 A copy of the approved program of activities (POA) or

official school internal communication attached with a
list(s) of participants/attendees and security and safety
plan to ISSESO Director. In cases when the activity falls
on a shutdown or would last beyond the curfew of 9:00
PM, and/or for cases when the activity extends overnight
in any given weekend or holiday, a letter of request for
such activity shall be submitted and approved by the
President and the Vice Chancellor for Administration.

31.2.2 A copy of the approved forms and communications is

submitted to the ISSESO Director.

31.2.3 The ISSESO Director endorses the request to the DLSL

Security Officer for notation and endorsement to the
Security Detachment Office.

217
 31.2.4 Pertinent identification is presented to the security guard
on duty who then double-checks the identity against the
roster provided prior to the activity.

31.3 For school-sponsored activities open to the general public

31.3.1 A copy of the approved program of activities (POA) or

official school internal communication attached with a
list(s) of expected participants/attendees and security and
safety plan to ISSESO Director.

31.3.2 A copy of the approved forms and communications is

submitted to ISSESO Director.

31.3.3 The ISSESO Director endorses the request to the DLSL

Security Officer for notation and endorsement to the
Security Detachment Office.

31.3.4 Pertinent identification is presented to the security guard

on-duty who then double-checks the identity against the
roster provided prior to the activity.

31.3.5 For activities where vehicles are expected to park inside

the campus, prior coordination with ISSESO is necessary
and all traffic and parking rules and regulations apply.

31.4 For expected school visitors and guests

31.4.1 For school visitors and guests, the concerned office shall
furnish the ISSESO Director an internal communication
stating or indicating the following or any combination
thereof:
31.4.1.1 Names of visitors/guests
31.4.1.2 Date/Duration of visit
31.4.1.3 Type of vehicle/Number of expected
vehicles
31.4.1.4 Program/Itinerary
31.4.1.5 Security plans/requirements

31.4.2 Expected VIPs requiring a reserved parking slot shall be

coordinated with ISSESO or to the Security Detachment
Office prior to any activity. All traffic and parking rules
and regulations shall apply.

218
 31.4.3 The ISSESO Director endorses the request to DLSL
Security Officer for notation and endorsement to the
Security Detachment Office.
Pertinent identification is presented to the security guard
on-duty who then double-checks the identity against the
roster provided prior to the activity.

31.5 For walk-in visitors/guests/applicants

31.5.1 The Security Detachment Office or the guard on-duty

shall require proper identification of walk-in visitors /
guests / applicants and requires them to log on the
Visitor’s Log Sheet and are issued individual Visitor’s
Pass.
31.5.2 For visitors coming in groups, every member of the group
shall sign in the log sheet and the Visitor’s Pass is issued
only to the leader of such group.
31.5.3 The guard on-duty also issues an appointment
confirmation form to the visitor/guests/applicants
31.5.4 The visitor/guest/applicant shall have the appointment
confirmation form signed by their corresponding contacts
inside the campus
31.5.5 Upon exit, the visitor withdraws their identification
cards/ID and surrenders the signed appointment
confirmation form and Visitor’s Pass.

32.0 ENCLOSURES/ ATTACHMENTS

Form Reference Number Code Form Name

GSD-007-INTv1.01s2008 OPR Overnight Parking
Request
GSD-010-INTv1.01s2008 ESC Employee Security
Clearance
GSD-011-INTv1.01s2008 SSC Student Security
Clearance

Report Reference Number Code Report Name

219
33.0 CAPA SECTION

33.1 Violations/ Non-Compliance

Violation of the requirements of this policy constitutes a basis for

employee (faculty and staff) discipline or student discipline and are
dealt with according to the provisions of the respective handbook
and/or manual on violations and sanctions pertaining to “gross
misconduct.”

33.2 Corrective Action/ Preventive Action

Any incident or scenario pertaining to campus access and security

not specifically covered by this policy statement shall be escalated
to the Vice Chancellor for Administration for final decision during
the implementation. Should there be major changes to the policy
herein stated, a multidisciplinary committee shall be convened for
the review and revisions.

220
 SECTION XIX
GRADUATE PROGRAM

CBEAM MISSION

Led by a community of educators and business practitioners, CBEAM is

committed to develop competent, innovative, socially responsible, and globally
competitive Lasallian business leaders & professionals.

CBEAM VISION

CBEAM envisions itself to be the school of choice for a world class

business education.

DE LA SALLE LIPA
GRADUATE PROGRAM

The Graduate Program (GP) is an academic department of the College of

Business, Economics, Accountancy and Management (CBEAM). It
realizes the mission, philosophy, goals, and objectives of the Institution
through the formation of professionals in their chosen careers. It aims to
provide and offer excellent graduates to aid in the further development of
the working population and professional students. The knowledge, skills,
and professional values developed in the students are broad enough to
enable adaptation to change, given high uncertainty and shifting
competencies in the world of work.

221
 STATEMENT OF COMMITMENT

We, the Graduate Programs Department, commit ourselves

to the development of professionals who are
highly disciplined, competent, innovative,
creative and guided by the spirit of
Saint John Baptist De La Salle.

222
 ACADEMIC OFFERINGS

MASTER IN MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY (MMT)

MASTER IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA)

The MMT Program is a graduate level business management course with a

specialization in technology and its applications. As a graduate school
management program, it provides its students with the competitive edge of
core management training plus the use of technology relevant to business.
The end product is a graduate who has the skills expected of experienced
managers including familiarity and knowledge of computers and other
technologies.

The MBA program is designed to develop the next generation of leaders

who are socially empowered in facing the complex market in a fast-moving
technology-based business environment. The program aims to develop
business professionals who optimize the soft skills of leadership in the
organization and utilize business intelligence to be more effective decision-
makers

The MMT program was approved and recognized by the Commission on

Higher Education in May 1996 and April 1998 respectively. The MBA
received government recognition on September 20, 2016. Both programs
may be completed in two years. These programs are usually offered every
Saturday to cater to professionals who have full-time on weekdays.

GUIDELINES AND POLICIES ON

ADMISSION AND ENROLMENT

ADMISSION

Applicants for admission to the MMT and MBA Programs must comply
with the following requirements:

A. ELIGIBILITY AND/OR CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION

Applicants to Graduate Programs should have:

223
1. a bachelor’s degree;
2. passed the entrance examination;
3. passed the interview; and
4. at least one (1) year of business experience or at least two (2)
years of work experience.

B. ENTRANCE EXAMINATION

Entrance Examinations for applicants to the MMT and MBA Program

shall be administered to all applicants. Performance rating in the exam
is a significant factor for admission to the program.

C. QUALIFYING INTERVIEW

All applicants who passed the entrance examination shall be personally

interviewed by the Dean or Graduate Program (GP) Chair to determine
the applicant’s eligibility and preparedness for graduate school work.
The qualifying interview shall be based on the following:
1. significance of work experience;
2. leadership qualities;
3. motivation in pursuing graduate studies;
4. seriousness of purpose and sense of determination;
5. proficiency in oral and written communication; and
6. overall life goals and objectives.

D. REQUIRED DOCUMENTS

The applicant must be an undergraduate degree holder from an

institution of recognized standing. As per CHED requirements, the
following documents/requirements should be submitted during the
application period:
1. completely filled-up application form;
2. letter of recommendation from his/her immediate supervisor;
3. original copy of Transcript of Records (TOR) and college diploma
(original and photocopy);
4. original copy of Transcript of Records (TOR) and Transfer
credential from the school last attended, if the applicant is a
transferee; and
5. two pcs. (2x2) colored ID pictures.

ENROLMENT
224
 Students shall complete their enrolment within the prescribed schedule.
The last day of enrolment is one week after the start of the first course
of the semester. Late registration shall not be allowed beyond one week
after the start of classes. Enrolment will be done after every semester.

Late enrollees shall be charged a prescribed amount.

A. ENROLMENT PROCEDURES
Please refer to the online process as presented at the DLSL website
https://www.dlsl.edu.ph/iato-2/?fbclid=IwAR3w7xwaxiVh-
2t3mN3dizqvioocHptACcV2c2hOULrgw71iR7itC-klCnM

a. CREDITING OF SUBJECTS FOR TRANSFEREES

1. Units earned from an institution of recognized standing may be
credited provided that such subjects have equivalent courses at
DLSL.
2. Maximum of twenty percent (20%) of the total required academic
units of DLSL programs may be credited. In exceptionally
meritorious cases, DLSL may waive this limit of credits to be
transferred.
3. Courses with units and descriptions similar to those offered at
DLSL and earned by the student from another graduate school of
recognized standing shall be accepted provided that the following
conditions are met:
3.1. The grade is not lower than 3.0 (92-94 or very Good/Noteworthy)
or its equivalent
3.2. The courses were taken five (5) years prior to enrolment.

b. SECOND PROGRAM TAKERS

Those who have completed their master’s degree in business at
a recognized institution may apply for a second program. Additional
courses should be taken as follows:
1. One to three years graduate ............ six units refresher course,
Written Comprehensive Exam, Thesis 1 & 2;
2. More than three years to five years ............ nine units refresher
course, Written Comprehensive Exam, Thesis 1 & 2;
3. More than five years ....................... all units retake

225
c. ADDING, CHANGING, AND DROPPING OF SUBJECTS
1. Students are allowed to add and change subjects after registration
within the first week after the opening of the class. Dropping is
allowed beginning the first week after the opening of the class. The
last day for dropping is the second meeting for each subject. After
this deadline, students may opt to withdraw from the subject (see
Course Withdrawal).
2. An officially dropped subject within the allowable time shall not
appear in the student's transcript of records.
3. Students should submit the approved copy of adding, changing, or
dropping form at the registrar’s office for proper recording.
4. Students should keep the approved copy of the forms for future
reference.

d. PROCEDURES IN ADDING, CHANGING, AND DROPPING OF

SUBJECTS
1. Secure copies of appropriate form from the Registrar’s Office.
2. Submit the accomplished form to the GP Chair. Upon verification,
the student will proceed to the Registrar’s Office for notification and
approval.
3. Present the approved form to the Accounting Office for proper
adjustment.
4. FRD Cashier returns the form retaining one copy for their file.
5. Student should submit one copy to the GP Office for appropriate
recording.

e. COURSE WITHDRAWAL
1. After the prescribed period during which adding, changing, or
dropping subjects is allowed, a student has to apply for withdrawal if
he wishes to discontinue attending classes. A "W" appears in his/her
transcript of records. The deadline for withdrawal from a subject is
three (3) weeks after the start of each subject.
2. Students who incur more than the maximum allowable number of
absences or who simply stop attending class without filing the proper
withdrawal form to the Registrar's Office are given “UW” for the
subject. “UW” means that the student withdrew from the subject
unofficially.
3. Any application for withdrawal from a subject after the withdrawal
period shall not be entertained at the GP Office.

226
f. REFUND OF FEES
1. A student who transfers or otherwise drops, in writing, within one
week after the beginning of classes and who has already paid the
pertinent tuition and other school fees shall be charged ten percent
(10%) of the total amount due for the subject. If he decided to drop
within the second week, he will be charged twenty percent (20%) of
the total amount due for the subject.
2. If the student decided to transfer or withdraw from the module for
justifiable reason beyond the provision stated above, the student shall
be charged the total other school fees for the module and the pertinent
tuition fee for the subjects attended.

g. CROSS ENROLMENT
For meritorious cases, cross-enrolment in another institution of
recognized standing may be allowed, subject to the following conditions:

1. The student shall present a formal request, for endorsement by the

Registrar and approval by the Dean;
2. The student shall have already successfully completed, in DLSL at
least twenty four (24) units;
3. The subjects for cross-enrolment shall not exceed a total of six (6)
units
4. The subjects are substantially the same as those offered in DLSL.

h. DOCUMENTATION CONTROL AND RETENTION POLICY

1. Discontinuance of Studies

Student IDs of those students who shall discontinue studies or who shall
transfer to another school should be surrendered. In case of loss, an
affidavit of loss shall be submitted.

1.1. A certificate of transfer credential or honorable dismissal should be

requested from the Registrar as soon as the student decides to
discontinue his studies.
1.2. Clearance form to be signed by the GP Chair, Dean registrar, Director
for Student Services, and accounting officer should be submitted
before the release of any document to the students.
1.3. Original transcript of records shall be sent directly to the school
which the student wishes his credits transferred.

227
1.4. Transcripts which maybe hand carried, are issued for evaluation
purposes only. These are complete records of a student’s grade.

2. Transcript of Records (TOR) and Other Documents

2.1. If no pending accountabilities, the student sends an email to the

Records Section ([email protected]) of the Registrar’s Office.
2.2 Release of TOR and other documents shall be done following
the schedule of the Office of the Registrar.
3. Issuance Of Grades

3.1. Release of grades per subject is done by the Registrar’s Office

upon request of the student.
3.2. Release of grades shall be on hold until a student fully settles his
account.
3.3. Students with incomplete grades should be given a grace period
of two weeks after the issuance to complete their grades. In doing so, the
incomplete grade shall be replaced by the completion grade.

4. Student ID

For Student ID and ID Certificate request, students will send an email to

[email protected]

5. Student’s Personal File

Personal files of students are kept in the Registrar’s Office.

6. Names of Students in School Records

As per CHED policy, no name should be entered in all school records

other than that appearing in the Birth Certificate or Admission
Credentials of the student concerned. The use of nicknames or aliases
shall be strictly prohibited.

Request for change/correction of name should be submitted to the

Registrar’s Office with the following documents for reference and
records purposes.

228
6.1. Original copy of birth certificate
6.2. Joint affidavit of two (2) disinterested persons attesting to the
fact, that among others, the assumed name(s) and the legal name of the
student refers to one and the same person
6.3. Affidavit of student of legal age surrounding the use of assumed
name or alias, attesting to the fact as called for.
6.4. Letter of request for correction of name addressed to the
Registrar.

7. Duration of Graduate Study

7.1. The maximum period for completing all the requirements for the
graduate programs shall be five (5) years from the time of the initial
enrolment in the program;
7.2. Failure to complete the Graduate program within the residency
period stated above will mean re-enrolling in refresher courses. As a
general rule, six units are required as refresher courses for the first year
beyond the maximum residency for those who have yet to complete their
academic units, and three units thereafter until this is done.
7.3. Grades of the refresher courses shall not be included in the
computation of the GPA.
7.4. All questions or inquiries pertaining to the application for
extension shall be decided upon by a committee to be constituted by the
Dean.
7.5. Once re-enrolled, a student shall not be allowed to file any leave
of absence. The GP Chair shall determine which refresher courses may
be taken by the re-enrolling student.
7.6. In highly meritorious cases, or in cases where the student is in the
final stages of writing THESIS II, he may be given an extension of one
year, upon the recommendation of the GP Chair in coordination with the
teacher– in – charge and the approval by the Dean. If after the one year
extension, the student will not be able to finish the Thesis II, the student
has to re-enroll the course.

8. Student’s Leave of Absence

8.1. If a student, for any reason whatsoever has to stop his academic
studies for at least one term; he should present a request for a leave of
absence for the said duration to GP Office.
8.2. If the student fails to complete his academic studies including
THESIS writing within the allotted period (5 years), leaves of absence
included, the following sanctions shall automatically be applied:
229
8.3. One year extension or fraction thereof ............ three units
refresher course;
8.4. More than one year to two years....................... six units refresher
course;
8.5. More than two years to three years.................. nine units refresher
course;
8.6. More than three years. ...................... all units forfeited.

ACADEMIC POLICIES

PROBATIONARY STUDENTS

Students on probation are those who do not have all the necessary
admission requirements. They are required to obtain a grade point
average (GPA) of 3.0 in the First Module in order to be formally admitted
into the program.

ACADEMIC LOAD

The academic load of the student, whether full-time or part-time,

shall be enrolled 9 units per semester and 3 units during term break.
CBEAM offers the following programs: (1) Master in Management
Technology; and (2) Master in Business Administration.

Master in Management Technology

Program Outcomes

By the end of the program, MMT students can:

PLO 1 Practice and show comprehensive skill formation in data

management, analytics and software application in management

PLO 2 Apply the principles in the disciplinary areas of engineering

management and technology.

PLO 3 Engage in ethical management, sustainability, and governance

with Lasallian Guiding Principles

230
PLO 4 Acquire advanced skills in research and statistics

PLO 5 Prepare and recommend technology-driven integrated strategic,

functional, and operational plans for business value creation in a
sustainable socially responsible, and ethical manner considering the
needs of the community and national development.

PLO 6 Demonstrate a strong strategic mindset for innovation,

sustainability, stability, and resilience to disruptive changes

PLO 7 Demonstrate business competencies necessary to design and

implement strategies to improve the overall organization's results.

PLO 8 Assess the business environment using various theoretical and

conceptual frameworks in problem analysis, resolutions, service
management, project management, analytical techniques in strategic
management, and management information systems

PLO 9 Manage the effective planning of research and technology based

initiatives taking into consideration the ethical and international issues of
the business environment

PLO 10 Lead in the execution of successful technological innovations of

companies and organizations

PLO 11 Execute simulated management functions with Christian values

of honesty, social responsibility, perseverance, human dignity and
discipline

PLO 12 Live and exemplify the Lasallian core values of faith, service,
and communion.

231
The following are the courses:

Course No. of
Course Title
Code Units

CORE/FOUNDATION 12
MMT
Industrial Organizations and Management 3
INDOMGT
Ethics, Social Responsibility, and Good
MMT
Governance with Lasallian Guiding 3
SOCGOVn
Principles
MMT
Business Research 3
BUSIRESn
MMT
Statistics and Data Analysis 3
DATASTAT

MAJOR 15
Total Quality Management & Management
MMT TQMSci 3
Science
MMT
Service Management 3
SERVMAN
MMT
Operations Management 3
OPERMAN
MMT Analytical Techniques for Strategic
3
ANALTECH Management
MMT
Management Information Systems 3
MANINFO
6*
COGNATES/ELECTIVES
MMT ELEC1 Elective 1 3
MMT ELEC2 Elective 2 3
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
THESIS WRITING 6
MMT THESIS
Thesis Writing 1 3
1
MMT THESIS
Thesis Writing 2 3
2
39 units
232
* Students are to choose 2 Elective courses from course offerings and
will be
coded as Elec 1 and Elec 2. Course offerings include Project Management,
Information Security Management, Applications of AI and Machine Learning in
Business, Strategic Management, Strategic Human Resource Management
Organization Development with Change Management, etc.

Master in Business Administration

Program Outcomes

By the end of the program, MBA students can:

PLO 1 Practice and show comprehensive skill formation in data

management, analytics and software application in management.

PLO 2 Apply the principles in the disciplinary areas of management,

like finance, operation, marketing and human resource management.

PLO 3 Engage in ethical management, sustainability and governance.

PLO 4 Acquire advanced skills in research and statistics

PLO 5 Prepare and recommend integrated strategic, functional, and

operational plans for business value creation in a sustainable socially
responsible, and ethical manner considering the needs of the
community and national development.

PLO 6 Demonstrate a strong strategic mindset for innovation,

sustainability, stability and resilience to disruptive changes

PLO 7 Demonstrate business competencies necessary to design and

implement strategies to improve the overall organization's results.

PLO 8 Assess the business environment using various theoretical and

conceptual frameworks in problem analysis, resolutions, team
management, project management, strategic management

PLO 9 Manage the effective planning of research and technology-

based initiatives taking into consideration the ethical and international
issues of the business environment

233
 PLO 10 Lead in the execution of successful technological
innovations of companies and organizations

PLO 11 Execute simulated management functions with Christian

values of honesty, social responsibility, perseverance, human dignity
and discipline

PLO 12 Live and exemplify the Lasallian core values of faith,

service, and communion.

The following are the courses:

No. of
Course Code Course Title
Units
CORE/FOUNDATI
ON 12
Managing, Leading, and
MBA MANLEADS 3
Stewardship
Ethics, Social Responsibility, and
MBA SOCGOVn Good Governance with Lasallian 3
Guiding Principles
MBA BUSIRESn Business Research 3
MBA DATASTAT Statistics and Data Analysis 3
MAJOR 15
MBA STRAMARK Strategic Marketing 3
MBA OPERMAN Operations Management 3
MBA ORGBEV Organizational Behavior 3
Strategic Human Resource
MBA SHRM 3
Management
MBA ACFORMAN Accounting for Managerial Decision 3
COGNATES/ELEC
6
TIVES*
MBA ELEC1 Elective 1 3
MBA ELEC2 Elective 2 3
THESIS WRITING 6
MBA THESIS 1 Thesis Writing 1 3
MBA THESIS 2 Thesis Writing 2 3
39 units

234
*Students are to choose 2 Elective courses from course offerings and
will be coded as Elec 1 and Elec 2. Course offerings include Project
Management, Business Analytics for Strategic Management,
Management Information System, Strategic Management,
Organization Development with Change Management, etc.

ATTENDANCE

1. Prompt and regular attendance of students is required. Total

absences shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the maximum
number of class sessions.
2. Students are not exempted from complying with the
requirements of the subject during the period of their absence.

FEES AND PAYMENT

All payments shall be transacted with the DLSL Accounting Office or

any accredited payment channels.

GRADING SYSTEM

The Graduate Program shall adopt the numerical grading system as

defined below:

GRADE EQUIVALENT DESCRIPTIO

(%) N
4.00 98-100 Excellent
3.75 95 – 97 Superior
3.50 92 – 94 Very Good
3.25 89 – 91 Good
3.00 86 – 88 Average
2.75 83 – 85 Satisfactory
00 Below 83 No Credit
D Dropped
Officially
W
Withdrawn
Unauthorized
UW
Withdrawal
235
 INC Incomplete
NC No Credit

1. Each faculty may decide on the respective grades to be given to class

standing, exams and other requirements. At the beginning of every
subject, the faculty shall explain the grading system to the students.
2. In case of erroneous computations and entries in the grading sheet,
the Professor may request a change of grade. For this purpose, the
professor concerned shall fill up a request form for change of grades,
duly signed, noted by the GP Chair and approved by the Dean.
Changing of grades is allowed only within two weeks after the issuance
of such grades.
3. Submission of grades shall be not later than two (2) weeks after the
last day of classes for the course.
4. The Instructor/Professor has the sole authority to determine and give
grades to students. A grade of Incomplete (INC) completed within two
weeks after the issuance of grades shall not appear in the transcript.
Students may complete the incomplete (INC) grade within two weeks
from the period it was incurred. A grade of incomplete (INC) becomes
0.0 or NC after the semester that it is enrolled. Students who fail to
complete their deficiencies within the prescribed period shall be
required to re-enroll the subject.
5. In the case of writing THESIS, students may complete the incomplete
(INC) grade within one year from the period it was incurred. A grade
of incomplete (INC) becomes 0.0 or NC after one year. Students who
fail to complete their deficiencies within the prescribed period shall be
required to re-enroll the subject.
6. An NC mark shall disqualify a candidate from academic scholarship
and/or graduation with honors.
7. Other marks that can be given in the graduate programs are:

7.1. W (Officially Withdrawn) given to a student who withdraws

enrolment from the course or a subject for a valid reason, noted by the
GP Chair and with explicit permission of the Dean.
7.2. UW (Unauthorized Withdrawal) given to a student who
withdraws enrolment from the course or a subject without permission
of the Dean.
7.3. DROPPED given to a student who officially dropped the
subject

236
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
1. Students who have completed the academic requirements for
the program are qualified to take the Written Comprehensive
Examinations (WCE). Passing the WCE is a requirement to proceed to
the final phase of the program to earn the Master’s Degree. Application
should be filed at the GP Office at least two weeks before the date of
examination, which is usually given after finishing all academic
courses.
2. The Program Chair in coordination with the Dean shall take
charge of the comprehensive examinations.
3. The comprehensive examinations for the master’s degree shall
focus on five courses specifically 1 foundation, 3 majors, and 1
elective. Examinees are given three hours to finish each chosen course.
4. The examination will be conducted either online or onsite
depending on circumstances as decided by the department.
5. The GP faculty who taught the course will prepare the test
examinations and shall be responsible for the checking. He shall
determine the equivalent points of each question per course . In case a
faculty who taught the course will not be able to submit questions, the
GP Chair and/or the CBEAM Dean shall nominate another professor
taking into consideration the course syllabus used and specialization of
the faculty member to be nominated.
6. The GP Chair and GP faculty in coordination with the Dean
shall resolve issues, if there is any, collectively as raised by the
examinee or examiners with regards to the exam and its conduct.
7. The passing grade for the master’s degree shall be 83%. If a
student gets a failing grade in any subject, he/she may retake the
examination in the said subject/s a week after the release of the
examination results.
8. On the second retake, the student has the option to take an oral
or written examination. Failing the Comprehensive Examinations
thrice means withdrawal from the program. Re-admission to the
program will only be allowed upon re-enrolment of audit course/s
(failed Comprehensive Exam course). The student takes the
Comprehensive Examination again after taking the audit course/s.
9. In an examination where students are allowed to open their
notes, students are expected to observe proper documentation or
237
citation of sources to avoid plagiarism. Plagiarized answers are
tantamount to failure in the particular course. Faculty will be running
the similarity testing of the exam to determine if it exceeded the
similarity threshold (cross refer to ORP and SDFO guidelines).
10. The result will be announced via email two to four weeks after
the exam.
11. WCE Fee shall be collected from the students.

DEAN’S HONORS LIST

To qualify a student in the Dean’s Honors List, a Grade Point Average

(GPA) should cover at least 9 units or three (3) courses with credits
taken in consecutive semesters. Computation of grades and the release
of the honor list shall be done by the registrar’s office on a semestral
basis. The following are the awards:

Honors GPA Lowest grade

First 3.90 – 4.00 3.00

Second 3.80 – 3.89 3.00

Third 3.70 – 3.79 3.00

THESIS

1. Upon completion of the academic requirements and passing the

comprehensive examination, the student may enroll in THESIS course.
The THESIS is an applied research work that entails an in-depth study
and extensive investigation of a management problem. It must show
originality and should contribute to the existing pool of knowledge.
2. In the THESIS, the student is required to write a proposal
(THESIS1) about a topic that delves on some management problem
area, with the end of contributing to the body of knowledge and for the
benefit of stakeholders in an industry. This proposal shall be presented
and defended before a panel of examiners.
3. After having defended the proposal, the student can proceed
with the conduct of the thesis, under the guidance of a faculty adviser.
238
The student is required to write a research (THESIS2) on the results of
this study and to defend it before a panel of experts who shall assess
and evaluate its merits on the basis of structure, content, originality,
relevance, and implement ability.
4. The student is required to choose a faculty adviser who is a
specialist in the field being studied, and who possesses a doctorate
degree relevant to the field. A list will be provided by the GP Office
through teacher – in – charge (TIC).

After passing the THESIS oral defense, the students must submit a hard
bound copy and a digitized version (in cd and email) of the approved
final theses incorporating all suggestions and recommendations of the
oral defense committee. One for each student.

5. The final thesis should follow the format provided by GP

Department through the TIC.
6. As part of the program’s final requirement, the final thesis
should be presented in a colloquium which shall be arranged by the GP
Chair in coordination with the Dean.
7. Failure to adhere to the above mentioned terminal requirements
means that:
a. the student will not be cleared by the Office of the Graduate
Program; and
b. the RTIC will post an “INC.” final course grade, hence,
will not be included in the candidates for graduation.
8. The student must submit the certificate of publication with the
complete citation of the journal/article to the GP Chair where the
research was published prior to issuance of Transcript of Records

GRADUATION AWARDS

Students who excel in their academic performance throughout the

Program without having repeated any course, are specially recognized
by being awarded a medal for academic excellence upon graduation as
follows:

Honors GPA Lowest Grade

Diamond Medal 3.90 – 4.00 3.00
Gold Medal 3.80 – 3.89 3.00
Silver Medal 3.70 – 3.79 3.00

239
In order to graduate with honors, the students:
1. should have taken and passed the WCE without retake
2. should have completed the degree within the three (3) years
residency
3. should have taken at least 75% of the total number of units at
DLSL for the case of transferees.

The GP Faculty, GP Chair, and college dean, in a special meeting

conducted for the purpose of deliberating on the awards, is the body
entrusted with the authority of granting the awards.

OTHER PROVISIONS

These academic guidelines may be revised, modified or amended as

may be deemed necessary. Supplementary guidelines may also be
issued depending on the needs of and changes in graduate edu
cation.

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS ON THE PREPARATIONS

OF WRITTEN WORKS AND PLAGIARISM

1. All works submitted - homework assignments, papers,

examinations - is expected to be the student's own work. Students
should always take great care to distinguish their own ideas and
knowledge from information derived from sources. The term “sources”
includes not only published primary and secondary material, but also
information and opinions gained directly from other people. The
responsibility for learning the proper forms of citations lies with the
individual student. Quotations must be properly placed within
quotation marks and must be completely acknowledged. Whenever
ideas or facts are derived from a student's reading and research, the
sources must be indicated.

2. A student who reiterates or draws on ideas or facts used in

another paper that he or she is writing, or has written, must cite that
other paper as a source.

3. A computer program written to satisfy a course requirement is,

like a paper, expected to be original work of the student submitting it.
Copying a program from another student or any other source is a form
240
of academic dishonesty, as is deriving a program substantially from the
work of another.

4. GP recognizes the value of being genuinely concerned for the

environment. All members of GP are encouraged to observe practices
which put this value into action

STUDENT GOVERNMENT

The Graduate Program Society (GProS) is the only

recognized governing body in the Graduate
Program. It serves as the official voice of the
students in negotiating with other sectors of the
community. It provides avenues for intellectual
and moral development among students, along
with the GP faculty and administrators. It enjoins
the students to act professionally by living the
Lasallian spirit, values, and rights. All other
matters concerning the governance of GProS are
stated in its Constitution and By-laws.

241
 SECTION XX
DEFINITION OF TERMS

Academic Services include Admissions Office, Registrar’s Office and

Learning Resource Center.

Afro refers to a hairstyle described as round bushy mass. A rounded thick,

tightly curled hair style. It is also a hair style in which the hair extends out from
the head like halo, cloud or ball.

Agents are office clerks, security personnel and other school

employees.

Audit/Special Students are students who wish to take classes purely for
educational purposes, and not for academic credit.

Bullying is an act that involves any of the following and made in a face-
to- face basis:

● Imbalance of Power: people who bully use their power to control

or harm and the people being bullied may have a hard time defending
themselves.
● Intent to Cause Harm: actions done by accident are not bullying; the
person bullying has a goal to cause harm
● Repetition: incidents of bullying happen to the same person over and
over by the same person or group

Calling-off of Classes/Work refers to instances when school management

calls off classes/work outside of officially scheduled holidays and non-working
days. Guidelines are as follows:

No Class – Students have no classes, faculty, staff and employees

have regular working hours.
No School – No classes and no work. Attendance by students,
faculty and staff, however, may be required for scheduled institutional
activities.
No Work – There are no classes for the students and no work for
faculty and staff.

242
Cheating –below are the different forms of cheating.

On Requirements:
o Copying assignments, written requirements or projects from a
classmate or another student enrolled in the course, and any other
forms of intellectual dishonesty.
o Plagiarism of sources, whether printed, electronic or verbal. All works
submitted such as homeworks, assignments, paper examinations
and the likes are expected to be the student’s own. Students should
always take great care to distinguish their ownership ideas and
knowledge from information derived from sources. The term
“sources” includes not only published primary and secondary
material, but also information and opinions gained directly from
other people. The responsibility for learning the proper citations lies
with the individual student. Quotations must be placed within
quotation marks and must be completely acknowledged. Whenever
ideas or facts are derived from a student’s reading/research, sources
must be indicated. Students, who reiterate or draw ideas or facts used
in another paper that they are writing, or have written, must cite that
other paper as a source. A computer program written to satisfy a
course requirement is, like a paper expected to be an original work
of the student submitting it. Copying a program from another student
or any other source is a form of academic dishonesty, as is deriving a
program substantially from the work of another. Students’ paper and
other works are expected to be submitted to only one course. If the
same or similar work is submitted to more than one course, the
written permission of all instructors must be obtained (Adopted
from the Harvard University Handbook through the INTERNET).

During Examination/Quizzes:
o Looking at seatmate’s test paper
o Talking with seatmates
o Using cellular phones or any other forms of electronic or non-
electronic communications device during examinations
o Sharing of files or answers during on-line and take home exams
o Passing of test papers/”codigos”
o Possession or using of any form of “codigos” or any relative
material to the examination whether the student actually uses it
or not
o Opening of notes/books while the examination is in progress.

Note: Students who committed any of the above stated acts of cheating, will be
held liable whether academic procedures for cheating had been implemented
or not.

243
Classroom Use – Authorized uses of classrooms are:
• For official use of faculty (e.g. Departmental Meetings)
• For official use of the Students (e.g. Club Meetings)
• For class purposes

Closed-Shelf is a section in the library where students are not allowed to browse
books on the shelves, and must request assistance from the library staff in order
to view a book.

Cutting Classes is an act of leaving the classroom without express permission

from the subject professor concerned.

Cyberbullying is “the process of using the Internet, cell phones or other

devices to send or post text, videos or images intended to hurt or embarrass
another person,” as defined by the National Crime Prevention Council.

Cybercrime is a crime committed with or using information and

communication technologies such as radio, television, cellular phone,
computer and network, and other communication devices.

Data Privacy is a part of the data protection area that deals with the proper
handling of data focusing on compliance with data protection regulation.
It is centered around how the data should be collected, stored, managed, and
shared with any third parties, as well as compliance with the applicable privacy
law.

Electronic devices refer to cellular phone, computer, etc.

Holidays are Saturdays or any other “no school days” as announced by the
school administration or the Chairperson of the Commission on Higher
Education.

Improper Decorum is unacceptable and inappropriate behavior. Includes the

different category and nature of offenses as stated in Discipline Policies and
Procedures (DPP).

Intellectual Property refers to the creation of the mind. It can be an invention

(patent / utility mode), a design (industrial design), a brand name (trademark,
or a literary and artistic work (copyright).

Irregular Students are students who are unable to complete all courses in
their curricula within the prescribed time frame and/or in the prescribed order.

244
Misrepresentation during examinations is an act of taking an
examination in the place, or for credit, of another person. The offense
covers both the person who was supposed to take the examination and the
person who took the examination.

Moral turpitude has been defined as anything which is done contrary to

justice, modesty, or good morals; an act of baseness, vileness, or depravity in
the private and social duties which a man owes his fellowmen, or to society
in general. It is also defined as an act or behavior that gravely violates the
sentiment or accepted standards of the community.

New Students are students who are in their first year or first semester of
residency in college.

Old Students are students who have been residents in the college for at least one
semester and have officially enrolled for the following semester.

Open-Shelf is a policy in the library where students may browse books in the
general circulation.

Pants which are Not Full Length include Capri pants, pedal pushers,
tokongs.

Periodical Collection is a collection of serial publications which are published

with regular frequency, such as daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-
annually, etc. This includes bound and loose, local and foreign, magazines,
journals, periodicals, the publications of different Lasallian schools and other
institutions as well as the school’s own publications and local dailies.

Plagiarism is the act or instance of stealing and passing of the ideas or works
of another as one’s own use without crediting the source; taking someone’s
words or ideas as if they were your own; and committing literary theft.

Plant Shutdown is declared whenever necessary. During plant shutdown,

employees are not allowed to enter the campus except those with written
permission duly approved by their immediate superior and the Chancellor.

Prank - a practical joke, trick or an act that causes trouble.

245
Proper Decorum - dignified propriety of conduct, manners, appearance, and
communication as well as appropriate and polite behavior in a society. It also
includes the standard and expected positive behavior among Lasallians as
stated in the Discipline Policies and Procedures (DPP)

Regular Students are those who have completed all courses in their curricula,
whether degree or certificate program, within the prescribed scholastic time
frame. This includes NSTP.

Reserved Books are books which are set aside at the request of faculty, and
may not be borrowed for use outside of the library.

Revealing Attire is an attire which is transparent or too thin, making visible

private parts of the human body; this also includes tight-fitting clothes
which reveal the detailed shape and features of the body.

Scandalous Public Display of Intimacy – The following acts are prohibited

within the school campus, as well as off-campus if the person(s) involved are
in school uniform:

∙ Kissing passionately;
∙ Necking;
∙ Petting;
∙ Sitting or lying on another’s lap or allowing to sit or lie on
one’s lap;

∙ Arms to waist / shoulder;

∙ Fondling sensitive parts of the body (e.g., nape,
breasts, buttocks, legs); and,

∙ Any act that may be construed as an extraordinary

display of affection including prolonged stay within a
vehicle, rooms, and comfort rooms.

School Forms or Documents include alumni cards, identification cards,

exam permits, library cards and car stickers.

246
 Sexual activity - Sexual activity includes, but not limited to:
∙
- Intercourse;

∙ Oral sex;
∙ Non- penetrative sex;
∙ Masturbation; and, Fondling of private parts of one-self or
others

Sexual Harassment is unwelcome behavior of a sexual

nature.

The School’s Official Online Platforms

The following are considered to be official online platforms of the
school, and activities done on these platforms shall be deemed to be
official school activities:
1. Canvas Learning Management System
2. DLSL Email
3. Google Meet (the links for which should be generated by a
Lasallian Partner and used for classes, official meetings, and
other school functions)
4. Google Spaces and/or other social media platforms which are
duly authorized by the teacher or any Lasallian Partner for
official school use.

Unjust Vexation as defined in the Revised Penal Code, separate from “Light
Coercions:” “Article. 287-A, is committing a course of conduct directed at a
specific person that causes substantial emotional distress in such a person and
serves no legitimate purpose.

Voyeurism is defined as an interest in observing unsuspecting people

while they undress, are naked, or engaged in sexual activities. The interest
is usually more in the act of watching, rather than in the person being watched.
A key element of voyeurism is that the person being watched doesn’t know
they’re being observed. The person is typically in a place where they have a
reasonable expectation of privacy, such as their home or other private areas.

Suspension is a discipline sanction wherein a student is prohibited from

attending classes and entering the campus.

247
 SECTION XXI
APPENDICES

A. LASALLIAN CHEERS

REKTIKANO BOOMAKAYA

Rektikano set 1-2-3 Boomakaya set 1 – 2 – 3 Boomakaya

Rektikano (Rektikano) (Boomakaya) Ready (Ready)
Ready (Ready) 1–2–3
1–2–3
Boo…ma…kaya! I…ma…kadiwa (2x)
Rektikano keeni keena Boomakaya Imakadiwa (2x)
(2x) Rektikano (2x) Fight! Team! Fight!
Rektikano rah!!!

Rektikano keeni keena

(2x) Rektikano (2x) HAYDEE KAYDEE
Rektikano rah!!!
Haydee 3x set 1 – 2 – 3 Haydee 3x
Zeez… Boom… bah!!!
(Haydee 3x) Ready (Ready)
1–2–3
(2x) Boom Rah…(2x)
Boom Rah… Rah…
Haydee Kaydee Kalawala waidee
Kalawala winggo Donggo Daydee
Boom Rah…(2x)
Boom Rah… Rah…
Hush… Kush… Kalawala wush wush
Kalawala wingo Dinggo Dash
Zeez… Boom baf!!! (2x)
La Salle…Rah!!!

248
LA SALLE SPELLING
Green (White 3x) Go (Fight 3x)
Green (White) Go (Fight)
La Salle Spelling 3x set 1 – 2 – 3 Green White Fight! Green (White
La Salle Spelling 3x (La Salle Spelling 3x) Go (Fight 3x)
3x) Ready (Ready) De La Salle!!! (2x) Fight! Team!
1–2–3 Fight!

L-A-S-A-LL-E La Salle Rah!!!

L-A-S-A-LL-E La Salle Rah!!!
L-A-S-A-LL-E La Salle Rah!!!

ZAMMA ZIPPAZAM

OWEN Zamma zippazam set 1 – 2 – 3

Zamma zippazam (Zamma zippazam)
Oh when La Ready (Ready)
Salle Comes 1–2–3
marching in Oh
when La Salle Zamma zippazam
Comes marching (Drums) 1 – 2, 1 – 2 – 3, 1 – 2, 1 – 2
in Oh I wish to –3
be Fight (3x)
In that number Win! Team! Win!
Oh when La
Salle Comes LA SALLE FANS
marching in
La Salle Fans in the Stance
If you’re with us, clap your hands.
Now that You’re in the beat
WHO’S TO WIN THIS GAME This time let’s stomp our feet Now
that you’re in the groove This time
Who’s to win this game set 1 – 2 – 3 let’s really move

Who’s to win this game

(GREEN) Who’s to win this
game (WHITE) Green (Green)
White (White)
Green White
Fight!

249
YAMAKADEP
STRAWBERRY SHORT CAKE
Yamakadep set 1 – 2 – 3
Yamakadep (Yamakadep)
Ready (Ready) Strawberry Short Cake set 1 – 2 – 3
1–2–3 Strawberry Short Cake
(Strawberry Short Cake) Ready
(Ready)
Yamakadep D
Yamakadep L
Strawberry Short Cake Blue Berry Pie
Yamakadep S
V–I–C–T–O–R–Y
Yamakadep D
Victory Victory is our cry De La Salle
Yamakadep L
De La Salle Heidi…hai!!!
Yamakadep S Yamakadep
DLS

Rey Green… Rey

White… Rey Green! Rey
White!
Rey rey… rey rey rey (2x)

La Salle!!!
Fight! Team! Fight!

250
 Appendix B.1
Drug-Free DLSL Community (DFDC)

Rationale
All Higher Educational Institutions (HEIs) through Republic Act (RA)
No.9165, otherwise known as the “Comprehensive Dangerous Drugs Act of
2002”, and through memorandum order (CMO) No. 18, Series of 2018, issued by
Commission on Higher Education (CHED), that pertains to “The implementing
Guidelines for the Conduct of Drug Testing of Students in All Higher Education
Institution (HEIs)” are mandated by the government to develop and implement
policies and measures to prevent and combat the use of dangerous drugs. The De
La Salle Lipa creates the “Drug Free DLSL Community (DFDC) to support this
initiative of the government to prevent and reduce use and abuse of illegal drugs
and it ill effects to human and society.

Specifically the Drug Free DLSL Community (DFDC) aims to:

1. To increase the level of awareness of the community on the

problems of drug abuse
2. To determine the prevalence of drug users among the students.
3. To prevent proliferation and use of dangerous drugs among DLSL
students.
4. To help students who will be tested positive to stop further use and/
or abuse of the substance through appropriate intervention,
treatment or rehabilitation.
5. To assess the effectivity and strengthen the drug prevention
initiatives and activities of the school
6. To ensure that De La Salle Lipa as a drug free campus.

Composition and specific duties and responsibilities of the members of DLSL

Drug Free Community Committee:

Director of Student Services

acts as the Chairman of the Drug Free DLSL Community (DFDC)
Committee and the Drug Testing Coordinator convenes and presides the
DFDC Committee meeting handles the result of the Drug Testing
oversees and supervises the three areas of Drug Testing Program such as:
Drug Awareness, Drug Testing and Intervention Program

251
Student Activities Office Head
acts as Chair of the Drug Awareness Program of the school and directly
reports to the Chair of the DFDC Committee
responsible for the drug education, anti-drug use campaign activities for
the students

Student Discipline and Formation Office Head

acts as the Chair of Drug Testing Committee and Selection Board
supervises the conduct of the drug testing and selection of student who
will undergo testing
coordinates with the affiliated drug testing center
in-charge with the logistics requirements of the conduct of drug testing.

Guidance and Counseling Center Head

acts as the Chair of Intervention Committee
monitors the progress of the student during and after the rehabilitation
period
designs a school based intervention program to promote well-being and
develop student’s ability in coping with substance use and addiction

College Dean
assists in the dissemination of information and implementation of the
mandatory and random drug testing to the academic community

Legal Counsel
provides advice and consultation with the DFDC Committee in terms of
legality of the formulation and implementation of the drug testing
procedures.

Student Government President

assists in the drug awareness campaign about the mandatory and random
drug testing of the school
member of the selection board

Institutional Health Office Supervisor

assists the partner institution or laboratory who conducts the drug testing
in school

Admission’s Office Manager

disseminates notification to applicants and their parents regarding the
Mandatory and Random Drug Testing conducted by the school

252
College Registrar Lasallian Partner
provides the total population and schedule of students per section to be
randomly selected for drug testing
assist in the processing of leave of absence of the student in case of
confirmed positive result

ISSESO Lasallian Partner

assists in the mobilization of the student during drug testing from the
classroom going to the venue and vice versa
monitors and secures students while conducting the drug testing

Function
1. Formulates the drug testing program of the school in accordance with
the pertinent provisions of R.A. 9165. The program shall include
among others the drug education / awareness, prevention and control
initiatives that will promote a “drug-free” campus.
2. Formulates the internal policy and procedure on the implementation of
mandatory and random drug testing, which shall provide among others,
the drug education/ awareness, prevention and control initiatives.
3. Educate the students to protect them from engaging in dangerous drug
related activities and monitor those who are undergoing interventions,
treatment or rehabilitation.
4. Recommends guidelines and procedure in conducting mandatory random
drug testing for the approval of the school’s administrators.
5. Create the Selection Board for the conduct of the drug testing with the
DTC as the chairperson, one representative from the Student
Government, Lasallian partner, and parents as members.
6. Monitors and evaluates if the goal of “drug-free” campus is met.

Definition of Terms
For purposes of this guideline, the definition of terms used in the
Dangerous Drugs Board Regulations No. 6 series of 2003 and No. 3 series of
2009, as implemented by CHED Memorandum Orders (CMOs) No. 19 series
of 2003, No. 25 series of 2009 and CMO No. 64 series of 2017, shall be
adopted. (Refer to Appendix B.2)

253
Fee Requirement

1. As agreed upon, the fees for the implementation of the mandatory

drug testing of students starting school year 2019 – 2020 will be
collected from the students.
2. The fees of implementation of a mandatory drug testing of students in
HEIs shall be part of the miscellaneous and other fees charges subject to
existing consultation and other requirements of the Commission for
enforceability and collectability of fees.

Drug Testing Center and Site

The drug screening of the students will be conducted by DOH-accredited Testing

Center, to ensure the integrity and confidentiality of the test results. The specimen
collection and screening test shall be done inside the DLSL campus.

Composition of the Drug Free DLSL Community

1. Drug Awareness Committee

2. Mandatory and Random Drug Testing Committee
3. Intervention Committee

Committee on Drug Awareness

Chairperson: Student Activities Office Head Co-ChairSG President
Members: CSO President
Lavoxa – Editor in Chief All Accredited Organization

The College Student Activities Office spearheads the Drug

Awareness Program of the College Department. This program is in
collaboration with the Student Government, Council of Student Organizations,
Lavoxa Group of Publication and All Accredited Organizations. Major and
minor activities are implemented in line with the drugs awareness. Examples
of major activities are drug awareness week/month, lectures, fora, seminars,
symposiums, concerts, theater plays, battle of the bands and competitions.
There are also minor activities such as exhibits, expression day, social media
information.

254
Committee on Drug Testing/Selection Board

Chairperson: Student Discipline and Formation Office Head Members:

Student Government Officer
Parent Representative
Lasallian Partner from each Colleges Discipline Officers
Guidance Counselor

Duties and Responsibilities:

1. Formulate and implement Drug Testing procedures.
2. Accreditation of Drug Testing Laboratory / Facility
3. Random Selection Techniques a. Sample Size
b. Computer generated (per section)
c. Stratified Random Sampling.
4. Form the composition of the Selection Board
5. Coordinate with the accredited Drug Testing laboratory / facility
regarding the school drug testing procedures.
6. Assigned and reserve drug testing venue.
7. Mobilize and monitor students randomly selected for drug testing.
8. Coordinate with concerned department and institution for technical
assistance concerning the conduct of drug of testing
9. Refer students tested and confirmed positive to the Drug Testing
Coordinator for the treatment of the result and to the Committee on
Intervention for the school based substance abuse intervention
program.

Conduct of Drug Testing

All froshies, transferees and returnees are required to undergo

mandatory drug testing throughout the academic year, while the old students or
students from second year to fifth year will undergo drug testing through
random selection.
Patterned with the DDB Board Regulation No. 6 s. 2003, the De La
Salle Lipa Colleges shall implement the following procedures in the conduct
of Mandatory and Random Drug Testing:

255
1. Notification

a. All students and their parents shall be notified of the process and manner
by which mandatory and random drug testing shall be conducted through
the Drug Testing Waiver Form that will be distributed during the
application for admission through the Admission’s Office. Failure to
return the acknowledgement receipt of the notice shall not be a bar to the
conduct of the drug testing. The school, through the Discipline Office,
shall ensure to keep all the acknowledgement receipt of all the notices as
a proof of service.

b. Drug Testing policies and procedures and the manner by which the
random drug testing to be conducted must be stipulated in college student
handbook which is confirmed by the students and their parents. Failure
to return the acknowledgment receipt shall not hinder the conduct of the
drug testing.

2. Selection Procedures

a. The members of the Selection Board shall be convened by the

chairperson at least five (5) days prior to the date of drug testing.
b. On the date of testing, the Selection Board shall conduct the
random selection of the section to be tested for first year and
new students while random selection of student’s number will
be made for 2nd year to 5th year students.
c. The selection shall be randomly made through lottery method,
which may be computerized, or in any other manner that shall
be agreed upon by the Committee.
d. The random selection of the section and student’s number to be
tested and the drug testing shall be done on the same day.
e. The Committee shall ensure the integrity and confidentiality
of the random selection process.

3. Drug Testing

The mandatory drug testing shall be conducted in the same manner as

the random drug testing under DDB Board Regulation No. 6, s. 2003
and No. 3, s. 2009.

a. The Discipline Office Head supervises the conduct of the MDT and RDT.
b. The Discipline Officer assisted by ISSESO personnel fetch randomly
selected section from their classroom and bring them to the Drug Testing
Site.

256
 c. The students shall be requested to accomplish a drug testing form. They
must declare the prescription medicines, vitamins, and food supplements
that they had indigested within the past five (5) days.
d. The DOH prescribed guidelines in the collection of urine
specimens. Universal precautions shall be observed at all
times. DOH prescribed guidelines shall be posted in strategic
places/visible areas of the school.
e. The personnel assigned to ensure the integrity of the collection
process should be of the same sex as the student.
f. The drug testing shall be done in the school and conducted by
a duly accredited drug-testing laboratory. The school,
through its respective health personnel, shall assist the
Drug Testing Laboratory in the conduct of the drug testing.
g. The section who undergone the drug screening can only go
back to their respective class until the last student from their
section is tested or as maybe advised by the Drug Testing
Chairman.
h. The Drug Testing Chairman shall ensure the confidentiality
and integrity of the drug testing for the students.
i. The student who tested positive will be referred to the
Chairman of DLSL DFC/ Drug Testing Coordinator for the
treatment of the result and to a Guidance Counselor for initial
counseling and processing.

Treatment of the Results

a. The results of the test shall be strictly confidential. The school

shall neither publish nor post results.
b. Any person who violates the rules of confidentiality of the
results and selection shall be liable under Section 72 of RA
9165 and such other appropriate laws.
c. The laboratory shall place the drug test result in a sealed
envelope and deliver the same via personal service to the DLSL
Drug Free Community Committee Chair / Drug Testing
Coordinator. The chairperson shall then inform all the students
tested individually of the test results through CANVAS
d. In case the test results are positive, the Drug Testing
Coordinator shall inform both the student and parent
concerned that a confirmatory test shall be conducted. The
student shall be advised to refrain from revealing the test
results to others.
e. During the scheduled conference, the DTC shall relay to the
parents the complete information on the process that shall be
undertaken for the confirmatory test. In the event that the
parents do not appear on the scheduled conference, the student
shall be informed of the schedule of the confirmatory test
257
 f. The confirmatory drug test shall be conducted in the same
manner as the initial drug test.
g. The results of the confirmatory test shall be transmitted by the
laboratory in a sealed envelope and handed directly to the DLSL
DFC Chair / DTC.
h. The chairperson/DTC shall inform both the parents and the
student of the results of the test. The task must not be delegated
to any other person, nor shall the chairperson reveal the results
of the test to any person other than the student and parent.
i. First time positive confirmatory drug test result shall not be a
ground for expulsion or any disciplinary action against the
student.
j. The chairperson shall refer the student and the parent to
government-owned DOH-accredited facility to determine the
student’s dependency level and what appropriate intervention
needed based on its recommendation.
k. The student may opt for a private DOH-accredited facility for
the initial determination provided it is at own expense.
l. The student and the parent will be asked to sign a
contract/agreement regarding the intervention procedures.
(Please see Appendix---Contract / Agreement)
m. Student confirmed positive in the drug testing is required to file
a Leave of Absence to undergo intervention or treatment,
unless otherwise advised by the attending center. This will be
included in the Intervention Agreement.
n. The student and the parent will be asked for the details about
the facility that they consulted and facility’s recommendation
for the coordination of the Intervention Committee of the
school.
o. Student can re-enroll after completion of the recommendation
and presentation of clearance to go back to school issued by
the facility.

Committee on Intervention

Chairperson: Guidance Office Head Members: Guidance Counselors

Lasallian Partner from Institutional Health Services Lasallian
Partner from each Colleges

Duties and Responsibilities

1. Ensure proper training and professional development of counselors
in substance abuse counseling.

258
 2. Formulate and implement school based substance abuse
intervention program.
3. Keep and maintain a list of DOH accredited rehabilitation facilities
for monitoring of concerned students.
4. Discuss with students and parents the drug intervention procedures of
the school.
5. Require the student to submit the recommendation of the DOH
accredited rehabilitation facility.
6. Develop a counseling intervention program integrating
the recommendations by the DOH accredited rehabilitation
facility.
7. Coordinate with the concerned department regarding the academic
related issues during the intervention process.

Intervention Procedures
1. Student who tested positive on the drug test screening will be referred
to the Guidance Counselor for initial assessment and processing under
the supervision of the Intervention Committee Chair.
2. The Guidance Counselor will keep track and maintain close
coordination with the parents and DOH accredited rehabilitation
facility and ensure record keeping of conferences.
3. The Guidance Counselor will put in safekeeping the documentations
submitted by the student, including the assessment and
recommendations from the DOH accredited rehabilitation facility.
4. The Intervention Committee Chair will report to the Drug Testing
Coordinator regarding the status of the student ‘s treatment or
intervention.
5. Upon completion of the recommended rehabilitation intervention
and/or medications prescribed by the DOH accredited rehabilitation
facility, the student may re-enroll granted that the student submits
the necessary documents indicating clearance and recommendations
from the facility. All documents must be submitted to the Intervention
Committee Chair.
6. Upon re-enrolment, the Guidance Counselor will conduct an
assessment and processing to the student. After initial sessions, the
Guidance Counselor will develop a treatment plan integrating the
recommendations of the DOH accredited rehabilitation facility and
facilitate counseling and psychoeducational intervention with the
student.
7. The Guidance Counselor will maintain continuous and close coordination
with parents and Lasallian Partners in monitoring the student’s progress
in social-emotional and academic aspects.

259
 Committee Members

MS. ROSELIE PROSPERO MS. MARIA RUSSEL JOY MEA

Member/Guidance Office Head Member/ Registrars' Office Representative

MR. PROTACIO MEA MS. MARIA THERESA ATIENZA

Member/Student Activities Office Head Member/Institutional Health Services Head

MS. CONCEPCION ENDOZO MS. BERNADETTE DIMACULANGAN

Member/Discipline Office Head Member/TSFSA President

DR. WILFREDA DIMAANO MR. IAN DE JESUS

Member/ CBEAM, Dean Member/ IATO, Representative

DR. JOY ZAPATA MR. WILLIAM KYLE DEVEZA

Member/ CIHTM, Dean Member/ SG President

MR. DEAN JORGE BOCOBO MS. SHIELA MARIE JAMIRO

Member/ CITE, Dean Member/Parent

DR. CONRADA BACONG MR. MICHAEL KASILAG

Member/CON, Dean Member/ISSESO Director

DR. AILEEN JOY SAUL ATTY. RAMEL MURIA

Member/CEAS, Representative Member/Legal Counsel

MR. WELMER ADAJAR

Chair/DSS
Approved by:

BR. LEONILLO ESTRELLAS JR, FSC BR. DANTE JOSE R. AMISOLA, FSC
Vice Chancellor for Mission President and Chancellor

260
 APPENDIX B.2
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE CONDUCT OF RANDOM
DRUG TESTING FOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY STUDENTS

Republic of the Philippines Office of the President

DANGEROUS DRUGS BOARD
5th Floor CHAMP Building, Bonifacio Drive , Port Area, Manila

P.O. Box 3682, Manila 527-0629 Telefax 527-3215 Web

page: www.danboard.gov.ph E-mail – [email protected]

BOARD REGULATION NO. 6

Series of 2003

SUBJECT : General Guidelines For The Conduct Of Random Drug

Testing For Secondary And Tertiary Students

Pursuant to Section 36 ( c ), Article III of Republic Act No. 9165, the

following guidelines are hereby promulgated.

The guidelines shall be applicable to the random drug testing of

students in public and private secondary, tertiary / higher education
institutions and post- secondary technical vocational schools. These guidelines
outline the purposes of the random drug-testing program, as well as procedures
and necessary consequences of a positive drug test result after confirmation.

All procedures undertaken shall take into account the ideals of

fairness and rehabilitation and not isolation of the drug dependent. The school
must not violate the constitutional rights to due process, equal protection and
self- incrimination.

A. Guiding Principles in the Implementation of Random Drug

Testing in Schools and Management of Drug Test Results.

1. Government recognizes the primary responsibility of the

family, particularly the parents for the education and
awareness of its members of the bad effects of dangerous
drugs.

261
 2. Parental involvement shall be maximized in the
implementation of drug education, random drug testing,
treatment and rehabilitation of drug users and dependents.
3. The school, with the assistance of Local Government Units
(LGUs) and other agencies where the school is located, has the
obligation to employ every reasonable means to provide a
healthy and drug-free environment to its populace.
4. Cognizant of the right of the students to continue and complete
their studies, the government and the schools shall give
emphasis to the implementation of measures aimed at
guidance and counseling together with the treatment and
rehabilitation of any student found to have used or to be
dependent on dangerous drugs.
5. Academic freedom of institutions of higher learning shall be
respected in the implementation of random drug testing and all
other pertinent provisions of RA 9165.
6. The implementation of drug abuse prevention and education
programs in schools shall be intensified as an integral part of the
over-all demand reduction efforts of the government.
7. The random drug testing shall be implemented as a collaborative
undertaking of the government, the schools, the students and
their parents. The whole process shall not in any manner be
utilized to harass the students.
8. Random drug testing shall be implemented primarily for
prevention and rehabilitation.
9. The drug-testing program shall guarantee and respect the
personal privacy and dignity of the student.
10. The drug test results shall be treated with utmost confidentiality.
11. The test results shall not be used in any criminal proceedings.

B. Purposes of Random Drug Testing

1. To determine the prevalence of drug users among students

2. To assess the effectivity of school-based and community-
based prevention programs
3. To deter the use of illegal drugs
4. To facilitate the rehabilitation of drug users and dependents
5. To strengthen the collaboration efforts of identified agencies
against the use of illegal drugs and in the rehabilitation of drug
users and dependents

262
C. Definition of Terms

“Drug Counselor” shall mean a person trained in the techniques of

guidance counseling particularly dealing with cases of drug dependency.
The Drug Testing Coordinator shall designate such person.

“Drug Testing Coordinator” shall be the point person in the school tasked with
handling random drug testing which shall be the principal of a secondary
school, the administrator of a technical vocational education and
training institution or the administrator appointed by the president/chief
executive officer in tertiary institutions.

“Parents” shall, for purposes of these guidelines, include court appointed

guardians.

“Random selection” refers to the unbiased process of selecting students who

are to undergo drug testing.

“Rehabilitation” is the dynamic process, including after-care and follow-

up treatment, directed towards the physical, emotional/psychological,
vocational, social and spiritual change/enhancement of a drug
dependent to enable him/her to live without dangerous drugs, enjoy the
fullest life compatible with his/her capabilities and potentials and render
him/her to become a law-abiding and productive member of the
community.

“Schools” shall mean an institution that aims to educate students the

secondary, tertiary and technical vocational education and training
institutions.

“Selection Board” shall be the board constituted at the level of the school
composed of the Drug Testing Coordinator as chairperson, one
representative each from the students, faculty and parents as members.
The authorized governing body duly recognized by their respective
constituents shall choose the representatives from these stakeholders
based on a set of selection criteria formulated for this purpose. In the
absence of a parents’ association, the School Head may appoint any
parent who shall be a member of the Selection Board.

“Supervising Agency” shall refer to the government agency that

exercises supervision over the school such as the Department of
Education (DepEd), Commission on Higher Education (CHED), or the
Technical Education and Skills Development Authority (TESDA).

263
D. Procedures in the Conduct Of Random Drug Testing

1. Notification

a. The Supervising Agency through an appropriate order that

includes these guidelines on random drug testing, shall inform
all schools under its provision about the government’s actions
against illegal drugs.

The schools’ administration shall be required to explain these

provisions and their procedures to the school community and
when applicable, include these in the schools’ handbook or
listing of procedures.

(The Supervising Agencies’ Memorandum Circulars should include a

list of DOH-accredited Testing Centers/Laboratories.)

b. All Students and their parents shall be notified in writing on the

process and manner by which the random drug testing shall be
conducted. Such notification may be sent at any time during the
school term. Failure to return the acknowledgement receipt shall
not be a bar to the conduct of the drug testing.

2. Samples

a. The Supervising Agency shall inform randomly selected

schools on their inclusion in the random drug testing program.
b. The whole student population of the school selected shall
be included in the random sampling.
c. The number of samples should yield a statistical 95%
confidence level for the whole student population.

3. Selection of Samples

a. The Drug Testing Coordinator shall convene the Selection

Board within five days from the receipt of notice from the
Supervising Agency stating that the school is included in the
program.
b. On the day of the testing, the Selection Board shall conduct the
random selection of those to be tested.
c. The Selection Board shall ensure the confidentiality and
integrity of the random selection process.

264
 d. The selection process shall be randomly done through a lottery-
which may be computerized, or in any other manner that shall
be agreed upon by the Board.
e. The random selection of students and the drug testing shall be
done on the same day.
f. Prior to testing, the selected students shall be asked to reveal the
prescription medicines, vitamins, food supplements that they
had ingested within the past five (5) days. The Drug Testing
Coordinator shall keep the listing and utilize this in the
evaluation of the confirmatory drug test.
g. The laboratory shall follow the DOH prescribed guidelines in
the collection of urine specimens. Universal precautions
shall be observed at all times. DOH Prescribed Guidelines
shall be posted in strategic places/visible areas of the school.
h. The monitor assigned to ensure the integrity of the
collection process should be of the same sex as the student.
i. The drug testing shall be done in the school and conducted by a
duly accredited drug-testing laboratory. The school, through its
respective health personnel, shall assist the Drug Testing
Laboratory in the conduct of the drug testing.
j. The Drug Testing Coordinator shall ensure the confidentiality
and integrity of the random drug testing for the students,
teachers, administration and personnel of the school. It is
strongly recommended that the drug testing for students, the
teachers, administration and personnel be done simultaneously.

4. Treatment of Random Drug Test Results

a. The results of the test shall be strictly confidential. No school shall

publish or post results whether positive or negative.
b. Any person who violates the rules of confidentiality of the results
and selection shall be liable under Section 72 of RA 9165 and such
other appropriate laws.
c. The laboratory shall place the drug test result in a sealed envelope
and deliver the same via personal service to the Drug Testing
Coordinator. The Drug Testing Coordinator shall then inform
all the students tested individually of the test results.
d. In case the test results are positive, the Drug Testing Coordinator
shall inform both the student and parent concerned that a
confirmatory test shall be conducted. The student shall be told
to inform his/her parents of the scheduled conference with the
Drug

265
 Testing Coordinator. The student shall be advised to refrain
from revealing the test results to other persons.
e. During the scheduled conference, the Drug Testing Coordinator
shall relay to the parents full information on the process that shall
be undertaken for the confirmatory test. In the event that the
parents do not appear on the scheduled conference, the student
shall be informed of the schedule of the confirmatory test.
f. The confirmatory drug test shall be conducted in the same
manner as the initial drug test.
g. The results of the confirmatory test shall be transmitted by the
laboratory in a sealed envelope and handed directly to the Drug
Testing Coordinator.
h. The Drug Testing Coordinator shall inform both the parents and
the student of the results of the test.
i. The Drug Testing Coordinator shall not delegate such task of
informing the student and parent to any other person, nor shall
the Drug Testing Coordinator reveal the results of the test to any
person other than the student and parent.
j. First time positive confirmatory drug test result shall not be a
ground for expulsion or any disciplinary action against the student.
k. The Drug Testing Coordinator shall refer the student and his/her
parent to government-owned DOH-accredited facility or DOH-
accredited government physician to determine the student’s
dependency level.
l. The student may opt for a private DOH-accredited facility or
physician for this initial determination provided it is at his/her
own expense.
m. In the event that it is determined that the student is a drug
dependent, the school may impose the appropriate sanctions
against the student as provided for in the school’s Student
Handbook and the Manual of Regulations for Private Schools,
provided that in the case of public secondary schools. If the
student is later on found to have been rehabilitated, the student
shall then be allowed to re-enroll.
n. The student shall then undergo a three (3) month observation
and counseling period under the supervision of the DOH-
accredited facility or physician in consultation with the parent.
Such process of observation and counseling shall be done in
coordination with the Drug Counselor of the school.
o. At the end of the three months, it is hoped that with the
counseling done, the student will be properly rehabilitated.

266
 If student shows no signs of improvement, recovery or fails
the the drug test the second time, the DOH accredited
facility or physician, may make a recommendation to the
student, parent, and Drug Testing Coordinator to the student
referred to a DOH- accredited facility suited to the student’s
level of dependency. If another drug testing is conducted for
another period on the same student population, and the student
is found positive the second time, the school shall proceed in
accordance with Section 61, R.A. 9165.

The parent and the student may choose to enroll the student in
a private rehabilitation center or program or opt to avail of the
rehabilitation services of the government through a DOH-
accredited facility.

If the parents refuse to act, the school shall proceed in accordance

to Sec. 61 of RA 9165 without prejudice to the provision of
Section 73, RA 9165.

E. Reportorial Requirements of Results of the Random Drug Testing

1. The Drug Testing Coordinator, Drug Counselor and

employees of DOH-accredited facilities, testing laboratories,
shall not reveal the names of the students or test results to any
other persons except to the student concerned or his/her
parents.

2. The aggregate test results from each school which shall not
include the identities of the students tested, shall be submitted
by the School Head to the Division Superintendent of DepEd
for secondary schools, the regional Director of CHED for
tertiary schools and Training Institution Administrator for
TESDA for consolidation for the purpose of evaluating the
efficacy and effectiveness of drug abuse prevention programs.

F. Training of Guidelines Counselors

The Department of Education, Commission on Higher Education,

Technical Education and Skills Development Authority, the Philippine
Drug Enforcement Agency and Dangerous Drugs Board in
coordination with each other, shall formulate and conduct the training
program for guidance counselors for the purpose of enhancing their
skills in handling drug abuse prevention programs and handling
dependency cases.

267
G. Expense of The Program

The Department of Health, in coordination with the Supervising Agencies

shall designate the drug testing laboratories that shall be utilized for
purposes of the program.

Payment of testing fees shall be done by the government thru

Department of Health to the Drug Testing Laboratories.

H. Enforcement of Compliance

Students who refuse to undergo random drug testing shall be dealt within
accordance with the rules and regulation of the schools; provided that
at no time shall refusal to undergo testing give rise to a presumption of
drug use or dependency; provided further that the school may impose
sanctions on such refusal other than the offence of drug use or dependency.

Schools that refuse to implement the random drug testing program shall
be liable to undergo Section 32 of RA 9165 without prejudice to other
administrative sanctions imposed by the Supervising Agencies. The
Supervising Agency shall report the same to the Philippine Drug
Enforcement Agency (PDEA) and the Dangerous Drug Board (DDB).

Miscellaneous Provisions

Separability clause. If any provision of these Guidelines or the application

thereof to any person or circumstance is held to be invalid, the other
provisions of these Guidelines and the application of such provision to
the other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

Effectivity. These guidelines shall take effect immediately after its

approval by the dangerous Drugs Board.

ADOPTED and approved THIS 1st day of August, 2003 at Camp

Crame, Quezon City.

268
 APPENDIX C.1
COLLEGE COMMITTEE ON CAMPUS SEXUALITY

I. The Committee

A. Vision/Mission

De La Salle Lipa, as a Christian institution, inculcates among its

students the respect for the dignity of the human person through the
realization of the value of one’s sexuality making them mature and
responsible members of society.

B. Function of the Committee

The committee addresses the growing concerns of the college students

regarding sexuality through recommending policies and interventions
to the concerned higher authorities.

C. Meetings

1. Regular Meeting: The committee meets at least twice in a semester.

2. Special Meeting: A special meeting may be called by the chairman
as need arises
3. Committee on Campus Sexuality

D. Composition

The committee shall be composed of the following members:

1. Director for Student Services

2. Faculty representative
3. Student representative
4. Discipline Office Head
5. Guidance Office Head
6. Parent representative

*The members of the committee shall elect the chairman from among themselves. The
chairman shall serve for a period of one school year and shall be eligible for re-
election.

269
 E. Objectives of the Committee:

The Committee on Campus Sexuality is created to:

1. Discuss issues concerning sexuality on campus;

2. Formulate programs regarding these issues for curricular and
co- curricular integration;
3. Create proper interventions for the formation of sound
conscience regarding sexuality within the college level; and
4. Cooperate and coordinate with various offices and
departments in program implementation

II. Policies on Different Sexuality Issues

A. Homosexuality

1. Definition: Sexual orientation to persons of the same sex. Sexual

activity with another of the same sex. (According to the
American Heritage Dictionary)

2. Policies: Subscribing to the declaration of the Congregation

for the Doctrine of the Faith, which says "Homosexual persons
as human persons, have the right as all persons, including the
right of not being treated in a manner which offends their
personal dignity".

The College Department therefore will observe the following:

a. Homosexuals will be treated with respect and

understanding
b. Homosexuals will be given the same curricular and co-
curricular opportunities accorded to heterosexuals
c. Homosexuals will be allowed free but responsible
expressions of their individuality provided that they observe
the policies and norms of the school.

B. Gender Equality

1. Definition: A term which reflects an equal sharing of power

between women and men, in their equal access to education,
health, administrative and managerial positions, equal pay for
work of equal value and equal seats in parliament, among
others (United Nations; 199558; UNDP; 199549).

270
 2. Policy: Male and female will be given equal opportunities both in
language and participation in all school activities.

C. Untimely/Early Pregnancy

1. Definition :

a. Didn’t want pregnancy then or at any time in the future

(uic.edu)
b. Untimely/early pregnancy is a pregnancy out of
wedlock.

2. Policies:
a. A student who gets pregnant will be advised to go on leave.
b. If the student refuses to go on leave, she must accomplish
the following:
b.1 Meet with her respective guidance counselor to
schedule a conference with her parents/ guardian. The
guidance counselor will provide them with a Waiver
for Early/ Untimely Pregnancy.
b.2 The accomplished waiver must be submitted to the
College Guidance and Counseling Center with the
attached medical certificate from the attending OB-
gynecologist indicating fitness to study and a
clearance from the school physician
b.3 Inform the college dean about her condition. The
student must be accompanied by her parents/
guardian.
b.4 Undergo counseling sessions, and
b.5. Undergo counseling sessions with her guidance
counselor.
c. A discipline board shall convene the case of the male
student who impregnates any woman out of wedlock.

271
D. Abortion, Prostitution and Scandalous Acts of Intimacy (SAI)
Inside the Campus

1. Definition:
a. Abortion: the removal of a fetus from the womb prior to
normal delivery in a manner such as to cause the death of
the fetus. (Dictionary.LaborLaw.Talk.com)

b. Prostitution: The sale of sexual services (typically manual

stimulation, oral sex, sexual intercourse or anal sex) for
money or other kind of return, generally indiscriminately
with many persons.(According to explanation-guide. info).

c. Scandalous Acts of Intimacy: Engaging in sexual acts

such as sexual intercourse, oral sex, anal sex, necking and
petting, fondling of private parts of oneself and/or others.

2. Policy: The student proven guilty of the above acts will be

subjected to category 3 sanctions of the student discipline policy
of the Student’s Handbook. (1st offense will be sanctioned Dismissal,
Expulsion, and Exclusion or as maybe determined by the
Discipline Board.)

E. Sexual Harassment

1. Definition: sexual harassment, in law, is verbal or physical

behavior of a sexual nature, aimed at a particular person or
group of people, especially in the workplace or in academic or
other institutional settings, as in tort or under equal-
opportunity statutes. (education.yahoo.com)

Sexual Harassment is any unwanted and unwelcome behavior of

a sexual or gender-specific nature that interferes with a person's
ability to work, get an education, or do a ministry. (www.mcc.org)

2 Types of Sexual Harassment

a. quid pro quo- sexual harassment happens
when the harasser demands sexual favors as
a condition for hiring or promotion, or in the
academic environment, as a condition for
passing the exam or the subject. (Legal and

272
 Labor Issues in Education Law by: Ulpiano “Ulan”
P. Sarmiento III)
b. hostile work environment- an
environment can be so offensive or hostile
so as to interfere with a person’s ability to
work. A hostile environment does not
always involve a person with formal power
such as an administrator or faculty member;
peer-to-peer harassment such as by co-
worker, colleagues and students can be
involved in creating a hostile environment.
All the behaviors such as the sexual
innuendos, bantering, unwanted touching,
sexual obscenities, computer harassment,
exhibiting pornographic materials, and the
like, can create a hostile environment. Even
behavior that is not sexual but is demeaning,
insulting or intimidating on the basis of sex
(e.g. verbal abuse, derogatory comments
about women in general or physical threats)
can constitute a hostile environment. (Students’
Rights & Wrongs by: Ulpiano “Ulan” P.
Sarmiento III)
Related Laws

Adapted from the Civil Service Commission Resolution No. 01-0940,

acts of sexual harassment may be categorized as follows:

Category A
a. Unwanted touching of private parts of the body (genitalia,
buttocks, breast)
b. Sexual Assault
c. Requesting sexual favor in exchange for employment,
promotion, local and foreign travels, favorable working
conditions, or assignments, a passing grade, the granting of
honors or scholarship, or the grant of benefits or payment of
stipend or allowance;
d. Other analogous cases

Category B
a. Unwanted touching or brushing against a victim’s body
b. Malicious touching
c. Pinching, not falling under grave offenses

273
 d. Derogatory or degrading remarks or innuendos directed toward
the members of one sex or one’s sexual orientation or used to
describe a person
e. Verbal abuse or threats with sexual overtones; and
f. Other analogous cases

Category C
a. Surreptitiously looking or stealing a look at a person’s private parts
or worn undergarments
b. Telling sexist/smutty jokes or sending these through text, e-
mail or other similar means, causing embarrassment or offense
and carried out after the offender had been advised that they
are offensive or embarrassing or, even without such advice,
when they are by their nature clearly embarrassing, offensive or
vulgar
c. Malicious leering or ogling
d. Display of sexually offensive pictures, materials or graffiti
e. Unwelcome inquiries or comments about a person’s sex life
f. Unwelcome flirtation, advances and propositions
g. Making offensive hand or body gestures at an employee
h. Persistent unwanted attention with sexual overtones
causing discomfort, embarrassment, offense, or insult to the
receiver; and
i. Other analogous cases

2. Policies:
a. All cases of sexual harassment shall be forwarded to the
Committee on Campus Sexuality.
b. The committee shall investigate and determine the category
and the corresponding sanction into which a case shall fall.

Sanctions: Sanction may vary depending on the nature of the case:

a. Category A - non re-admission, exclusion, expulsion or as
maybe determined by the committee.
b. Category B - minimum of seven days suspension up to
maximum of one semester or as may be determined by the
committee.
c. Category C - three to five days suspension, depending on
the findings of the committee.

F. Pornography

1. Definition: Sexually explicit pictures, writing, or other material

whose primary purpose is to cause sexual arousal.
(education.yahoo.com)
274
 The explicit depiction or exhibition of sexual activity in
literature, films or photography that is intended to stimulate
erotic, rather than aesthetic or emotional feelings.
(www.media- awareness.ca)

2. Policy: Possession of pornographic materials will be sanctioned

under category 2 of the student discipline policy.

If the subject of pornography is identified as a student of De

La Salle Lipa College, he/she will be sanctioned under category
3 of the student discipline policy.

III. INTERVENTIONS

A. Review and upgrade existing policies on human sexuality.

B. Inclusion in the curriculum (Academic)

1. General Education courses:

a. GenPysc (1st year) -Psychosexual development, sex addiction,

identity, to add human sexuality
b. Soculfa (2nd year) -human sexuality (reinforce), responsible
parenthood, (equality, poverty, prostitution), sexual harassment
c. General Biology (2nd year) (except for comsci & eng. students)
human sexuality, reproductive system
d. Christian Morality (3rd year) - all, pornography
e. Famlife 3rd year -pregnancy, abortion, contraception

2. Major Courses

It is recommended that the following major courses be aligned

with the principles of human sexuality:

a. Human Biology (2nd year nursing)

b. Bio Psychology (2nd year Psych)
c. Dev Psych (2nd year Psych)
d. Health Psychology (4th year Psych)
e. Abnormal Psychology (3rd year Psych)

275
 f. Criminal Law (4th year LM)
g. Family Law (3rd year LM)
h. Business Ethics (3rd year)
i. General Ethics ( Educ)
j. Human Growth and Development (Educ)
k. Value Formation (Educ)

C. Co-curricular Activities

1. Field Trips
a. Pro-Life Philippines
b. Heart of Mary Villa
c. Haven for Women

2. Film Viewing
a. When Night Falls (Cuban)
b. Ang Lalake sa Buhay ni Selya (Filipino)
c. Other foreign and local films

D. Extra Curricular Activities

1. Seminars on Human Sexuality

a. Sexually Transmitted Disease (STD) and Safe Sex
b. Pre Marital Sex (PMS)
c. Sexual Harassment
d. Prostitution
e. Pornography
f. Sex Addiction
g. Forum on Gender Issues
h. Understanding Males/Females
i. Homosexuality
j. Date Rape
2. Re-orientation on the discipline policies.
3. Debate
4. Newsletter

276
E. Research on Human Sexuality

F. Linkages

1. Coordination with the Deans as regards the teaching approach

concerning sexuality.
2. Work for the inclusion of a section on human sexuality in
identified general education courses.

APPENDIX C.2

WAIVER FOR EARLY/UNTIMELY PREGNANCY

I , certify that I am
currently pregnant, in good health and that my parents, physician
and/or obstetrician are aware of my attending in school.

By signing this waiver, I assume full risk, take full responsibility and waive
any claims of personal injury to myself and the child I am bearing, death
or damage to personal property associated with the activities and events
organized by the
College of , De La Salle
Lipa.

In signing this release, I acknowledge and represent that I have read the
foregoing Waiver, understand it and sign it voluntarily as my own free act
and deed; and I execute this release for full, adequate and complete
consideration fully intending to be bound by same.

Student’s Signature over Printed Name Date

Parent’s Signature over Printed Name Date

Physician/Obstetrician’s Signature Date

277
 INTERVENTION FOR STUDENTS WITH REPETITIVE
DISCIPLINARY OFFENSES

The College Guidance and Counseling Center will facilitate the intervention as
guided by the following procedures:

1. Processing of violation and sanction

1.1. Integration of experience (committing the
offense, sanctions, etc.)
1.2. Behavioral assessment (maturity, value systems, sense of empathy,
remorse, personality traits, etc.)
1.3. Gaining knowledge and insights.
2. Counseling Intervention
2.1. The student will accomplish the Mooney Problem Checklist.
2.2. Based on the result of the Mooney Problem Checklist and the
counselor’s initial behavioral assessment, further assessment tools
will be administered as necessary to achieve a broader and deeper
conceptualization of the possible problematic aspects of the student’s
life and development (family, social, personal-emotional, academic,
career, etc.)
2.3. Formulation of client’s goals to change an unwanted behavior.
2.4. Creating a treatment plan. This will include scheduled and follow-up
sessions and utilization of various counseling tools and techniques.
3. The counselor will coordinate with the SDF Officer through feedback
and continuous monitoring.

278
 APPENDIX C.4 REPUBLIC ACT NO. 7877
AN ACT DECLARING SEXUAL HARASSMENT UNLAWFUL IN
THE EMPLOYMENT, EDUCATION OR TRAINING
ENVIRONMENT, AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Philippines in

Congress assembled:

SECTION 1. Title. - This Act shall be known as the "Anti-Sexual Harassment Act
of 1995."

SECTION 2. Declaration of Policy. - The State shall value the dignity of every
individual, enhance the development of its human resources,
guarantee full respect for human rights, and uphold the dignity of
workers, employees, applicants for employment, students or those
undergoing training, instruction or education. Towards this end,
all forms of sexual harassment in the employment, education or
training environment are hereby declared unlawful.

SECTION 3. Work, Education or Training -Related, Sexual Harassment Defined. -

Work, education or training-related sexual harassment is
committed by an employer, employee, manager, supervisor,
agent of the employer, teacher, instructor, professor, coach,
trainor, or any other person who, having authority, influence or
moral ascendancy over another in a work or training or
education environment, demands, requests or otherwise
requires any sexual favor from the other, regardless of
whether the demand, request or requirement for submission is
accepted by the object of said Act.

(a) In a work-related or employment environment, sexual harassment is

committed when:

(1) The sexual favor is made as a condition in the hiring or

in the employment, re-employment or continued
employment of said individual, or in granting said
individual favorable compensation, terms of
conditions, promotions, or privileges; or the refusal to
grant the sexual favor results in limiting, segregating or
classifying the employee which in any way would
discriminate, deprive or diminish employment
opportunities or otherwise adversely affect said
employee; privileges under existing labor laws; or

279
 (3) The above acts would result in an intimidating, hostile,
or offensive environment for the employee.

(b) In an education or training environment, sexual harassment is committed:

(1) Against one who is under the care, custody or

supervision of the offender;
(2) Against one whose education, training, apprenticeship or
tutorship is entrusted to the offender;
(3) When the sexual favor is made a condition to the giving
of a passing grade, or the granting of honors and
scholarships, or the payment of a stipend, allowance or
other benefits, privileges, or consideration; or
(4) When the sexual advances result in an intimidating,
hostile or offensive environment for the student, trainee
or apprentice.

Any person who directs or induces another to commit any act of

sexual harassment as herein defined, or who cooperates in the commission
thereof by another without which it would not have been committed, shall
also be held liable under this Act.

SECTION 4. Duty of the Employer or Head of Office in a Work-related, Education or

Training Environment. - It shall be the duty of the employer or the
head of the work- related, educational or training environment or
institution, to prevent or deter the commission of acts of sexual
harassment and to provide the procedures for the resolution,
settlement or prosecution of acts of sexual harassment. Towards
this end, the employer or head of office shall:

(a) Promulgate appropriate rules and regulations in consultation with and

joint1y approved by the employees or students or trainees, through their
duly designated representatives, prescribing the procedure for the
investigation of sexual harassment cases and the administrative sanctions
therefore.

Administrative sanctions shall not be a bar to prosecution in the proper

courts for unlawful acts of sexual harassment.

The said rules and regulations issued pursuant to this subsection

(a) shall include, among others, guidelines on proper decorum in the
workplace and educational or training institutions.

280
(b) Create a committee on decorum and investigation of cases on sexual
harassment. The committee shall conduct meetings, as the case may be,
with officers and employees, teachers, instructors, professors, coaches,
trainors, and students or trainees to increase understanding and prevent
incidents of sexual harassment. It shall also conduct the investigation of
alleged cases constituting sexual harassment.

In the case of a work-related environment, the committee shall be

composed of at least one (1) representative each from the management, the
union, if any, the employees from the supervisory rank, and from the rank
and file employees.

In the case of the educational or training institution, the committee

shall be composed of at least one (1) representative from the
administration, the trainors, instructors, professors or coaches and
students or trainees, as the case may be.

The employer or head of office, educational or training institution

shall disseminate or post a copy of this Act for the information of all
concerned.

SECTION 5. Liability of the Employer, Head of Office, Educational or Training

Institution. - The employer or head of office, educational or
training institution shall be solidarily liable for damages arising
from the acts of sexual harassment committed in the
employment, education or training environment if the employer
or head of office, educational or training institution is informed
of such acts by the offended party and no immediate action is
taken.

SECTION 6. Independent Action for Damages. - Nothing in this Act shall preclude
the victim of work, education or training-related sexual harassment
from instituting a separate and independent action for damages and
other affirmative relief.

SECTION 7. Penalties. - Any person who violates the provisions of this Act
shall, upon conviction, be penalized by imprisonment of not
less than one (1) month nor more than six (6) months, or a fine of
not less than Ten thousand pesos (P10,000) nor more than
Twenty thousand pesos (P20,000), or both such fine and
imprisonment at the discretion of the court.

281
 Any action arising from the violation of the provisions of this Act shall
prescribe in three (3) years.

SECTION 8. Separability Clause. - If any portion or provision of this Act is

declared void or unconstitutional, the remaining portions or
provisions hereof shall not be affected by such declaration.

SECTION 9. Repealing Clause. - All laws, decrees, orders, rules and regulations, other
issuances, or parts thereof inconsistent with the provisions of this
Act are hereby repealed or modified accordingly.

SECTION 10. Effectivity Clause.- This Act shall take effect fifteen (15) days after
its complete publication in at least two (2) national newspapers
of general circulation.

Approved:

(Sgd.) EDGARDO J. ANGARA

President of the Senate

(Sgd.) JOSE DE VENECIA, JR .

Speaker of the House of Representatives

This Act is a consolidation of House Bill No. 9425 and Senate Bill No. 1632
was finally passed by the House of Representatives and the Senate on February
8, 1995.

(Sgd.) EDGARDO E. TUMANGAN

Secretary of the Senate

(Sgd.) CAMILO L. SABIO

Secretary General
House of Representatives

Approved: February 14, 1995

(Sgd.) FIDEL V. RAMOS

President of the Philippines

282
 APPENDIX D
STUDENT INSURANCE POLICY AND CLAIMING PROCESS

Rationale: The Student Insurance Policy and Claiming Process benefits regular
students with up to P100, 000 in accident expense claims and student athletes
with up to P150, 000 in accident expense claims. Unfortunately, the details of
the policy is nonexistent in the Student Handbook. This means that students
are unaware of the benefits that may be claimed from the Insurance policy
which has costed De La Salle Lipa a considerable amount of money. The Student
Government recommends that the details of the policy and the claiming
process be included in the Student Handbook, possibly in the Appendix of the
Handbook.

The following amendment to the Student Handbook is kindly requested:

1. Student Insurance Policy and Claiming Process

The Personal Accident Insurance provided to all enrolled students during the
current year assures every student up to P100, 000 in coverage. Accident- related
medical expenses can be claimed thru reimbursement.

1.1. Exclusions from Insurance Claims:

1.1.1. Mountain climbing
1.1.2. Provoked murder and assault
1.1.3. War or riot
1.1.4. If under the influence of alcohol or drugs
1.1.5. Self-inflicted injuries

1.2. Procedures for Accident Insurance Processing

1.2.1. For Accidents that occurred inside the school premises:
1.2.1.1. Prepare an Incident Report of what happened
and submit to the HIS(Clinic)/
1.2.1.2. Parent or guardian may also prepare an incident
report on behalf of the claimant.
1.2.1.3. Submit Police Report to HIS (For vehicular
accidents).
1.2.1.4. Submit original copies of all required documents
to HIS (Clinic) within two weeks.

1.3. Requirement for Accident Insurance Reimbursement

1.3.1. Original copy of insurance claim report (To be secured at
the clinic).
1.3.2. Original copy of incident report to be prepared by the
claimant or an adult who witnessed the accident.

283
1.3.3. Original copy of police report (For vehicular accidents)
1.3.4. Original copy of medical certificate from the
attending physician.
1.3.5. Original receipts of medical expenses, including:
1.3.5.1. Professional fees
1.3.5.2. Payment for laboratory exams and procedures
1.3.5.3. Medicines (With prescription only)
1.3.6. Original copy of laboratory results (X-ray, MRI, CT Scan,
If any).
1.3.7. Original copy of operation room report (if any).
1.3.8. Two (2) photocopies of claimant’s ID.

284
 APPENDIX E
DE LA SALLE LIPA
COLLEGE STUDENT PROTECTION POLICY
Policies and Procedure for Reporting Violation

A. Rationale

De La Salle Lipa’s Student Protection Policy is created to make students

aware of their rights and responsibilities as members of the educational
community. Also, the policy aims to educate faculty and staff on how
to properly handle students without exposing themselves to lawsuits
and administrative sanctions.

Students – refers to undergraduate students enrolled in the college below

or who maybe eighteen or older including students under Certificate
courses, except for those taking Professional courses (Masteral and Juris
Doctors)

B. Proposed Committee Members

The Student Protection Committee shall be composed of the following:

a) Director for Student Services Chair

b) Legal Counsel Adviser/Member

c) College Guidance Office Head Member
d) College Discipline Office Member
e) TSFSA Representative Member
f) HRD Representative Member
g) SG President/ Representative Member
h) Parent Representative Member

C. Duties and Responsibilities of the Student Protection Committee

The committee is formed to properly ensure that the filed complaint of

a student is properly handled and forwarded to the right authority. They
are selected so that the welfare of the student is properly addressed.
Their primary involvement with the students will play a critical role in
making a just and impartial decision. The following are the list of their
duties and responsibilities:

285
 Duties and Responsibilities

1. Create a College Student Protection Policy that would

streamline and expedite each case.
2. Identify key persons that would act on reported cases.
3. Produce a flowchart of the procedure.
4. Come up with forms that would be used in reporting such
cases.
5. Properly disseminate information to the community on
the procedure in reporting such incidents.

D. Category of Complaints

There are two types of complaint that the committee may address . The
first one is risk, wherein the complaint warrants an inquiry but does not
need any sanction or suspension. The second one is the case, wherein
an inquiry may lead to suspension or termination from DLSL. The
following are samples of both risk and case.

I. Risk

a) Telling sexist or offending remarks or jokes inside or outside

the classroom with no particular students being associated to.
b) Harsh, vulgar, malicious comments that tend to create
unease among students.
c) Threatening and using authority to coerce, malign,
influence students
d) Creating a hostile environment inside or outside the classroom.
e) Or any other analogous acts.

II. Case

Students experiencing one or any of the following from any faculty or

staff of DLSL have the right to report the incident to their advisers or
guidance counselors. The following are the major violations against
student protection policy:

a) Student Abuse - refers to the maltreatment of a student,

whether habitual or not, which includes any of the following:
Psychological or physical abuse, neglect, cruelty, sexual
abuse and emotional maltreatment
Any act by deeds or words which debases, degrades or
demeans the intrinsic worth and dignity of a student as a
human being
286
 Unreasonable deprivation of the child’s basic needs for survival,
such as food and shelter, or
Failure to immediately give medical treatment to an injured
student resulting in serious impairment of his or her growth and
development or in the student’s permanent incapacity or death

b) Discrimination - refers to an act of exclusion, distinction,

restriction or preference which is based on any ground such as age,
ethniticity, sex, sexual orientation and gender identity, language,
religion, political opinion, national or social origin, property, birth,
being infected or affected by HIV AIDS, being pregnant, being a
child with conflict with the law, being a student with disability or
other status or condition, and which has the purpose or effect of
nullifying or impairing the recognition, enjoyment or exercise by all
persons, on an equal footing, of all rights and freedom.

c) Students Exploitation - refers to the use of students to gain

advantage, gratification or profit often resulting in an unjust, cruel
and harmful treatment of the student. There are two main forms of
student exploitation that are recognized:

Sexual exploitation - abuse of the position of vulnerability,

differential power, or trust, for sexual purposes. It includes,
but it is not limited to forcing a student to participate in
prostitution or the production of pornographic materials, as a
result of being subjected to a threat, deception, coercion,
abduction, force, abuse of authority, debt bondage, fraud or
through abuse of a victim’s vulnerability.

Economic exploitation - refers to the use the students in work

or other activities for the benefit of others. It involves a certain
gain or profit through the production, distribution and
consumption of goods and services.

d) Violence against students - refers to a single act or a series of acts

committed by school administrators, academic and non-academic
personnel against a student, which results in or is likely to result in
physical, sexual, psychological harm or suffering, or other abuses
including threats of such acts, battery, assault, coercion,
harassment or arbitrary deprivation of liberty. It includes, but is not
limited to, the following acts:

287
 Physical violence - refers to the act that inflicts bodily or physical
harm. It includes assigning students to perform tasks which are
hazardous to their physical well-being.
Sexual violence - refers to acts that are sexual in nature. It
includes, but is not limited to:

▪ Rape, sexual harassment, acts of lasciviousness,

making demeaning and sexually suggestive
remarks, physically attacking the sexual parts of
the victim’s body;
▪ Forcing the student to watch obscene
publications and indecent shows or forcing the
student to do indecent sexual acts or to engage or
to be involved in, the creation or distribution of
such films, indecent publication or materials;
and
▪ Acts causing or attempting to cause the student
to engage in any sexual activity by force, threat
of force, physical or other harm or threat of
physical or other harm or coercion, or through
inducements, gifts or favor.

Psychological violence - refers to acts or omissions causing or

likely to cause mental or emotional suffering of the student, such
as but not limited to intimidation, harassment, stalking,
damage to property, public ridicule or humiliation, deduction
or threat of deduction from grade or merit as a form of
punishment, and repeated verbal abuse.

Other acts of violence of a physical, sexual or psychological

nature that is prejudicial to the best interest of the student.

e) Corporal Punishment - refers to kind of punishment or penalty

imposed for an alleged or actual offense, which is carried out or
inflicted, for the purpose of discipline, training or control, by a
teacher, school administrator, an adult, or any other student who has
been given or has assumed authority or responsibility for
punishment or discipline. In includes physical, humiliating, or
degrading punishment, including, but not limited to the following:

1. Blows such as, but not limited to, beating, kicking, hitting,
slapping, or lashing, of any part of a student’s body, with
or without the use of an instrument such as, but not limited
to a cane, broom, stick, whip or belt;

288
 2. Striking of a student’s face or head, such being declared as a
“no contact zone”;
3. Pulling hair, shaking, twisting joints, cutting or piercing skin,
dragging, pushing or throwing of a student;
4. Forcing a student to perform physically painful or damaging
acts such as, but not limited to, holding a weight or weights
for an extended period and kneeling on stones, salt, pebbles
or other objects;
5. Deprivation of a student’s physical needs as a form of
punishment;
6. Deliberate exposure to fire, ice, water, smoke, sunlight,
rain, pepper, alcohol, or forcing the students to swallow
substances, dangerous chemicals, and other materials
that can cause discomfort or threaten the student’s health,
safety and sense of security such as, but not limited to
bleach or insecticides, excrement or urine;
7. Tying up a student;
8. Confinement, imprisonment or depriving the liberty of a
student;
9. Verbal abuse or assaults, including intimidation or threat of
bodily harm, swearing or cursing, ridiculing or denigrating the
student;
10. Forcing a student to wear a sign, to undress or disrobe, or
to put on anything that will make a student look or feel
foolish, which belittles or humiliates the student in front of
others;
11. Permanent confiscation of personal property of
students, except when such pieces of property pose a
danger to the student or to others, and
12. Other analogous acts.

f) Any analogous or similar acts

E. Procedure for Reporting

a) A faculty or staff who received the report or complaints must

inform the immediate superior immediately (within the day).

289
 b) Incident reported to a faculty or staff should be taken seriously.
The student must be interviewed by the receiving party immediately
and be given an incident report form indicating what happened,
how it happened, when it happened, and where it happened. (see
attached incident report form).

If the report falls under Risk, it should be subjected to or Progressive

Disciplinary Discussion (PDD) where there will be an agreement
between the faculty and the immediate superior that the same case should
not happen again.

The immediate superior should report the incident to the Guidance

Office for student counselling.

c) If case involved is not subject to automatic Preventive Suspension,

the immediate superior may recommend preventive suspension to
be imposed upon the respondent depending on the gravity of the
complaint.

Grounds for preventive suspension:

1. Threats of physical assault including intimidation and

or harassment.
2. Sexual abuse or any other form of sexual harassment.

d) After initial assessment, the report about the incident must be

forwarded to the HRD Manager for appropriate action.

* Determination of veracity of information is done through thorough investigation

on complainants’ claim and corroborating statements of third party (students,
staff, or other faculty). Dates, time, location, and other factors vital to the claim of
the complainant are cross-checked through other sources.

Some policies and definitions are adopted from DepED Memo No. 40 Series 2012

290
 Committee Members

MS. MARIEL LUNAR MS. NOEMI QUINONES

Member/SG President Member/Parent

MS. MARIA TERESA MEDINA MR. WILFREDO BLEZA

Member/Guidance Office Head Member/TSFSA President

MS. MA. CECILIA QUIGLEY MR. MICHAEL KASILAG

Member/HRD Manager Member/Safety and Security Officer

MS.CONCEPCION ENDOZO ATTY. RAMEL MURIA

Member/Discipline Office Head Member/Adviser
Department Chair, Legal Management

DR. ERICKSON E. MARTINEZ

Chair/DSS

Approved by:

MS. VIOLETA RAMIREZ

Vice Chancellor, Mission

BR. JOAQUIN MARTINEZ FSC. DMin

President and Chancellor

291
 Flowchart
Student Protection Policy

Student or witness report complaint

with the Faculty or staff

Faculty or Staff receives report and ask the student

or witness to fill-out the Student Protection
Incident Report Form

Faculty or staff furnishes copy of filled out Incident

Report Form to the Immediate Superior of the
erring employee and to the Director of Student
Services Faculty or Staff refers student (victim) to
the Guidance Counselor for counseling

Student (victim) Immediate superior verifies Neither risk nor case,

undergoes information on the incident report proper actions will
counseling with the thru interview then assesses if it is a be given to the
Guidance Counselor Risk or a Case student by DO

Risk Case

Immediate Superior informs Dean Immediate superior verifies

and DSS of the result of the information on the incident report
assessment and sanction given to thru interview then assesses if it is a
erring employees Immediate Risk or a Case
Superior gives sanction to erring
employees
292
 APPENDIX F

ACADEMIC DISHONESTY
Plagiarism and Collaboration2

All homework assignments, projects, lab reports, papers and

examinations submitted to a course are expected to be the student’s own work.
Students should always take great care to distinguish their own ideas and
knowledge from information derived from sources. The term “sources” includes
not only primary and secondary material published in print or online, but also
information and opinions gained directly from other people.

The responsibility for learning the proper forms of citation lies with
the individual student. Quotations must be placed properly within quotation
marks and must be cited fully. In addition, all paraphrased material must be
acknowledged completely. Whenever ideas or facts are derived from a
student’s reading and research or from a student’s own writings, the sources
must be indicated (see also Submission of the Same Work to More Than One Course
below.)

A computer program written to satisfy a course requirement is, like a

paper, expected to be the original work of the student submitting it. Copying a
program from another student or any other source is a form of academic
dishonesty; so is deriving a program substantially from the work of another.

The amount of collaboration with others that is permitted in the

completion of assignments can vary, depending upon the policy set by the head
of the course. Students must assume that collaboration in the completion of
assignments is prohibited unless explicitly permitted by the instructor.
Students must acknowledge any collaboration and its extent in all submitted
work.

Students are expected to be familiar with the booklet entitled Writing

with Sources, which they receive at the writing placement test in September of
freshman year, and is available at www.fas.harvard.edu/~expos/sources.
Students who are in any doubt about the preparation of academic work should
consult their instructor and Allston Burr Senior Tutor or Assistant Dean Academic
Information 61 of Freshmen before the work is prepared or submitted.

Faculty of Arts & Sciences. Student Handbook, 2004-2006. Harvard University.

page 77.

293
 Students who, for whatever reason, submit work either not their own
or without clear attribution to its sources will be subject to disciplinary action,
and ordinarily required to withdraw from the College.

Submission of the Same Work to More Than One Course

It is the expectation of every course that all work submitted will have been
done solely for that course. If the same or similar work is to be submitted to any
other course, the prior written permission of the instructor must be obtained.
If the same or similar work is to be submitted to more than one course during
the same term, the prior written permission of all instructors involved must be
obtained. A student who submits the same or similar work to more than one
course without such prior permission is subject to disciplinary action, and
ordinarily will be required to withdraw from the College.

Students are urged to consult their Allston Burr Senior Tutor or

Assistant Dean of Freshmen or the instructors involved with questions
concerning this important matter (see also Preparation of Papers and Other
Work: Plagiarism and Collaboration above).

Tutoring Schools and Term Paper Companies

In keeping with the principle that all material submitted to a course

should be the student’s own work, any undergraduate who makes use of the
services of a commercial tutoring school or term paper company is liable to
disciplinary action. Students who sell lecture or reading notes, papers, or
translations or who are employed by a tutoring school or term paper company
are similarly liable and may be required to withdraw. If a student wishes to
accept compensation for private tutoring in Harvard courses, prior written
permission of the Dean of the College is required.

Official Forms and Petitions

Students should understand that providing false or misleading

information or signing any other person’s name or initials on a study card, Plan
of Study, change-of-course petition, registration form, or on any other official
form or petition will make them subject to disciplinary action, including
requirement to withdraw.

294
 APPENDIX F.1

Guidelines on Handling Academic Dishonesty

On the academic side, the instructor evaluates the infraction considering class
guidelines and policies, and determines what academic consequences are
appropriate in light of the specific requirement and circumstances based
on the “Academic Integrity in Borderfree Learning Management Platform”
guidelines (Appendix---). It will be under the discretion of the faculty member
who is teaching and evaluating the submitted course requirement whether to
give the student a failing grade in reference to the academic policy on cheating
and plagiarism, subject to a final decision of the Department/Area Chair and
the Dean of the respective college. The said instructor/ evaluator may also
file a written complaint against the student who committed academic
dishonesty to SDFO for the case proceedings and to provide the erring
students an appropriate intervention or corrective measure due to misbehavior.
A written complaint must be accompanied by supporting evidence such as
confiscated or submitted examination materials or subject requirements,
confiscated other related materials or devices, the result of “Turnitin” check,
or any other proof that support the allegation.

From the disciplinary standpoint, a written complaint with substantive

proof of the infraction is the basis of an academic dishonesty (cheating and
plagiarism) charge against a student, following the general procedure in
handling disciplinary infractions as stated in the Student Discipline and
Formation Policies and Procedures. It is the duty of the SDFO to verify the
validity and veracity of the information, documents, and evidence presented
and submitted.

295
Forms of Academic Dishonesty

A. Cheating during examinations and other academic exercises.

A student caught cheating, whether in an ordinary quiz, a written paper, a

periodic examination, or any other course requirement, simply shows that
he/she is not academically prepared to do the work demanded of him/her
as a student. As enumerated below, possession, communication, or use of
information, materials, notes, study aids or other devices not authorized by the
instructor/proctor during an examination, or another academic exercise
will be construed as “academic dishonesty” whether actual cheating
occurred or not:

1. Looking or copying from another's examination materials

during an academic examination:
2. Allowing other students to look or copy his/her own
examination papers/materials;
3. Unauthorized possession and/or using of cell phone,
calculator, notes, or any other materials related to the
examination;
4. Talking or communicating with another student during an
academic examination without the permission of the
proctor/ instructor whether the topic of the conversation is
related or not with the examination;
5. Leaking examination questions/materials to another or
other student/s; and,
6. Sharing or opening and accessing another student's CANVAS
Account or other accounts created for the academic purpose,
whether authorized or unauthorized by the owner of the account.

296
B. Plagiarism

Plagiarism is the adoption or reproduction of ideas or words,

statements, or works of another without due acknowledgment. Plagiarism
is representing another person's work as someone’s own. "Another person's
work" includes written papers, oral works, music, media, art, ideas, and
computer-based work. The work can be published or unpublished and
shall apply to student outputs such as:

B.1. For Arts and Non-Written Outputs

This may include Photo, Film, Video or Voice Recording,

Drawing, Painting, or Sketches.

Students’ liability or possible violation of academic dishonesty shall

be based on the teacher-in-charge’s judgment on the work based on
his/her extensive knowledge of the published and unpublished works
of artists, and professionals in the field.

The match or similarities for these kinds of outputs shall be based on

due diligence through manual checking, a thorough examination
of the submitted works, and consideration of other related
circumstances or facts.

297
 B.2. For Academic Written Works

Written works include:

- Essay
- Research or Research-Based Outputs
- Summary - Reaction Papers
- Journal
- Book Review
- Synthesis
- Review of Related Literature
To acknowledge unintended copying on the part of the student that a part
of his/her work is similar to previous work, the following shall be observed:

Use of Turnitin SSI Similarity Score Index for academic written works

The use of the Turnitin software presents the Similarity Score Index (SSI). The
color of the report icon indicates the Similarity Index of the paper, based
on the amount of matching or similar text that was uncovered. The percentage
range runs from 0% to 100% and represents the percentage generated by the
amount of similar or matching text compared to the number of words in
the submission in total. The possible similarity indices are:

● Blue - No matching text

● Green - One word to 24% matching text
● Yellow - 25-49% matching text
● Orange - 50-74% matching text
● Red -75-100% matching text

Similarity Reports are simply a tool to help an instructor find sources that
contain text similar to submitted papers, thus, the school, therefore, treats
seriously intentional work duplication as an infraction of academic
honesty while being careful to report plagiarism.

298
The decision to deem any work plagiarized must be made carefully, and
only after in-depth examination of both the submitted paper and suspect
sources in accordance with the standards of the class and institution where the
paper was submitted, and such practice has been initially rectified by proper
guidance.

Intentional duplication of work - is the basis for charges for plagiarism or

copyright infringement, which the school wants to avoid by developing the
value of honesty and integrity among students, that includes:

Submitting academic work which is totally 'outsourced' (Red - 75-100%

matching text) to another person or organization i.e., purchasing a paper from
a website, "borrowing" a paper your classmate or siblings wrote before.

● Academic works submitted are obvious infractions of the

academic integrity code when a revised work is reported to be
unacceptable based on the table for Standards for Judging Written
Works based on Similarity Score Index (SSI) and with SSI of
more than 20% from a single source. (after the guidance to
students on how to revise the initial work with regard to any of the
following):

○ Presenting an entire text by someone else as his/her

own work.
○ Rephrasing, translating, or summarizing someone else’s
ideas without citation.
○ Verbatim or directly copying a passage of text
without citation.
○ Combining text and ideas from different sources
without acknowledging the source.
○ Reusing passages and ideas from your own previously-
submitted work.
○ Improper acknowledgment of sources, as with
incomplete/imprecise documentation.

299
 ○ Fabrication and/ or falsification of data, information,
or citations in any formal academic exercises.

Standards for clearance (Extract from the “Academic Integrity in

Borderfree Learning Management Platform”)

Table 1.
Standards for Judging Written Works based on Similarity Score Index (SSI)

Color Code TURNITIN Evaluation/Acti Evaluation/Act Evaluation/

Default on IS i on SHS and Acti on
College College
Final
Thesis
CAPSTONE
Papers

Blue No Improbable - Improbable - Improbable -

matching Review use of Review use Review use
text literature in the of literature of literature
manuscript in the in the
manuscript manuscript

Green One word Acceptable Acceptabl Accepta

to 24% with proper e with ble with
matching citation proper proper
text and citation citation
compliance and and
with complianc complia
provisions e with nce
under provisions with
check under provisio
match check ns
source* match under
source* check

300
 match
source*

Yellow 25-49% Acceptable Acceptable Unaccepta

matching with proper with proper ble (for a
text citation citation possible
and and case of
compliance compliance infraction
with with of
provisions provisions discipline
under under protocols)
check check
match match
source* source*
Orange 50-74% Acceptable Unaccepta Unaccept
matching with proper ble (for a able (for a
text citation and possible possible
compliance case of case of
with infraction infraction
provisions of of
under discipline discipline
check protocols) protocols)
match
source*
Red 75-100% Unaccept Unaccepta Unaccept
matching able (for ble (for a able (for a
text a possible possible possible
case of case of case of
infraction infraction infraction
of of of
discipline discipline discipline
protocols protocols) protocols)
)

301
 APPENDIX G

GUIDELINES ON SDFO ISSUANCE OF

CERTIFICATE OF EXCUSED ABSENCE (CEA)

A student is required to attend scheduled online and/or in person classes and

submit the course requirements on time as one of the conditions, to earn grades
on a specific course / subject. However, due to valid reasons determined and
approved by the school authorities, special consideration can be given. A
student who incurred an absence(s) or missed the submission of a Graded
Task, seatwork, assignment, class demo or other academic requirements
excluding Major Assessments and CAPSTONE for valid reason(s), may apply
for a Certificate of Excused Absence (CEA).

Procedure on Application and Issuance of Certificate of Excused Absence

1. Application/Filing of a request for CEA

a. Students must submit two copies of an excuse letter

signed by their parent/guardian and the supporting
documents to the Student Discipline and Formation
Office (SDFO) at the 3rd floor of the Mabini Building
within five (5) working days after the last day of absence
from class or 5 days after the due date of submission of
the missed course requirements. (See Table 1 below for
the list of supporting documents for CEA request)

b. For students who missed the requirement/s or incurred

absence/s due to late enrolment, submission of an
excused letter, and other supporting documents must be
within five
(5) working days after the date of enrolment.

c. For absence/s during face-to-face class due to medical

reasons, a clearance slip from the Institutional Health
Services Office is required before applying for CEA at
the SDFO Office. Returning to face-to-face classes
without clearance from the IHS will invalidate the
request for CEA.

d. Incomplete requirements or invalid reasons will not be

accepted.

e. CEA application must be made after missing the

submission of requirement/s or the absence/s is already
incurred. Advanced applications will not be
accommodated.
302
 2. Upon the submission of requirements, the SDFO will check the
veracity of documents, validity of reason, and may conduct further
verification interviews with the student. Parents or guardians will
also be interviewed if necessary.

3. A Certificate of Excused Absence (CEA) signed by the SDF

Officer, and the Director of Student Services will be issued to the
student with valid reason and with complete requirements within 2
to 3 days. The said certificate is subject for final approval of the
Dean of the concerned College.

4. Students, upon receipt of the CEA signed by SDF Officer and

Director of Student Services, will bring it to the office of the
concerned Dean (s) for signing and final approval.

5. The CEA, with the final approval of the concerned Dean, will be
presented by the student to the concerned faculty / professor. The
professor is requested to give a special Graded Task (GT)/
seatwork/assignment/ class demo or other academic requirements
missed by the student and /or excuse the student from missed
attendance during online or face-to-face class except for Major
Assessments and CAPSTONE.

The original copy will be returned to the student while a duplicate copy will
be stored in a steel filing cabinet with lock at the Student Discipline and
Formation Office at the 3rd floor of the Mabini Building and will be
disposed of (shredded) a month after the end of every semester.

303
Table 1. List of Requirements for the Issuance of Certificate of
Excused Absence (CEA)

List of Requirements for CEA

Supporting
Valid Reasons Remarks
Documents
Sickness / ▪ Excuse Letter Clearance slip from
Hospitalization signed by student the Institutional
/ Medical and Health Services
Consultation parents/guardian. (IHS) Office is
▪ Medical Certificate required before
(Optional) returning to face-to-
▪ Clearance / Pass face class if the
from the IHS (for incurred absence is
medical reason only) due to medical
reason.

Returning to face-
to-face classes after
sickness without
clearance from the
IHS will invalidate
the request for CEA.
Death of ▪ Excuse Letter SDF Officers may
Immediate signed by student conduct further
Family Member and parents / interviews with the
(Parent and / guardian. student and/ or
or Sibling only) ▪ Death Certificate parents for further
(Optional) validation.

Emergencies ▪ Excuse Letter SDF Officers may

(Ex. vehicular signed by student conduct further
accident, fire and parents. interviews with the
incident in the ▪ Accident Report student and/ or
house and the (Optional) parents for further
like) validation.

Participation in ▪ Certificate of SDF Officers may

a School Attendance or conduct further
Activity Participation from interviews with the
the Student student and/ or
Activities Office or concerned
Organizing Unit / individual/ offices.
Department

304
 Poor Internet ▪ Excuse Letter Conduct of an in-
Connection or signed by students person interview
Device-Related and parent / with the student or
Problem guardian parent is required.
(Applicable ▪ Any of the
only for online following proof:
class or online -Screenshot of
submission of internet
requirement) connection speed
test result
-Proof of device
repair
-Video or photo
of not non-
functioning
device.
Late ▪ Excuse Letter SDF Officers may
Enrollment signed by students conduct further
and parent / interviews with the
guardian. student and/ or
▪ Assessment Form / parent/guardian.
COR

Sample CEA Template

305
(Adopted from the Harvard University Handbook through the Internet)

APPENDIX H.1

ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS

306
 APPENDIX H.2
B. COUNCIL OF STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

307
 APPENDIX I
SECTION CODES

Sections Program Sections Program

Bachelor of Science in
Business
Bachelor of Science in
A M Administration major
Accountancy
in Marketing
Management
Bachelor of Science in
Certificate in
AIS Accounting Information N
Entrepreneurship
Systems
Bachelor of Science in Bachelor of Science in
C O
Computer Science Computer Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Bachelor of Science in
D P
Industrial Engineering Psychology
Bachelor of Elementary Bachelor of Science in
E Q
and Secondary Education Biology
Bachelor of Science in
Certificate in Hotel
Business Administration
F R and Restaurant
major in Financial
Management
Management
Bachelor of Science in
Bachelor of Science in Business
G S
Nursing Administration major
in Business Economics
Bachelor of Science in
Bachelor of Science in Electronics and
H T
Hospitality Management Communications
Engineering
Certificate in Information Bachelor of Arts in
I U
Technology Communication
Bachelor of Science in Bachelor of Science in
IS V
Information Systems Electrical Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Bachelor of Arts in
IT W
Information Technology Multimedia Arts
Bachelor of Science in
Bachelor of Science in
J Y Management
Tourism Management
Technology
Bachelor of Science in Bachelor of Science in
K Z
Entrepreneurship Mathematics
Bachelor of Science in
Bachelor of Science in
L RE Real Estate
Legal Management
Management
308
 Bachelor of Science in
Bachelor of Science in Entertainment and
AR EMC
Architecture Multimedia
Computing

309
APPENDIX J
COLLEGES

College of Business, Economics,

Accountancy and Management

College of Education, Arts and

Sciences

College of Information, Technology

and Engineering

College of Nursing

College of International Hospitality

and Tourism Management

College of Law

You are engaged in ministry in

which you are obliged
to touch hearts.

-- St. John Baptist De La Salle

310
 A PSALM OF PARTNERSHIP IN THE SERVICE OF EDUCATION
We are partners/in the service of education,/
partners in teaching minds,/
partners in touching hearts,/
partners in transforming lives,/

We are partners/in the ministry of service,/

partners in the ministry of justice and peace,/
partners in the celebration of life,/
partners in forging a future full of hope./

Together we do our best/

To strive for excellence./

Together we open our doors/

To those who most need/ our Lasallian education./

Together we stand out/

To preach right practice./

Together we practice/
What we preach./

Ours is a gift of faith/

Which enables us to recognize/
God’s presence in our lives./

Ours is the gift of zeal/

Which fires us up for the ministry./

Blessed is our communication/rooted in love,/

Spilling over to all persons/
And groups that we encounter./

Blessed is the partnership/

That allows us to weave/ our vision together./

Thank you, God,/ for the gift and grace/

Of partnership/in this service of education./

311
 RECEIPT OF THE STUDENT HANDBOOK

I am enrolling at De La Salle Lipa fully aware that it is my duty

to obey its rules and regulations. In this regard, I affix my
signature on this page signifying that I have read and understood
the contents of this handbook.

Signature of Student over Printed Name

Year & Section

Date

Attested:

Signature of Parent/Guardian over Printed Name

Note: This page shall be returned to the Student Discipline and

Formation Office.

312
 College Student Handbook Committee
SY 2022/23

Committee Members

Mr. Rene Villanueva Dr. Tessie Palma

Chair/Director, Student Services Member/ Assistant Vice Chancellor for
Academics - College

Ms. Dfezie Tipan Ms. Remain Santos

Member/ Director, Strategic Planning Member/Institutional Registrar
and Sustainability

Ms. Donabel Orcena Dr. Chona Chavez

Member/Director, Strategic Member/Chief Librarian, Learning
Communications Department Resource Center

Dr. Sheila Maloles Dr. Gina Dimaano

Member/ Director, Research and Member/Faculty-In-Charge, Language
Publications Learning Center

Ms. Nerissa Lucasia Mr. Wenifredo Angeles

Member/Dean, CBEAM Member/ Director, Lasallian Ministries

Mr. Michael Kasilag Ms. Concepcion Endozo

Member/Director, Institutional Safety, Member/Student Discipline and
Security and Emergency Services Formation Officer
Office

Mr. Protacio Mea Ms. Maridel Zabala

Member/Student Activities Officer Member/Coordinator, National Service
Training Program

Mr. Glark Farol Ms. Alexandrei Julia Buendia

Member/Executive President, Student Member/Editor-in-Chief, LAVOXA
Government Group of Publications

313